macosx/Controller.m

   1 /* $Id: Controller.mm,v 1.79 2005/11/04 19:41:32 titer Exp $
   2
   3    This file is part of the HandBrake source code.
   4    Homepage: <http://handbrake.fr/>.
   5    It may be used under the terms of the GNU General Public License. */
   6
   7 #import "Controller.h"
   8 #import "HBOutputPanelController.h"
   9 #import "HBPreferencesController.h"
  10 #import "HBDVDDetector.h"
  11 #import "HBPresets.h"
  12 #import "HBPreviewController.h"
  13
  14 #define DragDropSimplePboardType        @"MyCustomOutlineViewPboardType"
  15
  16 /* We setup the toolbar values here ShowPreviewIdentifier */
  17 static NSString *        ToggleDrawerIdentifier             = @"Toggle Drawer Item Identifier";
  18 static NSString *        StartEncodingIdentifier            = @"Start Encoding Item Identifier";
  19 static NSString *        PauseEncodingIdentifier            = @"Pause Encoding Item Identifier";
  20 static NSString *        ShowQueueIdentifier                = @"Show Queue Item Identifier";
  21 static NSString *        AddToQueueIdentifier               = @"Add to Queue Item Identifier";
  22 static NSString *        ShowPictureIdentifier             = @"Show Picture Window Item Identifier";
  23 static NSString *        ShowPreviewIdentifier             = @"Show Preview Window Item Identifier";
  24 static NSString *        ShowActivityIdentifier             = @"Debug Output Item Identifier";
  25 static NSString *        ChooseSourceIdentifier             = @"Choose Source Item Identifier";
  26
  27
  28 /*******************************
  29  * HBController implementation *
  30  *******************************/
  31 @implementation HBController
  32
  33 - (id)init
  34 {
  35     self = [super init];
  36     if( !self )
  37     {
  38         return nil;
  39     }
  40
  41     /* replace bundled app icon with one which is 32/64-bit savvy */
  42 #if defined( __LP64__ )
  43     fApplicationIcon = [[NSImage alloc] initWithContentsOfFile:[[NSBundle mainBundle] pathForImageResource:@"HandBrake-64.icns"]];
  44 #else
  45     fApplicationIcon = [[NSImage alloc] initWithContentsOfFile:[[NSBundle mainBundle] pathForImageResource:@"HandBrake.icns"]];
  46 #endif
  47     if( fApplicationIcon != nil )
  48         [NSApp setApplicationIconImage:fApplicationIcon];
  49
  50     [HBPreferencesController registerUserDefaults];
  51     fHandle = NULL;
  52     fQueueEncodeLibhb = NULL;
  53     /* Check for check for the app support directory here as
  54      * outputPanel needs it right away, as may other future methods
  55      */
  56     NSString *libraryDir = [NSSearchPathForDirectoriesInDomains( NSLibraryDirectory,
  57                                                                 NSUserDomainMask,
  58                                                                 YES ) objectAtIndex:0];
  59     AppSupportDirectory = [[libraryDir stringByAppendingPathComponent:@"Application Support"]
  60                            stringByAppendingPathComponent:@"HandBrake"];
  61     if( ![[NSFileManager defaultManager] fileExistsAtPath:AppSupportDirectory] )
  62     {
  63         [[NSFileManager defaultManager] createDirectoryAtPath:AppSupportDirectory
  64                                                    attributes:nil];
  65     }
  66     /* Check for and create the App Support Preview directory if necessary */
  67     NSString *PreviewDirectory = [AppSupportDirectory stringByAppendingPathComponent:@"Previews"];
  68     if( ![[NSFileManager defaultManager] fileExistsAtPath:PreviewDirectory] )
  69     {
  70         [[NSFileManager defaultManager] createDirectoryAtPath:PreviewDirectory
  71                                                    attributes:nil];
  72     }
  73     outputPanel = [[HBOutputPanelController alloc] init];
  74     fPictureController = [[PictureController alloc] init];
  75     fQueueController = [[HBQueueController alloc] init];
  76     fAdvancedOptions = [[HBAdvancedController alloc] init];
  77     /* we init the HBPresets class which currently is only used
  78      * for updating built in presets, may move more functionality
  79      * there in the future
  80      */
  81     fPresetsBuiltin = [[HBPresets alloc] init];
  82     fPreferencesController = [[HBPreferencesController alloc] init];
  83     /* Lets report the HandBrake version number here to the activity log and text log file */
  84     NSString *versionStringFull = [[NSString stringWithFormat: @"Handbrake Version: %@", [[[NSBundle mainBundle] infoDictionary] objectForKey:@"CFBundleShortVersionString"]] stringByAppendingString: [NSString stringWithFormat: @" (%@)", [[[NSBundle mainBundle] infoDictionary] objectForKey:@"CFBundleVersion"]]];
  85     [self writeToActivityLog: "%s", [versionStringFull UTF8String]];
  86
  87     return self;
  88 }
  89
  90
  91 - (void) applicationDidFinishLaunching: (NSNotification *) notification
  92 {
  93     /* Init libhb with check for updates libhb style set to "0" so its ignored and lets sparkle take care of it */
  94     int loggingLevel = [[[NSUserDefaults standardUserDefaults] objectForKey:@"LoggingLevel"] intValue];
  95     fHandle = hb_init(loggingLevel, 0);
  96     /* Optional dvd nav UseDvdNav*/
  97     hb_dvd_set_dvdnav([[[NSUserDefaults standardUserDefaults] objectForKey:@"UseDvdNav"] boolValue]);
  98     /* Init a separate instance of libhb for user scanning and setting up jobs */
  99     fQueueEncodeLibhb = hb_init(loggingLevel, 0);
 100
 101         // Set the Growl Delegate
 102     [GrowlApplicationBridge setGrowlDelegate: self];
 103     /* Init others controllers */
 104     [fPictureController SetHandle: fHandle];
 105     [fPictureController   setHBController: self];
 106
 107     [fQueueController   setHandle: fQueueEncodeLibhb];
 108     [fQueueController   setHBController: self];
 109
 110     fChapterTitlesDelegate = [[ChapterTitles alloc] init];
 111     [fChapterTable setDataSource:fChapterTitlesDelegate];
 112     [fChapterTable setDelegate:fChapterTitlesDelegate];
 113
 114     /* setup the subtitles delegate and connections to table */
 115     fSubtitlesDelegate = [[HBSubtitles alloc] init];
 116     [fSubtitlesTable setDataSource:fSubtitlesDelegate];
 117     [fSubtitlesTable setDelegate:fSubtitlesDelegate];
 118     [fSubtitlesTable setRowHeight:25.0];
 119
 120     [fPresetsOutlineView setAutosaveName:@"Presets View"];
 121     [fPresetsOutlineView setAutosaveExpandedItems:YES];
 122
 123     dockIconProgress = 0;
 124
 125     /* Call UpdateUI every 1/2 sec */
 126     [[NSRunLoop currentRunLoop] addTimer:[NSTimer
 127                                           scheduledTimerWithTimeInterval:0.5 target:self
 128                                           selector:@selector(updateUI:) userInfo:nil repeats:YES]
 129                                  forMode:NSDefaultRunLoopMode];
 130
 131     // Open debug output window now if it was visible when HB was closed
 132     if ([[NSUserDefaults standardUserDefaults] boolForKey:@"OutputPanelIsOpen"])
 133         [self showDebugOutputPanel:nil];
 134
 135     // Open queue window now if it was visible when HB was closed
 136     if ([[NSUserDefaults standardUserDefaults] boolForKey:@"QueueWindowIsOpen"])
 137         [self showQueueWindow:nil];
 138
 139         [self openMainWindow:nil];
 140
 141     /* We have to set the bool to tell hb what to do after a scan
 142      * Initially we set it to NO until we start processing the queue
 143      */
 144      applyQueueToScan = NO;
 145
 146     /* Now we re-check the queue array to see if there are
 147      * any remaining encodes to be done in it and ask the
 148      * user if they want to reload the queue */
 149     if ([QueueFileArray count] > 0)
 150         {
 151         /* run  getQueueStats to see whats in the queue file */
 152         [self getQueueStats];
 153         /* this results in these values
 154          * fEncodingQueueItem = 0;
 155          * fPendingCount = 0;
 156          * fCompletedCount = 0;
 157          * fCanceledCount = 0;
 158          * fWorkingCount = 0;
 159          */
 160
 161         /*On Screen Notification*/
 162         NSString * alertTitle;
 163
 164         /* We check to see if there is already another instance of hb running.
 165          * Note: hbInstances == 1 means we are the only instance of HandBrake.app
 166          */
 167         if ([self hbInstances] > 1)
 168         {
 169         alertTitle = [NSString stringWithFormat:
 170                          NSLocalizedString(@"There is already an instance of HandBrake running.", @"")];
 171         NSBeginCriticalAlertSheet(
 172                                       alertTitle,
 173                                       NSLocalizedString(@"Reload Queue", nil),
 174                                       nil,
 175                                       nil,
 176                                       fWindow, self,
 177                                       nil, @selector(didDimissReloadQueue:returnCode:contextInfo:), nil,
 178                                       NSLocalizedString(@" HandBrake will now load up the existing queue.", nil));
 179         }
 180         else
 181         {
 182             if (fWorkingCount > 0)
 183             {
 184                 alertTitle = [NSString stringWithFormat:
 185                               NSLocalizedString(@"HandBrake Has Detected %d Previously Encoding Item and %d Pending Item(s) In Your Queue.", @""),
 186                               fWorkingCount,fPendingCount];
 187             }
 188             else
 189             {
 190                 alertTitle = [NSString stringWithFormat:
 191                               NSLocalizedString(@"HandBrake Has Detected %d Pending Item(s) In Your Queue.", @""),
 192                               fPendingCount];
 193             }
 194
 195             NSBeginCriticalAlertSheet(
 196                                       alertTitle,
 197                                       NSLocalizedString(@"Reload Queue", nil),
 198                                       nil,
 199                                       NSLocalizedString(@"Empty Queue", nil),
 200                                       fWindow, self,
 201                                       nil, @selector(didDimissReloadQueue:returnCode:contextInfo:), nil,
 202                                       NSLocalizedString(@" Do you want to reload them ?", nil));
 203         }
 204
 205     }
 206     else
 207     {
 208         /* We show whichever open source window specified in LaunchSourceBehavior preference key */
 209         if ([[[NSUserDefaults standardUserDefaults] stringForKey:@"LaunchSourceBehavior"] isEqualToString: @"Open Source"])
 210         {
 211             [self browseSources:nil];
 212         }
 213
 214         if ([[[NSUserDefaults standardUserDefaults] stringForKey:@"LaunchSourceBehavior"] isEqualToString: @"Open Source (Title Specific)"])
 215         {
 216             [self browseSources:(id)fOpenSourceTitleMMenu];
 217         }
 218     }
 219 }
 220
 221 - (int) hbInstances
 222 {
 223     /* check to see if another instance of HandBrake.app is running */
 224     NSArray *runningAppDictionaries = [[NSWorkspace sharedWorkspace] launchedApplications];
 225     NSDictionary *aDictionary;
 226     int hbInstances = 0;
 227     for (aDictionary in runningAppDictionaries)
 228         {
 229         if ([[aDictionary valueForKey:@"NSApplicationName"] isEqualToString:@"HandBrake"])
 230                 {
 231             hbInstances++;
 232                 }
 233         }
 234     return hbInstances;
 235 }
 236
 237 - (void) didDimissReloadQueue: (NSWindow *)sheet returnCode: (int)returnCode contextInfo: (void *)contextInfo
 238 {
 239     if (returnCode == NSAlertOtherReturn)
 240     {
 241         [self clearQueueAllItems];
 242         /* We show whichever open source window specified in LaunchSourceBehavior preference key */
 243         if ([[[NSUserDefaults standardUserDefaults] stringForKey:@"LaunchSourceBehavior"] isEqualToString: @"Open Source"])
 244         {
 245             [self browseSources:nil];
 246         }
 247
 248         if ([[[NSUserDefaults standardUserDefaults] stringForKey:@"LaunchSourceBehavior"] isEqualToString: @"Open Source (Title Specific)"])
 249         {
 250             [self browseSources:(id)fOpenSourceTitleMMenu];
 251         }
 252     }
 253     else
 254     {
 255         if ([self hbInstances] == 1)
 256         {
 257             [self setQueueEncodingItemsAsPending];
 258         }
 259         [self showQueueWindow:NULL];
 260     }
 261 }
 262
 263 - (NSApplicationTerminateReply) applicationShouldTerminate: (NSApplication *) app
 264 {
 265
 266
 267     hb_state_t s;
 268     hb_get_state( fQueueEncodeLibhb, &s );
 269
 270     if ( s.state != HB_STATE_IDLE )
 271     {
 272         int result = NSRunCriticalAlertPanel(
 273                                              NSLocalizedString(@"Are you sure you want to quit HandBrake?", nil),
 274                                              NSLocalizedString(@"If you quit HandBrake your current encode will be reloaded into your queue at next launch. Do you want to quit anyway?", nil),
 275                                              NSLocalizedString(@"Quit", nil), NSLocalizedString(@"Don't Quit", nil), nil, @"A movie" );
 276
 277         if (result == NSAlertDefaultReturn)
 278         {
 279             return NSTerminateNow;
 280         }
 281         else
 282             return NSTerminateCancel;
 283     }
 284
 285     // Warn if items still in the queue
 286     else if ( fPendingCount > 0 )
 287     {
 288         int result = NSRunCriticalAlertPanel(
 289                                              NSLocalizedString(@"Are you sure you want to quit HandBrake?", nil),
 290                                              NSLocalizedString(@"There are pending encodes in your queue. Do you want to quit anyway?",nil),
 291                                              NSLocalizedString(@"Quit", nil), NSLocalizedString(@"Don't Quit", nil), nil);
 292
 293         if ( result == NSAlertDefaultReturn )
 294             return NSTerminateNow;
 295         else
 296             return NSTerminateCancel;
 297     }
 298
 299     return NSTerminateNow;
 300 }
 301
 302 - (void)applicationWillTerminate:(NSNotification *)aNotification
 303 {
 304
 305     [browsedSourceDisplayName release];
 306     [outputPanel release];
 307         [fQueueController release];
 308     [fPreviewController release];
 309     [fPictureController release];
 310     [fApplicationIcon release];
 311
 312     hb_close(&fHandle);
 313     hb_close(&fQueueEncodeLibhb);
 314     hb_global_close();
 315
 316 }
 317
 318
 319 - (void) awakeFromNib
 320 {
 321     [fWindow center];
 322     [fWindow setExcludedFromWindowsMenu:NO];
 323
 324     [fAdvancedOptions setView:fAdvancedView];
 325
 326     /* lets setup our presets drawer for drag and drop here */
 327     [fPresetsOutlineView registerForDraggedTypes: [NSArray arrayWithObject:DragDropSimplePboardType] ];
 328     [fPresetsOutlineView setDraggingSourceOperationMask:NSDragOperationEvery forLocal:YES];
 329     [fPresetsOutlineView setVerticalMotionCanBeginDrag: YES];
 330
 331     /* Initialize currentScanCount so HB can use it to
 332      evaluate successive scans */
 333         currentScanCount = 0;
 334
 335
 336     /* Init UserPresets .plist */
 337         [self loadPresets];
 338
 339     /* Init QueueFile .plist */
 340     [self loadQueueFile];
 341
 342     fRipIndicatorShown = NO;  // initially out of view in the nib
 343
 344     /* For 64 bit builds, the threaded animation in the progress
 345      * indicators conflicts with the animation in the advanced tab
 346      * for reasons not completely clear. jbrjake found a note in the
 347      * 10.5 dev notes regarding this possiblility. It was also noted
 348      * that unless specified, setUsesThreadedAnimation defaults to true.
 349      * So, at least for now we set the indicator animation to NO for
 350      * both the scan and regular progress indicators for both 32 and 64 bit
 351      * as it test out fine on both and there is no reason our progress indicators
 352      * should require their own thread.
 353      */
 354
 355     [fScanIndicator setUsesThreadedAnimation:NO];
 356     [fRipIndicator setUsesThreadedAnimation:NO];
 357
 358
 359
 360         /* Show/Dont Show Presets drawer upon launch based
 361      on user preference DefaultPresetsDrawerShow*/
 362         if( [[NSUserDefaults standardUserDefaults] boolForKey:@"DefaultPresetsDrawerShow"] > 0 )
 363         {
 364         [fPresetDrawer setDelegate:self];
 365         NSSize drawerSize = NSSizeFromString( [[NSUserDefaults standardUserDefaults]
 366                                                stringForKey:@"Drawer Size"] );
 367         if( drawerSize.width )
 368             [fPresetDrawer setContentSize: drawerSize];
 369                 [fPresetDrawer open];
 370         }
 371
 372     /* Initially set the dvd angle widgets to hidden (dvdnav only) */
 373     [fSrcAngleLabel setHidden:YES];
 374     [fSrcAnglePopUp setHidden:YES];
 375
 376     /* Setup the start / stop popup */
 377     [fEncodeStartStopPopUp removeAllItems];
 378     [fEncodeStartStopPopUp addItemWithTitle: @"Chapters"];
 379     [fEncodeStartStopPopUp addItemWithTitle: @"Seconds"];
 380     [fEncodeStartStopPopUp addItemWithTitle: @"Frames"];
 381     /* Align the start / stop widgets with the chapter popups */
 382     [fSrcTimeStartEncodingField setFrameOrigin:[fSrcChapterStartPopUp frame].origin];
 383     [fSrcTimeEndEncodingField setFrameOrigin:[fSrcChapterEndPopUp frame].origin];
 384
 385     [fSrcFrameStartEncodingField setFrameOrigin:[fSrcChapterStartPopUp frame].origin];
 386     [fSrcFrameEndEncodingField setFrameOrigin:[fSrcChapterEndPopUp frame].origin];
 387
 388     /* Destination box*/
 389     NSMenuItem *menuItem;
 390     [fDstFormatPopUp removeAllItems];
 391     // MP4 file
 392     menuItem = [[fDstFormatPopUp menu] addItemWithTitle:@"MP4 file" action: NULL keyEquivalent: @""];
 393     [menuItem setTag: HB_MUX_MP4];
 394         // MKV file
 395     menuItem = [[fDstFormatPopUp menu] addItemWithTitle:@"MKV file" action: NULL keyEquivalent: @""];
 396     [menuItem setTag: HB_MUX_MKV];
 397
 398     [fDstFormatPopUp selectItemAtIndex: 0];
 399
 400     [self formatPopUpChanged:nil];
 401
 402         /* We enable the create chapters checkbox here since we are .mp4 */
 403         [fCreateChapterMarkers setEnabled: YES];
 404         if ([fDstFormatPopUp indexOfSelectedItem] == 0 && [[NSUserDefaults standardUserDefaults] boolForKey:@"DefaultChapterMarkers"] > 0)
 405         {
 406                 [fCreateChapterMarkers setState: NSOnState];
 407         }
 408
 409
 410
 411
 412     [fDstFile2Field setStringValue: [NSString stringWithFormat:
 413                                      @"%@/Desktop/Movie.mp4", NSHomeDirectory()]];
 414
 415     /* Video encoder */
 416     [fVidEncoderPopUp removeAllItems];
 417     [fVidEncoderPopUp addItemWithTitle: @"FFmpeg"];
 418
 419
 420     /* Video quality */
 421     [fVidTargetSizeField setIntValue: 700];
 422         [fVidBitrateField    setIntValue: 1000];
 423
 424     [fVidQualityMatrix   selectCell: fVidBitrateCell];
 425     [self videoMatrixChanged:nil];
 426
 427     /* Video framerate */
 428     [fVidRatePopUp removeAllItems];
 429         [fVidRatePopUp addItemWithTitle: NSLocalizedString( @"Same as source", @"" )];
 430     for( int i = 0; i < hb_video_rates_count; i++ )
 431     {
 432         if ([[NSString stringWithUTF8String: hb_video_rates[i].string] isEqualToString: [NSString stringWithFormat: @"%.3f",23.976]])
 433                 {
 434                         [fVidRatePopUp addItemWithTitle:[NSString stringWithFormat: @"%@%@",
 435                                              [NSString stringWithUTF8String: hb_video_rates[i].string], @" (NTSC Film)"]];
 436                 }
 437                 else if ([[NSString stringWithUTF8String: hb_video_rates[i].string] isEqualToString: [NSString stringWithFormat: @"%d",25]])
 438                 {
 439                         [fVidRatePopUp addItemWithTitle:[NSString stringWithFormat: @"%@%@",
 440                                              [NSString stringWithUTF8String: hb_video_rates[i].string], @" (PAL Film/Video)"]];
 441                 }
 442                 else if ([[NSString stringWithUTF8String: hb_video_rates[i].string] isEqualToString: [NSString stringWithFormat: @"%.2f",29.97]])
 443                 {
 444                         [fVidRatePopUp addItemWithTitle:[NSString stringWithFormat: @"%@%@",
 445                                              [NSString stringWithUTF8String: hb_video_rates[i].string], @" (NTSC Video)"]];
 446                 }
 447                 else
 448                 {
 449                         [fVidRatePopUp addItemWithTitle:
 450              [NSString stringWithUTF8String: hb_video_rates[i].string]];
 451                 }
 452     }
 453     [fVidRatePopUp selectItemAtIndex: 0];
 454
 455         /* Set Auto Crop to On at launch */
 456     [fPictureController setAutoCrop:YES];
 457
 458         /* Audio bitrate */
 459     [fAudTrack1BitratePopUp removeAllItems];
 460     for( int i = 0; i < hb_audio_bitrates_count; i++ )
 461     {
 462         [fAudTrack1BitratePopUp addItemWithTitle:
 463          [NSString stringWithUTF8String: hb_audio_bitrates[i].string]];
 464
 465     }
 466     [fAudTrack1BitratePopUp selectItemAtIndex: hb_audio_bitrates_default];
 467
 468     /* Audio samplerate */
 469     [fAudTrack1RatePopUp removeAllItems];
 470     for( int i = 0; i < hb_audio_rates_count; i++ )
 471     {
 472         [fAudTrack1RatePopUp addItemWithTitle:
 473          [NSString stringWithUTF8String: hb_audio_rates[i].string]];
 474     }
 475     [fAudTrack1RatePopUp selectItemAtIndex: hb_audio_rates_default];
 476
 477     /* Bottom */
 478     [fStatusField setStringValue: @""];
 479
 480     [self enableUI: NO];
 481         [self setupToolbar];
 482
 483         /* We disable the Turbo 1st pass checkbox since we are not x264 */
 484         [fVidTurboPassCheck setEnabled: NO];
 485         [fVidTurboPassCheck setState: NSOffState];
 486
 487
 488         /* lets get our default prefs here */
 489         [self getDefaultPresets:nil];
 490         /* lets initialize the current successful scancount here to 0 */
 491         currentSuccessfulScanCount = 0;
 492
 493
 494 }
 495
 496 - (void) enableUI: (bool) b
 497 {
 498     NSControl * controls[] =
 499     { fSrcTitleField, fSrcTitlePopUp,
 500         fSrcChapterField, fSrcChapterStartPopUp, fSrcChapterToField,
 501         fSrcChapterEndPopUp, fSrcDuration1Field, fSrcDuration2Field,
 502         fDstFormatField, fDstFormatPopUp, fDstFile1Field, fDstFile2Field,
 503         fDstBrowseButton, fVidRateField, fVidRatePopUp,fVidEncoderField, fVidEncoderPopUp, fVidQualityField,
 504         fPictureSizeField,fPictureCroppingField, fVideoFiltersField,fVidQualityMatrix, fSubField, fSubPopUp,
 505         fAudSourceLabel, fAudCodecLabel, fAudMixdownLabel, fAudSamplerateLabel, fAudBitrateLabel,
 506         fAudTrack1Label, fAudTrack2Label, fAudTrack3Label, fAudTrack4Label,
 507         fAudLang1PopUp, fAudLang2PopUp, fAudLang3PopUp, fAudLang4PopUp,
 508         fAudTrack1CodecPopUp, fAudTrack2CodecPopUp, fAudTrack3CodecPopUp, fAudTrack4CodecPopUp,
 509         fAudTrack1MixPopUp, fAudTrack2MixPopUp, fAudTrack3MixPopUp, fAudTrack4MixPopUp,
 510         fAudTrack1RatePopUp, fAudTrack2RatePopUp, fAudTrack3RatePopUp, fAudTrack4RatePopUp,
 511         fAudTrack1BitratePopUp, fAudTrack2BitratePopUp, fAudTrack3BitratePopUp, fAudTrack4BitratePopUp,
 512         fAudDrcLabel, fAudTrack1DrcSlider, fAudTrack1DrcField, fAudTrack2DrcSlider,
 513         fAudTrack2DrcField, fAudTrack3DrcSlider, fAudTrack3DrcField, fAudTrack4DrcSlider,fAudTrack4DrcField,
 514         fQueueStatus,fPresetsAdd,fPresetsDelete,fSrcAngleLabel,fSrcAnglePopUp,
 515                 fCreateChapterMarkers,fVidTurboPassCheck,fDstMp4LargeFileCheck,fSubForcedCheck,fPresetsOutlineView,
 516         fAudDrcLabel,fDstMp4HttpOptFileCheck,fDstMp4iPodFileCheck,fVidQualityRFField,fVidQualityRFLabel,
 517         fEncodeStartStopPopUp,fSrcTimeStartEncodingField,fSrcTimeEndEncodingField,fSrcFrameStartEncodingField,fSrcFrameEndEncodingField};
 518
 519     for( unsigned i = 0;
 520         i < sizeof( controls ) / sizeof( NSControl * ); i++ )
 521     {
 522         if( [[controls[i] className] isEqualToString: @"NSTextField"] )
 523         {
 524             NSTextField * tf = (NSTextField *) controls[i];
 525             if( ![tf isBezeled] )
 526             {
 527                 [tf setTextColor: b ? [NSColor controlTextColor] :
 528                  [NSColor disabledControlTextColor]];
 529                 continue;
 530             }
 531         }
 532         [controls[i] setEnabled: b];
 533
 534     }
 535
 536         if (b) {
 537
 538         /* if we're enabling the interface, check if the audio mixdown controls need to be enabled or not */
 539         /* these will have been enabled by the mass control enablement above anyway, so we're sense-checking it here */
 540         [self setEnabledStateOfAudioMixdownControls:nil];
 541         /* we also call calculatePictureSizing here to sense check if we already have vfr selected */
 542         [self calculatePictureSizing:nil];
 543
 544         } else {
 545
 546                 [fPresetsOutlineView setEnabled: NO];
 547
 548         }
 549
 550     [self videoMatrixChanged:nil];
 551     [fAdvancedOptions enableUI:b];
 552 }
 553
 554
 555 /***********************************************************************
 556  * UpdateDockIcon
 557  ***********************************************************************
 558  * Shows a progression bar on the dock icon, filled according to
 559  * 'progress' (0.0 <= progress <= 1.0).
 560  * Called with progress < 0.0 or progress > 1.0, restores the original
 561  * icon.
 562  **********************************************************************/
 563 - (void) UpdateDockIcon: (float) progress
 564 {
 565     NSData * tiff;
 566     NSBitmapImageRep * bmp;
 567     uint32_t * pen;
 568     uint32_t black = htonl( 0x000000FF );
 569     uint32_t red   = htonl( 0xFF0000FF );
 570     uint32_t white = htonl( 0xFFFFFFFF );
 571     int row_start, row_end;
 572     int i, j;
 573
 574     if( progress < 0.0 || progress > 1.0 )
 575     {
 576         [NSApp setApplicationIconImage: fApplicationIcon];
 577         return;
 578     }
 579
 580     /* Get it in a raw bitmap form */
 581     tiff = [fApplicationIcon TIFFRepresentationUsingCompression:
 582             NSTIFFCompressionNone factor: 1.0];
 583     bmp = [NSBitmapImageRep imageRepWithData: tiff];
 584
 585     /* Draw the progression bar */
 586     /* It's pretty simple (ugly?) now, but I'm no designer */
 587
 588     row_start = 3 * (int) [bmp size].height / 4;
 589     row_end   = 7 * (int) [bmp size].height / 8;
 590
 591     for( i = row_start; i < row_start + 2; i++ )
 592     {
 593         pen = (uint32_t *) ( [bmp bitmapData] + i * [bmp bytesPerRow] );
 594         for( j = 0; j < (int) [bmp size].width; j++ )
 595         {
 596             pen[j] = black;
 597         }
 598     }
 599     for( i = row_start + 2; i < row_end - 2; i++ )
 600     {
 601         pen = (uint32_t *) ( [bmp bitmapData] + i * [bmp bytesPerRow] );
 602         pen[0] = black;
 603         pen[1] = black;
 604         for( j = 2; j < (int) [bmp size].width - 2; j++ )
 605         {
 606             if( j < 2 + (int) ( ( [bmp size].width - 4.0 ) * progress ) )
 607             {
 608                 pen[j] = red;
 609             }
 610             else
 611             {
 612                 pen[j] = white;
 613             }
 614         }
 615         pen[j]   = black;
 616         pen[j+1] = black;
 617     }
 618     for( i = row_end - 2; i < row_end; i++ )
 619     {
 620         pen = (uint32_t *) ( [bmp bitmapData] + i * [bmp bytesPerRow] );
 621         for( j = 0; j < (int) [bmp size].width; j++ )
 622         {
 623             pen[j] = black;
 624         }
 625     }
 626
 627     /* Now update the dock icon */
 628     tiff = [bmp TIFFRepresentationUsingCompression:
 629             NSTIFFCompressionNone factor: 1.0];
 630     NSImage* icon = [[NSImage alloc] initWithData: tiff];
 631     [NSApp setApplicationIconImage: icon];
 632     [icon release];
 633 }
 634
 635 - (void) updateUI: (NSTimer *) timer
 636 {
 637
 638     /* Update UI for fHandle (user scanning instance of libhb ) */
 639
 640     hb_list_t  * list;
 641     list = hb_get_titles( fHandle );
 642     /* check to see if there has been a new scan done
 643      this bypasses the constraints of HB_STATE_WORKING
 644      not allowing setting a newly scanned source */
 645         int checkScanCount = hb_get_scancount( fHandle );
 646         if( checkScanCount > currentScanCount )
 647         {
 648                 currentScanCount = checkScanCount;
 649         [fScanIndicator setIndeterminate: NO];
 650         [fScanIndicator setDoubleValue: 0.0];
 651         [fScanIndicator setHidden: YES];
 652                 [self showNewScan:nil];
 653         }
 654
 655     hb_state_t s;
 656     hb_get_state( fHandle, &s );
 657
 658     switch( s.state )
 659     {
 660         case HB_STATE_IDLE:
 661             break;
 662 #define p s.param.scanning
 663         case HB_STATE_SCANNING:
 664                 {
 665             [fSrcDVD2Field setStringValue: [NSString stringWithFormat:
 666                                             NSLocalizedString( @"Scanning title %d of %d...", @"" ),
 667                                             p.title_cur, p.title_count]];
 668             [fScanIndicator setHidden: NO];
 669             [fScanIndicator setDoubleValue: 100.0 * ((double)( p.title_cur - 1 ) / p.title_count)];
 670             break;
 671                 }
 672 #undef p
 673
 674 #define p s.param.scandone
 675         case HB_STATE_SCANDONE:
 676         {
 677             [fScanIndicator setIndeterminate: NO];
 678             [fScanIndicator setDoubleValue: 0.0];
 679             [fScanIndicator setHidden: YES];
 680                         [self writeToActivityLog:"ScanDone state received from fHandle"];
 681             [self showNewScan:nil];
 682             [[fWindow toolbar] validateVisibleItems];
 683
 684                         break;
 685         }
 686 #undef p
 687
 688 #define p s.param.working
 689         case HB_STATE_WORKING:
 690         {
 691
 692             break;
 693         }
 694 #undef p
 695
 696 #define p s.param.muxing
 697         case HB_STATE_MUXING:
 698         {
 699
 700             break;
 701         }
 702 #undef p
 703
 704         case HB_STATE_PAUSED:
 705             break;
 706
 707         case HB_STATE_WORKDONE:
 708         {
 709             break;
 710         }
 711     }
 712
 713
 714     /* Update UI for fQueueEncodeLibhb */
 715     // hb_list_t  * list;
 716     // list = hb_get_titles( fQueueEncodeLibhb ); //fQueueEncodeLibhb
 717     /* check to see if there has been a new scan done
 718      this bypasses the constraints of HB_STATE_WORKING
 719      not allowing setting a newly scanned source */
 720
 721     checkScanCount = hb_get_scancount( fQueueEncodeLibhb );
 722         if( checkScanCount > currentScanCount )
 723         {
 724                 currentScanCount = checkScanCount;
 725         }
 726
 727     //hb_state_t s;
 728     hb_get_state( fQueueEncodeLibhb, &s );
 729
 730     switch( s.state )
 731     {
 732         case HB_STATE_IDLE:
 733             break;
 734 #define p s.param.scanning
 735         case HB_STATE_SCANNING:
 736                 {
 737             [fStatusField setStringValue: [NSString stringWithFormat:
 738                                            NSLocalizedString( @"Queue Scanning title %d of %d...", @"" ),
 739                                            p.title_cur, p.title_count]];
 740
 741             /* Set the status string in fQueueController as well */
 742             [fQueueController setQueueStatusString: [NSString stringWithFormat:
 743                                                      NSLocalizedString( @"Queue Scanning title %d of %d...", @"" ),
 744                                                      p.title_cur, p.title_count]];
 745             break;
 746                 }
 747 #undef p
 748
 749 #define p s.param.scandone
 750         case HB_STATE_SCANDONE:
 751         {
 752                         [self writeToActivityLog:"ScanDone state received from fQueueEncodeLibhb"];
 753             [self processNewQueueEncode];
 754             [[fWindow toolbar] validateVisibleItems];
 755
 756                         break;
 757         }
 758 #undef p
 759
 760
 761 #define p s.param.working
 762
 763         case HB_STATE_SEARCHING:
 764                 {
 765             NSMutableString * string;
 766             NSString * pass_desc;
 767
 768             /* Update text field */
 769             pass_desc = @"";
 770             //string = [NSMutableString stringWithFormat: NSLocalizedString( @"Searching for start point: pass %d %@ of %d, %.2f %%", @"" ), p.job_cur, pass_desc, p.job_count, 100.0 * p.progress];
 771             /* For now, do not announce "pass x of x for the search phase ... */
 772             string = [NSMutableString stringWithFormat: NSLocalizedString( @"Searching for start point ... :  %.2f %%", @"" ), 100.0 * p.progress];
 773
 774                         if( p.seconds > -1 )
 775             {
 776                 [string appendFormat:
 777                  NSLocalizedString( @" (ETA %02dh%02dm%02ds)", @"" ), p.hours, p.minutes, p.seconds];
 778             }
 779
 780             [fStatusField setStringValue: string];
 781             /* Set the status string in fQueueController as well */
 782             [fQueueController setQueueStatusString: string];
 783             /* Update slider */
 784             CGFloat progress_total = ( p.progress + p.job_cur - 1 ) / p.job_count;
 785             [fRipIndicator setIndeterminate: NO];
 786             [fRipIndicator setDoubleValue:100.0 * progress_total];
 787
 788             // If progress bar hasn't been revealed at the bottom of the window, do
 789             // that now. This code used to be in doRip. I moved it to here to handle
 790             // the case where hb_start is called by HBQueueController and not from
 791             // HBController.
 792             if( !fRipIndicatorShown )
 793             {
 794                 NSRect frame = [fWindow frame];
 795                 if( frame.size.width <= 591 )
 796                     frame.size.width = 591;
 797                 frame.size.height += 36;
 798                 frame.origin.y -= 36;
 799                 [fWindow setFrame:frame display:YES animate:YES];
 800                 fRipIndicatorShown = YES;
 801
 802             }
 803
 804             /* Update dock icon */
 805             /* Note not done yet */
 806             break;
 807         }
 808
 809
 810         case HB_STATE_WORKING:
 811         {
 812             NSMutableString * string;
 813             NSString * pass_desc;
 814                         /* Update text field */
 815             if (p.job_cur == 1 && p.job_count > 1)
 816             {
 817                 if ([[QueueFileArray objectAtIndex:currentQueueEncodeIndex] objectForKey:@"SubtitleList"] && [[[[[QueueFileArray objectAtIndex:currentQueueEncodeIndex]objectForKey:@"SubtitleList"] objectAtIndex:0] objectForKey:@"subtitleSourceTrackNum"] intValue] == 1)
 818                 {
 819                     pass_desc = @"(subtitle scan)";
 820                 }
 821                 else
 822                 {
 823                     pass_desc = @"";
 824                 }
 825             }
 826             else
 827             {
 828                 pass_desc = @"";
 829             }
 830
 831                         string = [NSMutableString stringWithFormat: NSLocalizedString( @"Encoding: pass %d %@ of %d, %.2f %%", @"" ), p.job_cur, pass_desc, p.job_count, 100.0 * p.progress];
 832
 833                         if( p.seconds > -1 )
 834             {
 835                 [string appendFormat:
 836                  NSLocalizedString( @" (%.2f fps, avg %.2f fps, ETA %02dh%02dm%02ds)", @"" ),
 837                  p.rate_cur, p.rate_avg, p.hours, p.minutes, p.seconds];
 838             }
 839
 840             [fStatusField setStringValue: string];
 841             /* Set the status string in fQueueController as well */
 842             [fQueueController setQueueStatusString: string];
 843             /* Update slider */
 844             CGFloat progress_total = ( p.progress + p.job_cur - 1 ) / p.job_count;
 845             [fRipIndicator setIndeterminate: NO];
 846             [fRipIndicator setDoubleValue:100.0 * progress_total];
 847
 848             // If progress bar hasn't been revealed at the bottom of the window, do
 849             // that now. This code used to be in doRip. I moved it to here to handle
 850             // the case where hb_start is called by HBQueueController and not from
 851             // HBController.
 852             if( !fRipIndicatorShown )
 853             {
 854                 NSRect frame = [fWindow frame];
 855                 if( frame.size.width <= 591 )
 856                     frame.size.width = 591;
 857                 frame.size.height += 36;
 858                 frame.origin.y -= 36;
 859                 [fWindow setFrame:frame display:YES animate:YES];
 860                 fRipIndicatorShown = YES;
 861
 862             }
 863
 864             /* Update dock icon */
 865             if( dockIconProgress < 100.0 * progress_total )
 866             {
 867                 [self UpdateDockIcon: progress_total];
 868                 dockIconProgress += 5;
 869             }
 870
 871             break;
 872         }
 873 #undef p
 874
 875 #define p s.param.muxing
 876         case HB_STATE_MUXING:
 877         {
 878             /* Update text field */
 879             [fStatusField setStringValue: NSLocalizedString( @"Muxing...", @"" )];
 880             /* Set the status string in fQueueController as well */
 881             [fQueueController setQueueStatusString: NSLocalizedString( @"Muxing...", @"" )];
 882             /* Update slider */
 883             [fRipIndicator setIndeterminate: YES];
 884             [fRipIndicator startAnimation: nil];
 885
 886             /* Update dock icon */
 887             [self UpdateDockIcon: 1.0];
 888
 889                         break;
 890         }
 891 #undef p
 892
 893         case HB_STATE_PAUSED:
 894                     [fStatusField setStringValue: NSLocalizedString( @"Paused", @"" )];
 895             [fQueueController setQueueStatusString: NSLocalizedString( @"Paused", @"" )];
 896
 897                         break;
 898
 899         case HB_STATE_WORKDONE:
 900         {
 901             // HB_STATE_WORKDONE happpens as a result of libhb finishing all its jobs
 902             // or someone calling hb_stop. In the latter case, hb_stop does not clear
 903             // out the remaining passes/jobs in the queue. We'll do that here.
 904
 905             // Delete all remaining jobs of this encode.
 906             [fStatusField setStringValue: NSLocalizedString( @"Encode Finished.", @"" )];
 907             /* Set the status string in fQueueController as well */
 908             [fQueueController setQueueStatusString: NSLocalizedString( @"Encode Finished.", @"" )];
 909             [fRipIndicator setIndeterminate: NO];
 910             [fRipIndicator stopAnimation: nil];
 911             [fRipIndicator setDoubleValue: 0.0];
 912             [[fWindow toolbar] validateVisibleItems];
 913
 914             /* Restore dock icon */
 915             [self UpdateDockIcon: -1.0];
 916             dockIconProgress = 0;
 917
 918             if( fRipIndicatorShown )
 919             {
 920                 NSRect frame = [fWindow frame];
 921                 if( frame.size.width <= 591 )
 922                                     frame.size.width = 591;
 923                 frame.size.height += -36;
 924                 frame.origin.y -= -36;
 925                 [fWindow setFrame:frame display:YES animate:YES];
 926                                 fRipIndicatorShown = NO;
 927                         }
 928             /* Since we are done with this encode, tell output to stop writing to the
 929              * individual encode log
 930              */
 931                         [outputPanel endEncodeLog];
 932             /* Check to see if the encode state has not been cancelled
 933              to determine if we should check for encode done notifications */
 934                         if( fEncodeState != 2 )
 935             {
 936                 NSString *pathOfFinishedEncode;
 937                 /* Get the output file name for the finished encode */
 938                 pathOfFinishedEncode = [[QueueFileArray objectAtIndex:currentQueueEncodeIndex] objectForKey:@"DestinationPath"];
 939
 940                 /* Both the Growl Alert and Sending to MetaX can be done as encodes roll off the queue */
 941                 /* Growl alert */
 942                 [self showGrowlDoneNotification:pathOfFinishedEncode];
 943                 /* Send to MetaX */
 944                 [self sendToMetaX:pathOfFinishedEncode];
 945
 946                 /* since we have successfully completed an encode, we increment the queue counter */
 947                 [self incrementQueueItemDone:nil];
 948
 949                 /* all end of queue actions below need to be done after all queue encodes have finished
 950                  * and there are no pending jobs left to process
 951                  */
 952                 if (fPendingCount == 0)
 953                 {
 954                     /* If Alert Window or Window and Growl has been selected */
 955                     if( [[[NSUserDefaults standardUserDefaults] stringForKey:@"AlertWhenDone"] isEqualToString: @"Alert Window"] ||
 956                        [[[NSUserDefaults standardUserDefaults] stringForKey:@"AlertWhenDone"] isEqualToString: @"Alert Window And Growl"] )
 957                     {
 958                         /*On Screen Notification*/
 959                         int status;
 960                         NSBeep();
 961                         status = NSRunAlertPanel(@"Put down that cocktail...",@"Your HandBrake queue is done!", @"OK", nil, nil);
 962                         [NSApp requestUserAttention:NSCriticalRequest];
 963                     }
 964
 965                     /* If sleep has been selected */
 966                     if( [[[NSUserDefaults standardUserDefaults] stringForKey:@"AlertWhenDone"] isEqualToString: @"Put Computer To Sleep"] )
 967                     {
 968                         /* Sleep */
 969                         NSDictionary* errorDict;
 970                         NSAppleEventDescriptor* returnDescriptor = nil;
 971                         NSAppleScript* scriptObject = [[NSAppleScript alloc] initWithSource:
 972                                                        @"tell application \"Finder\" to sleep"];
 973                         returnDescriptor = [scriptObject executeAndReturnError: &errorDict];
 974                         [scriptObject release];
 975                     }
 976                     /* If Shutdown has been selected */
 977                     if( [[[NSUserDefaults standardUserDefaults] stringForKey:@"AlertWhenDone"] isEqualToString: @"Shut Down Computer"] )
 978                     {
 979                         /* Shut Down */
 980                         NSDictionary* errorDict;
 981                         NSAppleEventDescriptor* returnDescriptor = nil;
 982                         NSAppleScript* scriptObject = [[NSAppleScript alloc] initWithSource:
 983                                                        @"tell application \"Finder\" to shut down"];
 984                         returnDescriptor = [scriptObject executeAndReturnError: &errorDict];
 985                         [scriptObject release];
 986                     }
 987
 988                 }
 989
 990
 991             }
 992
 993             break;
 994         }
 995     }
 996
 997 }
 998
 999 /* We use this to write messages to stderr from the macgui which show up in the activity window and log*/
1000 - (void) writeToActivityLog:(const char *) format, ...
1001 {
1002     va_list args;
1003     va_start(args, format);
1004     if (format != nil)
1005     {
1006         char str[1024];
1007         vsnprintf( str, 1024, format, args );
1008
1009         time_t _now = time( NULL );
1010         struct tm * now  = localtime( &_now );
1011         fprintf(stderr, "[%02d:%02d:%02d] macgui: %s\n", now->tm_hour, now->tm_min, now->tm_sec, str );
1012     }
1013     va_end(args);
1014 }
1015
1016 #pragma mark -
1017 #pragma mark Toolbar
1018 // ============================================================
1019 // NSToolbar Related Methods
1020 // ============================================================
1021
1022 - (void) setupToolbar {
1023     NSToolbar *toolbar = [[[NSToolbar alloc] initWithIdentifier: @"HandBrake Toolbar"] autorelease];
1024
1025     [toolbar setAllowsUserCustomization: YES];
1026     [toolbar setAutosavesConfiguration: YES];
1027     [toolbar setDisplayMode: NSToolbarDisplayModeIconAndLabel];
1028
1029     [toolbar setDelegate: self];
1030
1031     [fWindow setToolbar: toolbar];
1032 }
1033
1034 - (NSToolbarItem *) toolbar: (NSToolbar *)toolbar itemForItemIdentifier:
1035     (NSString *) itemIdent willBeInsertedIntoToolbar:(BOOL) willBeInserted {
1036     NSToolbarItem * item = [[[NSToolbarItem alloc] initWithItemIdentifier: itemIdent] autorelease];
1037
1038     if ([itemIdent isEqualToString: ToggleDrawerIdentifier])
1039     {
1040         [item setLabel: @"Toggle Presets"];
1041         [item setPaletteLabel: @"Toggler Presets"];
1042         [item setToolTip: @"Open/Close Preset Drawer"];
1043         [item setImage: [NSImage imageNamed: @"Drawer"]];
1044         [item setTarget: self];
1045         [item setAction: @selector(toggleDrawer:)];
1046         [item setAutovalidates: NO];
1047     }
1048     else if ([itemIdent isEqualToString: StartEncodingIdentifier])
1049     {
1050         [item setLabel: @"Start"];
1051         [item setPaletteLabel: @"Start Encoding"];
1052         [item setToolTip: @"Start Encoding"];
1053         [item setImage: [NSImage imageNamed: @"Play"]];
1054         [item setTarget: self];
1055         [item setAction: @selector(Rip:)];
1056     }
1057     else if ([itemIdent isEqualToString: ShowQueueIdentifier])
1058     {
1059         [item setLabel: @"Show Queue"];
1060         [item setPaletteLabel: @"Show Queue"];
1061         [item setToolTip: @"Show Queue"];
1062         [item setImage: [NSImage imageNamed: @"Queue"]];
1063         [item setTarget: self];
1064         [item setAction: @selector(showQueueWindow:)];
1065         [item setAutovalidates: NO];
1066     }
1067     else if ([itemIdent isEqualToString: AddToQueueIdentifier])
1068     {
1069         [item setLabel: @"Add to Queue"];
1070         [item setPaletteLabel: @"Add to Queue"];
1071         [item setToolTip: @"Add to Queue"];
1072         [item setImage: [NSImage imageNamed: @"AddToQueue"]];
1073         [item setTarget: self];
1074         [item setAction: @selector(addToQueue:)];
1075     }
1076     else if ([itemIdent isEqualToString: PauseEncodingIdentifier])
1077     {
1078         [item setLabel: @"Pause"];
1079         [item setPaletteLabel: @"Pause Encoding"];
1080         [item setToolTip: @"Pause Encoding"];
1081         [item setImage: [NSImage imageNamed: @"Pause"]];
1082         [item setTarget: self];
1083         [item setAction: @selector(Pause:)];
1084     }
1085     else if ([itemIdent isEqualToString: ShowPictureIdentifier])
1086     {
1087         [item setLabel: @"Picture Settings"];
1088         [item setPaletteLabel: @"Show Picture Settings"];
1089         [item setToolTip: @"Show Picture Settings"];
1090         [item setImage: [NSImage imageNamed: @"pref-picture"]];
1091         [item setTarget: self];
1092         [item setAction: @selector(showPicturePanel:)];
1093     }
1094     else if ([itemIdent isEqualToString: ShowPreviewIdentifier])
1095     {
1096         [item setLabel: @"Preview Window"];
1097         [item setPaletteLabel: @"Show Preview"];
1098         [item setToolTip: @"Show Preview"];
1099         //[item setImage: [NSImage imageNamed: @"pref-picture"]];
1100         [item setImage: [NSImage imageNamed: @"Brushed_Window"]];
1101         [item setTarget: self];
1102         [item setAction: @selector(showPreviewWindow:)];
1103     }
1104     else if ([itemIdent isEqualToString: ShowActivityIdentifier])
1105     {
1106         [item setLabel: @"Activity Window"];
1107         [item setPaletteLabel: @"Show Activity Window"];
1108         [item setToolTip: @"Show Activity Window"];
1109         [item setImage: [NSImage imageNamed: @"ActivityWindow"]];
1110         [item setTarget: self];
1111         [item setAction: @selector(showDebugOutputPanel:)];
1112         [item setAutovalidates: NO];
1113     }
1114     else if ([itemIdent isEqualToString: ChooseSourceIdentifier])
1115     {
1116         [item setLabel: @"Source"];
1117         [item setPaletteLabel: @"Source"];
1118         [item setToolTip: @"Choose Video Source"];
1119         [item setImage: [NSImage imageNamed: @"Source"]];
1120         [item setTarget: self];
1121         [item setAction: @selector(browseSources:)];
1122     }
1123     else
1124     {
1125         return nil;
1126     }
1127
1128     return item;
1129 }
1130
1131 - (NSArray *) toolbarDefaultItemIdentifiers: (NSToolbar *) toolbar
1132 {
1133     return [NSArray arrayWithObjects: ChooseSourceIdentifier, NSToolbarSeparatorItemIdentifier, StartEncodingIdentifier,
1134         PauseEncodingIdentifier, AddToQueueIdentifier, ShowQueueIdentifier, NSToolbarFlexibleSpaceItemIdentifier,
1135                 NSToolbarSpaceItemIdentifier, ShowPictureIdentifier, ShowPreviewIdentifier, ShowActivityIdentifier, ToggleDrawerIdentifier, nil];
1136 }
1137
1138 - (NSArray *) toolbarAllowedItemIdentifiers: (NSToolbar *) toolbar
1139 {
1140     return [NSArray arrayWithObjects:  StartEncodingIdentifier, PauseEncodingIdentifier, AddToQueueIdentifier,
1141         ChooseSourceIdentifier, ShowQueueIdentifier, ShowPictureIdentifier, ShowPreviewIdentifier, ShowActivityIdentifier, ToggleDrawerIdentifier,
1142         NSToolbarCustomizeToolbarItemIdentifier, NSToolbarFlexibleSpaceItemIdentifier,
1143         NSToolbarSpaceItemIdentifier, NSToolbarSeparatorItemIdentifier, nil];
1144 }
1145
1146 - (BOOL) validateToolbarItem: (NSToolbarItem *) toolbarItem
1147 {
1148     NSString * ident = [toolbarItem itemIdentifier];
1149
1150     if (fHandle)
1151     {
1152         hb_state_t s;
1153
1154         hb_get_state( fHandle, &s );
1155         if (s.state == HB_STATE_SCANNING)
1156         {
1157
1158             if ([ident isEqualToString: ChooseSourceIdentifier])
1159             {
1160                 [toolbarItem setImage: [NSImage imageNamed: @"Stop"]];
1161                 [toolbarItem setLabel: @"Cancel Scan"];
1162                 [toolbarItem setPaletteLabel: @"Cancel Scanning"];
1163                 [toolbarItem setToolTip: @"Cancel Scanning Source"];
1164                 return YES;
1165             }
1166
1167             if ([ident isEqualToString: StartEncodingIdentifier] || [ident isEqualToString: AddToQueueIdentifier])
1168                 return NO;
1169         }
1170         else
1171         {
1172             if ([ident isEqualToString: ChooseSourceIdentifier])
1173             {
1174                 [toolbarItem setImage: [NSImage imageNamed: @"Source"]];
1175                 [toolbarItem setLabel: @"Source"];
1176                 [toolbarItem setPaletteLabel: @"Source"];
1177                 [toolbarItem setToolTip: @"Choose Video Source"];
1178                 return YES;
1179             }
1180         }
1181
1182         hb_get_state2( fQueueEncodeLibhb, &s );
1183
1184         if (s.state == HB_STATE_WORKING || s.state == HB_STATE_SEARCHING || s.state == HB_STATE_MUXING)
1185         {
1186             if ([ident isEqualToString: StartEncodingIdentifier])
1187             {
1188                 [toolbarItem setImage: [NSImage imageNamed: @"Stop"]];
1189                 [toolbarItem setLabel: @"Stop"];
1190                 [toolbarItem setPaletteLabel: @"Stop"];
1191                 [toolbarItem setToolTip: @"Stop Encoding"];
1192                 return YES;
1193             }
1194             if ([ident isEqualToString: PauseEncodingIdentifier])
1195             {
1196                 [toolbarItem setImage: [NSImage imageNamed: @"Pause"]];
1197                 [toolbarItem setLabel: @"Pause"];
1198                 [toolbarItem setPaletteLabel: @"Pause Encoding"];
1199                 [toolbarItem setToolTip: @"Pause Encoding"];
1200                 return YES;
1201             }
1202             if (SuccessfulScan)
1203             {
1204                 if ([ident isEqualToString: AddToQueueIdentifier])
1205                     return YES;
1206                 if ([ident isEqualToString: ShowPictureIdentifier])
1207                     return YES;
1208                 if ([ident isEqualToString: ShowPreviewIdentifier])
1209                     return YES;
1210             }
1211         }
1212         else if (s.state == HB_STATE_PAUSED)
1213         {
1214             if ([ident isEqualToString: PauseEncodingIdentifier])
1215             {
1216                 [toolbarItem setImage: [NSImage imageNamed: @"Play"]];
1217                 [toolbarItem setLabel: @"Resume"];
1218                 [toolbarItem setPaletteLabel: @"Resume Encoding"];
1219                 [toolbarItem setToolTip: @"Resume Encoding"];
1220                 return YES;
1221             }
1222             if ([ident isEqualToString: StartEncodingIdentifier])
1223                 return YES;
1224             if ([ident isEqualToString: AddToQueueIdentifier])
1225                 return YES;
1226             if ([ident isEqualToString: ShowPictureIdentifier])
1227                 return YES;
1228             if ([ident isEqualToString: ShowPreviewIdentifier])
1229                 return YES;
1230         }
1231         else if (s.state == HB_STATE_SCANNING)
1232             return NO;
1233         else if (s.state == HB_STATE_WORKDONE || s.state == HB_STATE_SCANDONE || SuccessfulScan)
1234         {
1235             if ([ident isEqualToString: StartEncodingIdentifier])
1236             {
1237                 [toolbarItem setImage: [NSImage imageNamed: @"Play"]];
1238                 if (hb_count(fHandle) > 0)
1239                     [toolbarItem setLabel: @"Start Queue"];
1240                 else
1241                     [toolbarItem setLabel: @"Start"];
1242                 [toolbarItem setPaletteLabel: @"Start Encoding"];
1243                 [toolbarItem setToolTip: @"Start Encoding"];
1244                 return YES;
1245             }
1246             if ([ident isEqualToString: AddToQueueIdentifier])
1247                 return YES;
1248             if ([ident isEqualToString: ShowPictureIdentifier])
1249                 return YES;
1250             if ([ident isEqualToString: ShowPreviewIdentifier])
1251                 return YES;
1252         }
1253
1254     }
1255     /* If there are any pending queue items, make sure the start/stop button is active */
1256     if ([ident isEqualToString: StartEncodingIdentifier] && fPendingCount > 0)
1257         return YES;
1258     if ([ident isEqualToString: ShowQueueIdentifier])
1259         return YES;
1260     if ([ident isEqualToString: ToggleDrawerIdentifier])
1261         return YES;
1262     if ([ident isEqualToString: ChooseSourceIdentifier])
1263         return YES;
1264     if ([ident isEqualToString: ShowActivityIdentifier])
1265         return YES;
1266
1267     return NO;
1268 }
1269
1270 - (BOOL) validateMenuItem: (NSMenuItem *) menuItem
1271 {
1272     SEL action = [menuItem action];
1273
1274     hb_state_t s;
1275     hb_get_state2( fHandle, &s );
1276
1277     if (fHandle)
1278     {
1279         if (action == @selector(addToQueue:) || action == @selector(showPicturePanel:) || action == @selector(showAddPresetPanel:))
1280             return SuccessfulScan && [fWindow attachedSheet] == nil;
1281
1282         if (action == @selector(browseSources:))
1283         {
1284             if (s.state == HB_STATE_SCANNING)
1285                 return NO;
1286             else
1287                 return [fWindow attachedSheet] == nil;
1288         }
1289         if (action == @selector(selectDefaultPreset:))
1290             return [fPresetsOutlineView selectedRow] >= 0 && [fWindow attachedSheet] == nil;
1291         if (action == @selector(Pause:))
1292         {
1293             if (s.state == HB_STATE_WORKING)
1294             {
1295                 if(![[menuItem title] isEqualToString:@"Pause Encoding"])
1296                     [menuItem setTitle:@"Pause Encoding"];
1297                 return YES;
1298             }
1299             else if (s.state == HB_STATE_PAUSED)
1300             {
1301                 if(![[menuItem title] isEqualToString:@"Resume Encoding"])
1302                     [menuItem setTitle:@"Resume Encoding"];
1303                 return YES;
1304             }
1305             else
1306                 return NO;
1307         }
1308         if (action == @selector(Rip:))
1309         {
1310             if (s.state == HB_STATE_WORKING || s.state == HB_STATE_MUXING || s.state == HB_STATE_PAUSED)
1311             {
1312                 if(![[menuItem title] isEqualToString:@"Stop Encoding"])
1313                     [menuItem setTitle:@"Stop Encoding"];
1314                 return YES;
1315             }
1316             else if (SuccessfulScan)
1317             {
1318                 if(![[menuItem title] isEqualToString:@"Start Encoding"])
1319                     [menuItem setTitle:@"Start Encoding"];
1320                 return [fWindow attachedSheet] == nil;
1321             }
1322             else
1323                 return NO;
1324         }
1325     }
1326     if( action == @selector(setDefaultPreset:) )
1327     {
1328         return [fPresetsOutlineView selectedRow] != -1;
1329     }
1330
1331     return YES;
1332 }
1333
1334 #pragma mark -
1335 #pragma mark Encode Done Actions
1336 // register a test notification and make
1337 // it enabled by default
1338 #define SERVICE_NAME @"Encode Done"
1339 - (NSDictionary *)registrationDictionaryForGrowl
1340 {
1341     NSDictionary *registrationDictionary = [NSDictionary dictionaryWithObjectsAndKeys:
1342     [NSArray arrayWithObjects:SERVICE_NAME,nil], GROWL_NOTIFICATIONS_ALL,
1343     [NSArray arrayWithObjects:SERVICE_NAME,nil], GROWL_NOTIFICATIONS_DEFAULT,
1344     nil];
1345
1346     return registrationDictionary;
1347 }
1348
1349 -(void)showGrowlDoneNotification:(NSString *) filePath
1350 {
1351     /* This end of encode action is called as each encode rolls off of the queue */
1352     NSString * finishedEncode = filePath;
1353     /* strip off the path to just show the file name */
1354     finishedEncode = [finishedEncode lastPathComponent];
1355     if ([[[NSUserDefaults standardUserDefaults] stringForKey:@"AlertWhenDone"] isEqualToString: @"Growl Notification"] ||
1356         [[[NSUserDefaults standardUserDefaults] stringForKey:@"AlertWhenDone"] isEqualToString: @"Alert Window And Growl"])
1357     {
1358         NSString * growlMssg = [NSString stringWithFormat: @"your HandBrake encode %@ is done!",finishedEncode];
1359         [GrowlApplicationBridge
1360          notifyWithTitle:@"Put down that cocktail..."
1361          description:growlMssg
1362          notificationName:SERVICE_NAME
1363          iconData:nil
1364          priority:0
1365          isSticky:1
1366          clickContext:nil];
1367     }
1368
1369 }
1370 -(void)sendToMetaX:(NSString *) filePath
1371 {
1372     /* This end of encode action is called as each encode rolls off of the queue */
1373     if([[NSUserDefaults standardUserDefaults] boolForKey: @"sendToMetaX"] == YES)
1374     {
1375         NSString *sendToApp = [[NSUserDefaults standardUserDefaults] objectForKey: @"SendCompletedEncodeToApp"];
1376         if (![sendToApp isEqualToString:@"None"])
1377         {
1378             [self writeToActivityLog: "trying to send encode to: %s", [sendToApp UTF8String]];
1379             NSAppleScript *myScript = [[NSAppleScript alloc] initWithSource: [NSString stringWithFormat: @"%@%@%@%@%@", @"tell application \"",sendToApp,@"\" to open (POSIX file \"", filePath, @"\")"]];
1380             [myScript executeAndReturnError: nil];
1381             [myScript release];
1382         }
1383
1384     }
1385 }
1386 #pragma mark -
1387 #pragma mark Get New Source
1388
1389 /*Opens the source browse window, called from Open Source widgets */
1390 - (IBAction) browseSources: (id) sender
1391 {
1392
1393     hb_state_t s;
1394     hb_get_state( fHandle, &s );
1395     if (s.state == HB_STATE_SCANNING)
1396     {
1397         [self cancelScanning:nil];
1398         return;
1399     }
1400
1401
1402     NSOpenPanel * panel;
1403
1404     panel = [NSOpenPanel openPanel];
1405     [panel setAllowsMultipleSelection: NO];
1406     [panel setCanChooseFiles: YES];
1407     [panel setCanChooseDirectories: YES ];
1408     NSString * sourceDirectory;
1409         if ([[NSUserDefaults standardUserDefaults] stringForKey:@"LastSourceDirectory"])
1410         {
1411                 sourceDirectory = [[NSUserDefaults standardUserDefaults] stringForKey:@"LastSourceDirectory"];
1412         }
1413         else
1414         {
1415                 sourceDirectory = @"~/Desktop";
1416                 sourceDirectory = [sourceDirectory stringByExpandingTildeInPath];
1417         }
1418     /* we open up the browse sources sheet here and call for browseSourcesDone after the sheet is closed
1419         * to evaluate whether we want to specify a title, we pass the sender in the contextInfo variable
1420         */
1421     [panel beginSheetForDirectory: sourceDirectory file: nil types: nil
1422                    modalForWindow: fWindow modalDelegate: self
1423                    didEndSelector: @selector( browseSourcesDone:returnCode:contextInfo: )
1424                       contextInfo: sender];
1425 }
1426
1427 - (void) browseSourcesDone: (NSOpenPanel *) sheet
1428                 returnCode: (int) returnCode contextInfo: (void *) contextInfo
1429 {
1430     /* we convert the sender content of contextInfo back into a variable called sender
1431      * mostly just for consistency for evaluation later
1432      */
1433     id sender = (id)contextInfo;
1434     /* User selected a file to open */
1435         if( returnCode == NSOKButton )
1436     {
1437             /* Free display name allocated previously by this code */
1438         [browsedSourceDisplayName release];
1439
1440         NSString *scanPath = [[sheet filenames] objectAtIndex: 0];
1441         /* we set the last searched source directory in the prefs here */
1442         NSString *sourceDirectory = [scanPath stringByDeletingLastPathComponent];
1443         [[NSUserDefaults standardUserDefaults] setObject:sourceDirectory forKey:@"LastSourceDirectory"];
1444         /* we order out sheet, which is the browse window as we need to open
1445          * the title selection sheet right away
1446          */
1447         [sheet orderOut: self];
1448
1449         if (sender == fOpenSourceTitleMMenu || [[NSApp currentEvent] modifierFlags] & NSAlternateKeyMask)
1450         {
1451             /* We put the chosen source path in the source display text field for the
1452              * source title selection sheet in which the user specifies the specific title to be
1453              * scanned  as well as the short source name in fSrcDsplyNameTitleScan just for display
1454              * purposes in the title panel
1455              */
1456             /* Full Path */
1457             [fScanSrcTitlePathField setStringValue:scanPath];
1458             NSString *displayTitlescanSourceName;
1459
1460             if ([[scanPath lastPathComponent] isEqualToString: @"VIDEO_TS"])
1461             {
1462                 /* If VIDEO_TS Folder is chosen, choose its parent folder for the source display name
1463                  we have to use the title->path value so we get the proper name of the volume if a physical dvd is the source*/
1464                 displayTitlescanSourceName = [[scanPath stringByDeletingLastPathComponent] lastPathComponent];
1465             }
1466             else
1467             {
1468                 /* if not the VIDEO_TS Folder, we can assume the chosen folder is the source name */
1469                 displayTitlescanSourceName = [scanPath lastPathComponent];
1470             }
1471             /* we set the source display name in the title selection dialogue */
1472             [fSrcDsplyNameTitleScan setStringValue:displayTitlescanSourceName];
1473             /* we set the attempted scans display name for main window to displayTitlescanSourceName*/
1474             browsedSourceDisplayName = [displayTitlescanSourceName retain];
1475             /* We show the actual sheet where the user specifies the title to be scanned
1476              * as we are going to do a title specific scan
1477              */
1478             [self showSourceTitleScanPanel:nil];
1479         }
1480         else
1481         {
1482             /* We are just doing a standard full source scan, so we specify "0" to libhb */
1483             NSString *path = [[sheet filenames] objectAtIndex: 0];
1484
1485             /* We check to see if the chosen file at path is a package */
1486             if ([[NSWorkspace sharedWorkspace] isFilePackageAtPath:path])
1487             {
1488                 [self writeToActivityLog: "trying to open a package at: %s", [path UTF8String]];
1489                 /* We check to see if this is an .eyetv package */
1490                 if ([[path pathExtension] isEqualToString: @"eyetv"])
1491                 {
1492                     [self writeToActivityLog:"trying to open eyetv package"];
1493                     /* We're looking at an EyeTV package - try to open its enclosed
1494                      .mpg media file */
1495                      browsedSourceDisplayName = [[[path stringByDeletingPathExtension] lastPathComponent] retain];
1496                     NSString *mpgname;
1497                     int n = [[path stringByAppendingString: @"/"]
1498                              completePathIntoString: &mpgname caseSensitive: YES
1499                              matchesIntoArray: nil
1500                              filterTypes: [NSArray arrayWithObject: @"mpg"]];
1501                     if (n > 0)
1502                     {
1503                         /* Found an mpeg inside the eyetv package, make it our scan path
1504                         and call performScan on the enclosed mpeg */
1505                         path = mpgname;
1506                         [self writeToActivityLog:"found mpeg in eyetv package"];
1507                         [self performScan:path scanTitleNum:0];
1508                     }
1509                     else
1510                     {
1511                         /* We did not find an mpeg file in our package, so we do not call performScan */
1512                         [self writeToActivityLog:"no valid mpeg in eyetv package"];
1513                     }
1514                 }
1515                 /* We check to see if this is a .dvdmedia package */
1516                 else if ([[path pathExtension] isEqualToString: @"dvdmedia"])
1517                 {
1518                     /* path IS a package - but dvdmedia packages can be treaded like normal directories */
1519                     browsedSourceDisplayName = [[[path stringByDeletingPathExtension] lastPathComponent] retain];
1520                     [self writeToActivityLog:"trying to open dvdmedia package"];
1521                     [self performScan:path scanTitleNum:0];
1522                 }
1523                 else
1524                 {
1525                     /* The package is not an eyetv package, so we do not call performScan */
1526                     [self writeToActivityLog:"unable to open package"];
1527                 }
1528             }
1529             else // path is not a package, so we treat it as a dvd parent folder or VIDEO_TS folder
1530             {
1531                 /* path is not a package, so we call perform scan directly on our file */
1532                 if ([[path lastPathComponent] isEqualToString: @"VIDEO_TS"])
1533                 {
1534                     [self writeToActivityLog:"trying to open video_ts folder (video_ts folder chosen)"];
1535                     /* If VIDEO_TS Folder is chosen, choose its parent folder for the source display name*/
1536                     browsedSourceDisplayName = [[[path stringByDeletingLastPathComponent] lastPathComponent] retain];
1537                 }
1538                 else
1539                 {
1540                     [self writeToActivityLog:"trying to open video_ts folder (parent directory chosen)"];
1541                     /* if not the VIDEO_TS Folder, we can assume the chosen folder is the source name */
1542                     /* make sure we remove any path extension as this can also be an '.mpg' file */
1543                     browsedSourceDisplayName = [[path lastPathComponent] retain];
1544                 }
1545                 applyQueueToScan = NO;
1546                 [self performScan:path scanTitleNum:0];
1547             }
1548
1549         }
1550
1551     }
1552 }
1553
1554 - (IBAction)showAboutPanel:(id)sender
1555 {
1556     NSMutableDictionary* d = [[NSMutableDictionary alloc] initWithObjectsAndKeys:
1557         fApplicationIcon, @"ApplicationIcon",
1558         nil ];
1559     [NSApp orderFrontStandardAboutPanelWithOptions:d];
1560     [d release];
1561 }
1562
1563 /* Here we open the title selection sheet where we can specify an exact title to be scanned */
1564 - (IBAction) showSourceTitleScanPanel: (id) sender
1565 {
1566     /* We default the title number to be scanned to "0" which results in a full source scan, unless the
1567     * user changes it
1568     */
1569     [fScanSrcTitleNumField setStringValue: @"0"];
1570         /* Show the panel */
1571         [NSApp beginSheet:fScanSrcTitlePanel modalForWindow:fWindow modalDelegate:nil didEndSelector:NULL contextInfo:NULL];
1572 }
1573
1574 - (IBAction) closeSourceTitleScanPanel: (id) sender
1575 {
1576     [NSApp endSheet: fScanSrcTitlePanel];
1577     [fScanSrcTitlePanel orderOut: self];
1578
1579     if(sender == fScanSrcTitleOpenButton)
1580     {
1581         /* We setup the scan status in the main window to indicate a source title scan */
1582         [fSrcDVD2Field setStringValue: @"Opening a new source title ..."];
1583                 [fScanIndicator setHidden: NO];
1584         [fScanIndicator setIndeterminate: YES];
1585         [fScanIndicator startAnimation: nil];
1586
1587         /* We use the performScan method to actually perform the specified scan passing the path and the title
1588          * to be scanned
1589          */
1590         applyQueueToScan = NO;
1591         [self performScan:[fScanSrcTitlePathField stringValue] scanTitleNum:[fScanSrcTitleNumField intValue]];
1592     }
1593 }
1594
1595 /* Here we actually tell hb_scan to perform the source scan, using the path to source and title number*/
1596 - (void) performScan:(NSString *) scanPath scanTitleNum: (int) scanTitleNum
1597 {
1598
1599     /* use a bool to determine whether or not we can decrypt using vlc */
1600     BOOL cancelScanDecrypt = 0;
1601     BOOL vlcFound = 0;
1602     NSString *path = scanPath;
1603     HBDVDDetector *detector = [HBDVDDetector detectorForPath:path];
1604
1605     // Notify ChapterTitles that there's no title
1606     [fChapterTitlesDelegate resetWithTitle:nil];
1607     [fChapterTable reloadData];
1608
1609     // Notify Subtitles that there's no title
1610     [fSubtitlesDelegate resetWithTitle:nil];
1611     [fSubtitlesTable reloadData];
1612
1613     [self enableUI: NO];
1614
1615     if( [detector isVideoDVD] )
1616     {
1617         int hb_arch;
1618 #if defined( __LP64__ )
1619         /* we are 64 bit */
1620         hb_arch = 64;
1621 #else
1622         /* we are 32 bit */
1623         hb_arch = 32;
1624 #endif
1625
1626
1627         // The chosen path was actually on a DVD, so use the raw block
1628         // device path instead.
1629         path = [detector devicePath];
1630         [self writeToActivityLog: "trying to open a physical dvd at: %s", [scanPath UTF8String]];
1631
1632         /* lets check for vlc here to make sure we have a dylib available to use for decrypting */
1633         NSString *vlcPath = @"/Applications/VLC.app/Contents/MacOS/lib/libdvdcss.2.dylib";
1634         NSFileManager * fileManager = [NSFileManager defaultManager];
1635             if ([fileManager fileExistsAtPath:vlcPath] == 0)
1636             {
1637             /*vlc not found in /Applications so we set the bool to cancel scanning to 1 */
1638             cancelScanDecrypt = 1;
1639             [self writeToActivityLog: "VLC app not found for decrypting physical dvd"];
1640             int status;
1641             status = NSRunAlertPanel(@"HandBrake could not find VLC or your VLC is out of date.",@"Please download and install VLC media player in your /Applications folder if you wish to read encrypted DVDs.", @"Get VLC", @"Cancel Scan", @"Attempt Scan Anyway");
1642             [NSApp requestUserAttention:NSCriticalRequest];
1643
1644             if (status == NSAlertDefaultReturn)
1645             {
1646                 /* User chose to go download vlc (as they rightfully should) so we send them to the vlc site */
1647                 [[NSWorkspace sharedWorkspace] openURL:[NSURL URLWithString:@"http://www.videolan.org/vlc/download-macosx.html"]];
1648             }
1649             else if (status == NSAlertAlternateReturn)
1650             {
1651                 /* User chose to cancel the scan */
1652                 [self writeToActivityLog: "cannot open physical dvd , scan cancelled"];
1653             }
1654             else
1655             {
1656                 /* User chose to override our warning and scan the physical dvd anyway, at their own peril. on an encrypted dvd this produces massive log files and fails */
1657                 cancelScanDecrypt = 0;
1658                 [self writeToActivityLog: "user overrode vlc warning -trying to open physical dvd without decryption"];
1659             }
1660
1661         }
1662         else
1663         {
1664             /* VLC was found in /Applications so all is well, we can carry on using vlc's libdvdcss.dylib for decrypting if needed */
1665             [self writeToActivityLog: "VLC app found for decrypting physical dvd"];
1666             vlcFound = 1;
1667         }
1668         /* test for architecture of the vlc app */
1669         NSArray *vlc_architecturesArray = [[NSBundle bundleWithPath:@"/Applications/VLC.app"] executableArchitectures];
1670         BOOL vlcIntel32bit = NO;
1671         BOOL vlcIntel64bit = NO;
1672         BOOL vlcPPC32bit = NO;
1673         BOOL vlcPPC64bit = NO;
1674         /* check the available architectures for vlc and note accordingly */
1675         NSEnumerator *enumerator = [vlc_architecturesArray objectEnumerator];
1676         id tempObject;
1677         while (tempObject = [enumerator nextObject])
1678         {
1679
1680             if ([tempObject intValue] == NSBundleExecutableArchitectureI386)
1681             {
1682                 vlcIntel32bit = YES;
1683             }
1684             if ([tempObject intValue] == NSBundleExecutableArchitectureX86_64)
1685             {
1686                 vlcIntel64bit = YES;
1687             }
1688             if ([tempObject intValue] == NSBundleExecutableArchitecturePPC)
1689             {
1690                 vlcPPC32bit = YES;
1691             }
1692             if ([tempObject intValue] == NSBundleExecutableArchitecturePPC64)
1693             {
1694                 vlcPPC64bit = YES;
1695             }
1696
1697         }
1698         /* Write vlc architecture findings to activity window */
1699         if (vlcIntel32bit)
1700         {
1701             [self writeToActivityLog: " 32-Bit VLC app found for decrypting physical dvd"];
1702         }
1703         if (vlcIntel64bit)
1704         {
1705             [self writeToActivityLog: " 64-Bit VLC app found for decrypting physical dvd"];
1706         }
1707
1708
1709
1710         if (vlcFound && hb_arch == 64 && !vlcIntel64bit && cancelScanDecrypt != 1)
1711         {
1712
1713             /* we are 64 bit */
1714
1715             /* Appropriate VLC not found, so cancel */
1716             cancelScanDecrypt = 1;
1717             [self writeToActivityLog: "This version of HandBrake is 64 bit, 64 bit version of vlc not found, scan cancelled"];
1718             /*On Screen Notification*/
1719             int status;
1720             NSBeep();
1721             status = NSRunAlertPanel(@"This version of HandBrake is 64 bit, VLC found but not 64 bit!",@"", @"Cancel Scan", @"Attempt Scan Anyway", @"Get 64 bit VLC", nil);
1722             [NSApp requestUserAttention:NSCriticalRequest];
1723
1724             if (status == NSAlertDefaultReturn)
1725             {
1726                 /* User chose to cancel the scan */
1727                 [self writeToActivityLog: "cannot open physical dvd VLC found but not 64 bit, scan cancelled"];
1728                 cancelScanDecrypt = 1;
1729             }
1730             else if (status == NSAlertAlternateReturn)
1731             {
1732                 [self writeToActivityLog: "user overrode 64-bit warning trying to open physical dvd without proper decryption"];
1733                 cancelScanDecrypt = 0;
1734             }
1735             else
1736             {
1737                 /* User chose to go download vlc (as they rightfully should) so we send them to the vlc site */
1738                 [[NSWorkspace sharedWorkspace] openURL:[NSURL URLWithString:@"http://www.videolan.org/vlc/download-macosx.html"]];
1739             }
1740
1741         }
1742         else if (vlcFound && hb_arch == 32 && !vlcIntel32bit && cancelScanDecrypt != 1)
1743         {
1744             /* we are 32 bit */
1745             /* Appropriate VLC not found, so cancel */
1746             cancelScanDecrypt = 1;
1747             [self writeToActivityLog: "This version of HandBrake is 32 bit, 32 bit version of vlc not found, scan cancelled"];
1748             /*On Screen Notification*/
1749             int status;
1750             NSBeep();
1751             status = NSRunAlertPanel(@"This version of HandBrake is 32 bit, VLC found but not 32 bit!",@"", @"Cancel Scan", @"Attempt Scan Anyway", @"Get 32 bit VLC", nil);
1752             [NSApp requestUserAttention:NSCriticalRequest];
1753
1754             if (status == NSAlertDefaultReturn)
1755             {
1756                 /* User chose to cancel the scan */
1757                 [self writeToActivityLog: "cannot open physical dvd VLC found but not 32 bit, scan cancelled"];
1758                 cancelScanDecrypt = 1;
1759             }
1760             else if (status == NSAlertAlternateReturn)
1761             {
1762                 [self writeToActivityLog: "user overrode 32-bit warning trying to open physical dvd without proper decryption"];
1763                 cancelScanDecrypt = 0;
1764             }
1765             else
1766             {
1767                 /* User chose to go download vlc (as they rightfully should) so we send them to the vlc site */
1768                 [[NSWorkspace sharedWorkspace] openURL:[NSURL URLWithString:@"http://www.videolan.org/vlc/download-macosx.html"]];
1769             }
1770
1771         }
1772     }
1773
1774     if (cancelScanDecrypt == 0)
1775     {
1776         /* we actually pass the scan off to libhb here */
1777         /* If there is no title number passed to scan, we use "0"
1778          * which causes the default behavior of a full source scan
1779          */
1780         if (!scanTitleNum)
1781         {
1782             scanTitleNum = 0;
1783         }
1784         if (scanTitleNum > 0)
1785         {
1786             [self writeToActivityLog: "scanning specifically for title: %d", scanTitleNum];
1787         }
1788         /* We use our advance pref to determine how many previews to scan */
1789         int hb_num_previews = [[[NSUserDefaults standardUserDefaults] objectForKey:@"PreviewsNumber"] intValue];
1790         /* set title to NULL */
1791         fTitle = NULL;
1792         hb_scan( fHandle, [path UTF8String], scanTitleNum, hb_num_previews, 1 );
1793         [fSrcDVD2Field setStringValue:@"Scanning new source ..."];
1794     }
1795 }
1796
1797 - (IBAction) cancelScanning:(id)sender
1798 {
1799     hb_scan_stop(fHandle);
1800 }
1801
1802 - (IBAction) showNewScan:(id)sender
1803 {
1804     hb_list_t  * list;
1805         hb_title_t * title;
1806         int feature_title=0; // Used to store the main feature title
1807
1808         list = hb_get_titles( fHandle );
1809
1810         if( !hb_list_count( list ) )
1811         {
1812             /* We display a message if a valid dvd source was not chosen */
1813             [fSrcDVD2Field setStringValue: @"No Valid Source Found"];
1814             SuccessfulScan = NO;
1815
1816             // Notify ChapterTitles that there's no title
1817             [fSubtitlesDelegate resetWithTitle:nil];
1818             [fSubtitlesTable reloadData];
1819
1820             // Notify Subtitles that there's no title
1821             [fChapterTitlesDelegate resetWithTitle:nil];
1822             [fChapterTable reloadData];
1823         }
1824         else
1825         {
1826             if (applyQueueToScan == YES)
1827             {
1828                 /* we are a rescan of an existing queue item and need to apply the queued settings to the scan */
1829                 [self writeToActivityLog: "showNewScan: This is a queued item rescan"];
1830
1831             }
1832             else if (applyQueueToScan == NO)
1833             {
1834                 [self writeToActivityLog: "showNewScan: This is a new source item scan"];
1835             }
1836             else
1837             {
1838                 [self writeToActivityLog: "showNewScan: cannot grok scan status"];
1839             }
1840
1841               /* We increment the successful scancount here by one,
1842              which we use at the end of this function to tell the gui
1843              if this is the first successful scan since launch and whether
1844              or not we should set all settings to the defaults */
1845             currentSuccessfulScanCount++;
1846
1847             [[fWindow toolbar] validateVisibleItems];
1848
1849             [fSrcTitlePopUp removeAllItems];
1850             for( int i = 0; i < hb_list_count( list ); i++ )
1851             {
1852                 title = (hb_title_t *) hb_list_item( list, i );
1853
1854                 currentSource = [NSString stringWithUTF8String: title->name];
1855                 /*Set DVD Name at top of window with the browsedSourceDisplayName grokked right before -performScan */
1856                 if (!browsedSourceDisplayName)
1857                 {
1858                     browsedSourceDisplayName = @"NoNameDetected";
1859                 }
1860                 [fSrcDVD2Field setStringValue:browsedSourceDisplayName];
1861
1862                 /* If its a queue rescan for edit, get the queue item output path */
1863                 /* if not, its a new source scan. */
1864                 /* Check to see if the last destination has been set,use if so, if not, use Desktop */
1865                 if (applyQueueToScan == YES)
1866                 {
1867                     [fDstFile2Field setStringValue: [NSString stringWithFormat:@"%@", [[QueueFileArray objectAtIndex:fqueueEditRescanItemNum] objectForKey:@"DestinationPath"]]];
1868                 }
1869                 else if ([[NSUserDefaults standardUserDefaults] stringForKey:@"LastDestinationDirectory"])
1870                 {
1871                     [fDstFile2Field setStringValue: [NSString stringWithFormat:
1872                                                      @"%@/%@.mp4", [[NSUserDefaults standardUserDefaults] stringForKey:@"LastDestinationDirectory"],[browsedSourceDisplayName stringByDeletingPathExtension]]];
1873                 }
1874                 else
1875                 {
1876                     [fDstFile2Field setStringValue: [NSString stringWithFormat:
1877                                                      @"%@/Desktop/%@.mp4", NSHomeDirectory(),[browsedSourceDisplayName stringByDeletingPathExtension]]];
1878                 }
1879
1880                 /* See if this is the main feature according to libhb */
1881                 if (title->index == title->job->feature)
1882                 {
1883                     feature_title = i;
1884                 }
1885
1886                 [fSrcTitlePopUp addItemWithTitle: [NSString
1887                                                    stringWithFormat: @"%s %d - %02dh%02dm%02ds",
1888                                                    title->name,title->index, title->hours, title->minutes,
1889                                                    title->seconds]];
1890             }
1891
1892             /* if we are a stream, select the first title */
1893             if (title->type == HB_STREAM_TYPE)
1894             {
1895                 [fSrcTitlePopUp selectItemAtIndex: 0];
1896             }
1897             else
1898             {
1899                 /* if not then select the main feature title */
1900                 [fSrcTitlePopUp selectItemAtIndex: feature_title];
1901             }
1902             [self titlePopUpChanged:nil];
1903
1904             SuccessfulScan = YES;
1905             [self enableUI: YES];
1906
1907             /* if its the initial successful scan after awakeFromNib */
1908             if (currentSuccessfulScanCount == 1)
1909             {
1910                 [self encodeStartStopPopUpChanged:nil];
1911
1912                 [self selectDefaultPreset:nil];
1913
1914                 // Open preview window now if it was visible when HB was closed
1915                 if ([[NSUserDefaults standardUserDefaults] boolForKey:@"PreviewWindowIsOpen"])
1916                     [self showPreviewWindow:nil];
1917
1918                 // Open picture sizing window now if it was visible when HB was closed
1919                 if ([[NSUserDefaults standardUserDefaults] boolForKey:@"PictureSizeWindowIsOpen"])
1920                     [self showPicturePanel:nil];
1921
1922             }
1923             if (applyQueueToScan == YES)
1924             {
1925                 /* we are a rescan of an existing queue item and need to apply the queued settings to the scan */
1926                 [self writeToActivityLog: "showNewScan: calling applyQueueSettingsToMainWindow"];
1927                 [self applyQueueSettingsToMainWindow:nil];
1928
1929             }
1930
1931
1932         }
1933
1934 }
1935
1936
1937 #pragma mark -
1938 #pragma mark New Output Destination
1939
1940 - (IBAction) browseFile: (id) sender
1941 {
1942     /* Open a panel to let the user choose and update the text field */
1943     NSSavePanel * panel = [NSSavePanel savePanel];
1944         /* We get the current file name and path from the destination field here */
1945         [panel beginSheetForDirectory: [[fDstFile2Field stringValue] stringByDeletingLastPathComponent] file: [[fDstFile2Field stringValue] lastPathComponent]
1946                                    modalForWindow: fWindow modalDelegate: self
1947                                    didEndSelector: @selector( browseFileDone:returnCode:contextInfo: )
1948                                           contextInfo: NULL];
1949 }
1950
1951 - (void) browseFileDone: (NSSavePanel *) sheet
1952              returnCode: (int) returnCode contextInfo: (void *) contextInfo
1953 {
1954     if( returnCode == NSOKButton )
1955     {
1956         [fDstFile2Field setStringValue: [sheet filename]];
1957         /* Save this path to the prefs so that on next browse destination window it opens there */
1958         NSString *destinationDirectory = [[fDstFile2Field stringValue] stringByDeletingLastPathComponent];
1959         [[NSUserDefaults standardUserDefaults] setObject:destinationDirectory forKey:@"LastDestinationDirectory"];
1960     }
1961 }
1962
1963
1964 #pragma mark -
1965 #pragma mark Main Window Control
1966
1967 - (IBAction) openMainWindow: (id) sender
1968 {
1969     [fWindow  makeKeyAndOrderFront:nil];
1970 }
1971
1972 - (BOOL) windowShouldClose: (id) sender
1973 {
1974     return YES;
1975 }
1976
1977 - (BOOL)applicationShouldHandleReopen:(NSApplication *)theApplication hasVisibleWindows:(BOOL)flag
1978 {
1979     if( !flag ) {
1980         [fWindow  makeKeyAndOrderFront:nil];
1981
1982         return YES;
1983     }
1984
1985     return NO;
1986 }
1987
1988 - (NSSize) drawerWillResizeContents:(NSDrawer *) drawer toSize:(NSSize) contentSize {
1989         [[NSUserDefaults standardUserDefaults] setObject:NSStringFromSize( contentSize ) forKey:@"Drawer Size"];
1990         return contentSize;
1991 }
1992
1993 #pragma mark -
1994 #pragma mark Queue File
1995
1996 - (void) loadQueueFile {
1997         /* We declare the default NSFileManager into fileManager */
1998         NSFileManager * fileManager = [NSFileManager defaultManager];
1999         /*We define the location of the user presets file */
2000     QueueFile = @"~/Library/Application Support/HandBrake/Queue.plist";
2001         QueueFile = [[QueueFile stringByExpandingTildeInPath]retain];
2002     /* We check for the presets.plist */
2003         if ([fileManager fileExistsAtPath:QueueFile] == 0)
2004         {
2005                 [fileManager createFileAtPath:QueueFile contents:nil attributes:nil];
2006         }
2007
2008         QueueFileArray = [[NSMutableArray alloc] initWithContentsOfFile:QueueFile];
2009         /* lets check to see if there is anything in the queue file .plist */
2010     if (nil == QueueFileArray)
2011         {
2012         /* if not, then lets initialize an empty array */
2013                 QueueFileArray = [[NSMutableArray alloc] init];
2014
2015      /* Initialize our curQueueEncodeIndex to 0
2016      * so we can use it to track which queue
2017      * item is to be used to track our encodes */
2018      /* NOTE: this should be changed if and when we
2019       * are able to get the last unfinished encode
2020       * in the case of a crash or shutdown */
2021
2022         }
2023     else
2024     {
2025     [self clearQueueEncodedItems];
2026     }
2027     currentQueueEncodeIndex = 0;
2028 }
2029
2030 - (void)addQueueFileItem
2031 {
2032         [QueueFileArray addObject:[self createQueueFileItem]];
2033         [self saveQueueFileItem];
2034
2035 }
2036
2037 - (void) removeQueueFileItem:(int) queueItemToRemove
2038 {
2039
2040    /* Find out if the item we are removing is a cancelled (3) or a finished (0) item*/
2041    if ([[[QueueFileArray objectAtIndex:queueItemToRemove] objectForKey:@"Status"] intValue] == 3 || [[[QueueFileArray objectAtIndex:queueItemToRemove] objectForKey:@"Status"] intValue] == 0)
2042     {
2043     /* Since we are removing a cancelled or finished item, WE need to decrement the currentQueueEncodeIndex
2044      * by one to keep in sync with the queue array
2045      */
2046     currentQueueEncodeIndex--;
2047
2048     }
2049     [QueueFileArray removeObjectAtIndex:queueItemToRemove];
2050     [self saveQueueFileItem];
2051
2052 }
2053
2054 - (void)saveQueueFileItem
2055 {
2056     [QueueFileArray writeToFile:QueueFile atomically:YES];
2057     [fQueueController setQueueArray: QueueFileArray];
2058     [self getQueueStats];
2059 }
2060
2061 - (void)getQueueStats
2062 {
2063 /* lets get the stats on the status of the queue array */
2064
2065 fEncodingQueueItem = 0;
2066 fPendingCount = 0;
2067 fCompletedCount = 0;
2068 fCanceledCount = 0;
2069 fWorkingCount = 0;
2070
2071     /* We use a number system to set the encode status of the queue item
2072      * in controller.mm
2073      * 0 == already encoded
2074      * 1 == is being encoded
2075      * 2 == is yet to be encoded
2076      * 3 == cancelled
2077      */
2078
2079         int i = 0;
2080     NSEnumerator *enumerator = [QueueFileArray objectEnumerator];
2081         id tempObject;
2082         while (tempObject = [enumerator nextObject])
2083         {
2084                 NSDictionary *thisQueueDict = tempObject;
2085                 if ([[thisQueueDict objectForKey:@"Status"] intValue] == 0) // Completed
2086                 {
2087                         fCompletedCount++;
2088                 }
2089                 if ([[thisQueueDict objectForKey:@"Status"] intValue] == 1) // being encoded
2090                 {
2091                         fWorkingCount++;
2092             fEncodingQueueItem = i;
2093                 }
2094         if ([[thisQueueDict objectForKey:@"Status"] intValue] == 2) // pending
2095         {
2096                         fPendingCount++;
2097                 }
2098         if ([[thisQueueDict objectForKey:@"Status"] intValue] == 3) // cancelled
2099         {
2100                         fCanceledCount++;
2101                 }
2102                 i++;
2103         }
2104
2105     /* Set the queue status field in the main window */
2106     NSMutableString * string;
2107     if (fPendingCount == 1)
2108     {
2109         string = [NSMutableString stringWithFormat: NSLocalizedString( @"%d encode pending in the queue", @"" ), fPendingCount];
2110     }
2111     else
2112     {
2113         string = [NSMutableString stringWithFormat: NSLocalizedString( @"%d encode(s) pending in the queue", @"" ), fPendingCount];
2114     }
2115     [fQueueStatus setStringValue:string];
2116 }
2117
2118 /* This method will set any item marked as encoding back to pending
2119  * currently used right after a queue reload
2120  */
2121 - (void) setQueueEncodingItemsAsPending
2122 {
2123     NSEnumerator *enumerator = [QueueFileArray objectEnumerator];
2124         id tempObject;
2125     NSMutableArray *tempArray;
2126     tempArray = [NSMutableArray array];
2127     /* we look here to see if the preset is we move on to the next one */
2128     while ( tempObject = [enumerator nextObject] )
2129     {
2130         /* If the queue item is marked as "encoding" (1)
2131          * then change its status back to pending (2) which effectively
2132          * puts it back into the queue to be encoded
2133          */
2134         if ([[tempObject objectForKey:@"Status"] intValue] == 1)
2135         {
2136             [tempObject setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt: 2] forKey:@"Status"];
2137         }
2138         [tempArray addObject:tempObject];
2139     }
2140
2141     [QueueFileArray setArray:tempArray];
2142     [self saveQueueFileItem];
2143 }
2144
2145
2146 /* This method will clear the queue of any encodes that are not still pending
2147  * this includes both successfully completed encodes as well as cancelled encodes */
2148 - (void) clearQueueEncodedItems
2149 {
2150     NSEnumerator *enumerator = [QueueFileArray objectEnumerator];
2151         id tempObject;
2152     NSMutableArray *tempArray;
2153     tempArray = [NSMutableArray array];
2154     /* we look here to see if the preset is we move on to the next one */
2155     while ( tempObject = [enumerator nextObject] )
2156     {
2157         /* If the queue item is either completed (0) or cancelled (3) from the
2158          * last session, then we put it in tempArray to be deleted from QueueFileArray.
2159          * NOTE: this means we retain pending (2) and also an item that is marked as
2160          * still encoding (1). If the queue has an item that is still marked as encoding
2161          * from a previous session, we can conlude that HB was either shutdown, or crashed
2162          * during the encodes so we keep it and tell the user in the "Load Queue Alert"
2163          */
2164         if ([[tempObject objectForKey:@"Status"] intValue] == 0 || [[tempObject objectForKey:@"Status"] intValue] == 3)
2165         {
2166             [tempArray addObject:tempObject];
2167         }
2168     }
2169
2170     [QueueFileArray removeObjectsInArray:tempArray];
2171     [self saveQueueFileItem];
2172 }
2173
2174 /* This method will clear the queue of all encodes. effectively creating an empty queue */
2175 - (void) clearQueueAllItems
2176 {
2177     NSEnumerator *enumerator = [QueueFileArray objectEnumerator];
2178         id tempObject;
2179     NSMutableArray *tempArray;
2180     tempArray = [NSMutableArray array];
2181     /* we look here to see if the preset is we move on to the next one */
2182     while ( tempObject = [enumerator nextObject] )
2183     {
2184         [tempArray addObject:tempObject];
2185     }
2186
2187     [QueueFileArray removeObjectsInArray:tempArray];
2188     [self saveQueueFileItem];
2189 }
2190
2191 /* This method will duplicate prepareJob however into the
2192  * queue .plist instead of into the job structure so it can
2193  * be recalled later */
2194 - (NSDictionary *)createQueueFileItem
2195 {
2196     NSMutableDictionary *queueFileJob = [[NSMutableDictionary alloc] init];
2197
2198        hb_list_t  * list  = hb_get_titles( fHandle );
2199     hb_title_t * title = (hb_title_t *) hb_list_item( list,
2200             [fSrcTitlePopUp indexOfSelectedItem] );
2201     hb_job_t * job = title->job;
2202
2203
2204
2205     /* We use a number system to set the encode status of the queue item
2206      * 0 == already encoded
2207      * 1 == is being encoded
2208      * 2 == is yet to be encoded
2209      * 3 == cancelled
2210      */
2211     [queueFileJob setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:2] forKey:@"Status"];
2212     /* Source and Destination Information */
2213
2214     [queueFileJob setObject:[NSString stringWithUTF8String: title->path] forKey:@"SourcePath"];
2215     [queueFileJob setObject:[fSrcDVD2Field stringValue] forKey:@"SourceName"];
2216     [queueFileJob setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:title->index] forKey:@"TitleNumber"];
2217     [queueFileJob setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:[fSrcAnglePopUp indexOfSelectedItem] + 1] forKey:@"TitleAngle"];
2218
2219     /* Determine and set a variable to tell hb what start and stop times to use ... chapters vs seconds */
2220     if( [fEncodeStartStopPopUp indexOfSelectedItem] == 0 )
2221     {
2222         [queueFileJob setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:0] forKey:@"fEncodeStartStop"];
2223     }
2224     else if ([fEncodeStartStopPopUp indexOfSelectedItem] == 1)
2225     {
2226         [queueFileJob setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:1] forKey:@"fEncodeStartStop"];
2227     }
2228     else if ([fEncodeStartStopPopUp indexOfSelectedItem] == 2)
2229     {
2230         [queueFileJob setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:2] forKey:@"fEncodeStartStop"];
2231     }
2232     /* Chapter encode info */
2233     [queueFileJob setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:[fSrcChapterStartPopUp indexOfSelectedItem] + 1] forKey:@"ChapterStart"];
2234     [queueFileJob setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:[fSrcChapterEndPopUp indexOfSelectedItem] + 1] forKey:@"ChapterEnd"];
2235     /* Time (pts) encode info */
2236     [queueFileJob setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:[fSrcTimeStartEncodingField intValue]] forKey:@"StartSeconds"];
2237     [queueFileJob setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:[fSrcTimeEndEncodingField intValue] - [fSrcTimeStartEncodingField intValue]] forKey:@"StopSeconds"];
2238     /* Frame number encode info */
2239     [queueFileJob setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:[fSrcFrameStartEncodingField intValue]] forKey:@"StartFrame"];
2240     [queueFileJob setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:[fSrcFrameEndEncodingField intValue] - [fSrcFrameStartEncodingField intValue]] forKey:@"StopFrame"];
2241
2242
2243     /* The number of seek points equals the number of seconds announced in the title as that is our current granularity */
2244     int title_duration_seconds = (title->hours * 3600) + (title->minutes * 60) + (title->seconds);
2245     [queueFileJob setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:title_duration_seconds] forKey:@"SourceTotalSeconds"];
2246
2247     [queueFileJob setObject:[fDstFile2Field stringValue] forKey:@"DestinationPath"];
2248
2249     /* Lets get the preset info if there is any */
2250     [queueFileJob setObject:[fPresetSelectedDisplay stringValue] forKey:@"PresetName"];
2251     [queueFileJob setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:[fPresetsOutlineView selectedRow]] forKey:@"PresetIndexNum"];
2252
2253     [queueFileJob setObject:[fDstFormatPopUp titleOfSelectedItem] forKey:@"FileFormat"];
2254     /* Chapter Markers*/
2255     /* If we have only one chapter or a title without chapters, set chapter markers to off */
2256     if ([fSrcChapterStartPopUp indexOfSelectedItem] ==  [fSrcChapterEndPopUp indexOfSelectedItem])
2257     {
2258         [queueFileJob setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:0] forKey:@"ChapterMarkers"];
2259     }
2260     else
2261     {
2262         [queueFileJob setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:[fCreateChapterMarkers state]] forKey:@"ChapterMarkers"];
2263     }
2264
2265     /* We need to get the list of chapter names to put into an array and store
2266      * in our queue, so they can be reapplied in prepareJob when this queue
2267      * item comes up if Chapter Markers is set to on.
2268      */
2269      int i;
2270      NSMutableArray *ChapterNamesArray = [[NSMutableArray alloc] init];
2271      int chaptercount = hb_list_count( fTitle->list_chapter );
2272      for( i = 0; i < chaptercount; i++ )
2273     {
2274         hb_chapter_t *chapter = (hb_chapter_t *) hb_list_item( fTitle->list_chapter, i );
2275         if( chapter != NULL )
2276         {
2277           [ChapterNamesArray addObject:[NSString stringWithCString:chapter->title encoding:NSUTF8StringEncoding]];
2278         }
2279     }
2280     [queueFileJob setObject:[NSMutableArray arrayWithArray: ChapterNamesArray] forKey:@"ChapterNames"];
2281     [ChapterNamesArray autorelease];
2282
2283     /* Allow Mpeg4 64 bit formatting +4GB file sizes */
2284         [queueFileJob setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:[fDstMp4LargeFileCheck state]] forKey:@"Mp4LargeFile"];
2285     /* Mux mp4 with http optimization */
2286     [queueFileJob setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:[fDstMp4HttpOptFileCheck state]] forKey:@"Mp4HttpOptimize"];
2287     /* Add iPod uuid atom */
2288     [queueFileJob setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:[fDstMp4iPodFileCheck state]] forKey:@"Mp4iPodCompatible"];
2289
2290     /* Codecs */
2291         /* Video encoder */
2292         [queueFileJob setObject:[fVidEncoderPopUp titleOfSelectedItem] forKey:@"VideoEncoder"];
2293         /* x264 Option String */
2294         [queueFileJob setObject:[fAdvancedOptions optionsString] forKey:@"x264Option"];
2295
2296         [queueFileJob setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:[fVidQualityMatrix selectedRow]] forKey:@"VideoQualityType"];
2297         [queueFileJob setObject:[fVidTargetSizeField stringValue] forKey:@"VideoTargetSize"];
2298         [queueFileJob setObject:[fVidBitrateField stringValue] forKey:@"VideoAvgBitrate"];
2299         [queueFileJob setObject:[NSNumber numberWithFloat:[fVidQualityRFField floatValue]] forKey:@"VideoQualitySlider"];
2300     /* Framerate */
2301     [queueFileJob setObject:[fVidRatePopUp titleOfSelectedItem] forKey:@"VideoFramerate"];
2302
2303         /* 2 Pass Encoding */
2304         [queueFileJob setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:[fVidTwoPassCheck state]] forKey:@"VideoTwoPass"];
2305         /* Turbo 2 pass Encoding fVidTurboPassCheck*/
2306         [queueFileJob setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:[fVidTurboPassCheck state]] forKey:@"VideoTurboTwoPass"];
2307
2308         /* Picture Sizing */
2309         /* Use Max Picture settings for whatever the dvd is.*/
2310         [queueFileJob setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:0] forKey:@"UsesMaxPictureSettings"];
2311         [queueFileJob setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:fTitle->job->width] forKey:@"PictureWidth"];
2312         [queueFileJob setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:fTitle->job->height] forKey:@"PictureHeight"];
2313         [queueFileJob setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:fTitle->job->keep_ratio] forKey:@"PictureKeepRatio"];
2314         [queueFileJob setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:fTitle->job->anamorphic.mode] forKey:@"PicturePAR"];
2315     [queueFileJob setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:fTitle->job->modulus] forKey:@"PictureModulus"];
2316     /* if we are custom anamorphic, store the exact storage, par and display dims */
2317     if (fTitle->job->anamorphic.mode == 3)
2318     {
2319         [queueFileJob setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:fTitle->job->modulus] forKey:@"PicturePARModulus"];
2320
2321         [queueFileJob setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:fTitle->job->width] forKey:@"PicturePARStorageWidth"];
2322         [queueFileJob setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:fTitle->job->height] forKey:@"PicturePARStorageHeight"];
2323
2324         [queueFileJob setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:fTitle->job->anamorphic.par_width] forKey:@"PicturePARPixelWidth"];
2325         [queueFileJob setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:fTitle->job->anamorphic.par_height] forKey:@"PicturePARPixelHeight"];
2326
2327         [queueFileJob setObject:[NSNumber numberWithFloat:fTitle->job->anamorphic.dar_width] forKey:@"PicturePARDisplayWidth"];
2328         [queueFileJob setObject:[NSNumber numberWithFloat:fTitle->job->anamorphic.dar_height] forKey:@"PicturePARDisplayHeight"];
2329
2330     }
2331     NSString * pictureSummary;
2332     pictureSummary = [fPictureSizeField stringValue];
2333     [queueFileJob setObject:pictureSummary forKey:@"PictureSizingSummary"];
2334     /* Set crop settings here */
2335         [queueFileJob setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:[fPictureController autoCrop]] forKey:@"PictureAutoCrop"];
2336     [queueFileJob setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:job->crop[0]] forKey:@"PictureTopCrop"];
2337     [queueFileJob setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:job->crop[1]] forKey:@"PictureBottomCrop"];
2338         [queueFileJob setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:job->crop[2]] forKey:@"PictureLeftCrop"];
2339         [queueFileJob setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:job->crop[3]] forKey:@"PictureRightCrop"];
2340
2341     /* Picture Filters */
2342     [queueFileJob setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:[fPictureController detelecine]] forKey:@"PictureDetelecine"];
2343     [queueFileJob setObject:[fPictureController detelecineCustomString] forKey:@"PictureDetelecineCustom"];
2344
2345     [queueFileJob setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:[fPictureController useDecomb]] forKey:@"PictureDecombDeinterlace"];
2346     [queueFileJob setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:[fPictureController decomb]] forKey:@"PictureDecomb"];
2347     [queueFileJob setObject:[fPictureController decombCustomString] forKey:@"PictureDecombCustom"];
2348
2349     [queueFileJob setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:[fPictureController deinterlace]] forKey:@"PictureDeinterlace"];
2350     [queueFileJob setObject:[fPictureController deinterlaceCustomString] forKey:@"PictureDeinterlaceCustom"];
2351
2352     [queueFileJob setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:[fPictureController denoise]] forKey:@"PictureDenoise"];
2353     [queueFileJob setObject:[fPictureController denoiseCustomString] forKey:@"PictureDenoiseCustom"];
2354
2355     [queueFileJob setObject:[NSString stringWithFormat:@"%d",[fPictureController deblock]] forKey:@"PictureDeblock"];
2356
2357     [queueFileJob setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:[fPictureController grayscale]] forKey:@"VideoGrayScale"];
2358
2359     /*Audio*/
2360     if ([fAudLang1PopUp indexOfSelectedItem] > 0)
2361     {
2362         [queueFileJob setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:[fAudLang1PopUp indexOfSelectedItem]] forKey:@"Audio1Track"];
2363         [queueFileJob setObject:[fAudLang1PopUp titleOfSelectedItem] forKey:@"Audio1TrackDescription"];
2364         [queueFileJob setObject:[fAudTrack1CodecPopUp titleOfSelectedItem] forKey:@"Audio1Encoder"];
2365         [queueFileJob setObject:[fAudTrack1MixPopUp titleOfSelectedItem] forKey:@"Audio1Mixdown"];
2366         [queueFileJob setObject:[fAudTrack1RatePopUp titleOfSelectedItem] forKey:@"Audio1Samplerate"];
2367         [queueFileJob setObject:[fAudTrack1BitratePopUp titleOfSelectedItem] forKey:@"Audio1Bitrate"];
2368         [queueFileJob setObject:[NSNumber numberWithFloat:[fAudTrack1DrcSlider floatValue]] forKey:@"Audio1TrackDRCSlider"];
2369     }
2370     if ([fAudLang2PopUp indexOfSelectedItem] > 0)
2371     {
2372         [queueFileJob setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:[fAudLang2PopUp indexOfSelectedItem]] forKey:@"Audio2Track"];
2373         [queueFileJob setObject:[fAudLang2PopUp titleOfSelectedItem] forKey:@"Audio2TrackDescription"];
2374         [queueFileJob setObject:[fAudTrack2CodecPopUp titleOfSelectedItem] forKey:@"Audio2Encoder"];
2375         [queueFileJob setObject:[fAudTrack2MixPopUp titleOfSelectedItem] forKey:@"Audio2Mixdown"];
2376         [queueFileJob setObject:[fAudTrack2RatePopUp titleOfSelectedItem] forKey:@"Audio2Samplerate"];
2377         [queueFileJob setObject:[fAudTrack2BitratePopUp titleOfSelectedItem] forKey:@"Audio2Bitrate"];
2378         [queueFileJob setObject:[NSNumber numberWithFloat:[fAudTrack2DrcSlider floatValue]] forKey:@"Audio2TrackDRCSlider"];
2379     }
2380     if ([fAudLang3PopUp indexOfSelectedItem] > 0)
2381     {
2382         [queueFileJob setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:[fAudLang3PopUp indexOfSelectedItem]] forKey:@"Audio3Track"];
2383         [queueFileJob setObject:[fAudLang3PopUp titleOfSelectedItem] forKey:@"Audio3TrackDescription"];
2384         [queueFileJob setObject:[fAudTrack3CodecPopUp titleOfSelectedItem] forKey:@"Audio3Encoder"];
2385         [queueFileJob setObject:[fAudTrack3MixPopUp titleOfSelectedItem] forKey:@"Audio3Mixdown"];
2386         [queueFileJob setObject:[fAudTrack3RatePopUp titleOfSelectedItem] forKey:@"Audio3Samplerate"];
2387         [queueFileJob setObject:[fAudTrack3BitratePopUp titleOfSelectedItem] forKey:@"Audio3Bitrate"];
2388         [queueFileJob setObject:[NSNumber numberWithFloat:[fAudTrack3DrcSlider floatValue]] forKey:@"Audio3TrackDRCSlider"];
2389     }
2390     if ([fAudLang4PopUp indexOfSelectedItem] > 0)
2391     {
2392         [queueFileJob setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:[fAudLang4PopUp indexOfSelectedItem]] forKey:@"Audio4Track"];
2393         [queueFileJob setObject:[fAudLang4PopUp titleOfSelectedItem] forKey:@"Audio4TrackDescription"];
2394         [queueFileJob setObject:[fAudTrack4CodecPopUp titleOfSelectedItem] forKey:@"Audio4Encoder"];
2395         [queueFileJob setObject:[fAudTrack4MixPopUp titleOfSelectedItem] forKey:@"Audio4Mixdown"];
2396         [queueFileJob setObject:[fAudTrack4RatePopUp titleOfSelectedItem] forKey:@"Audio4Samplerate"];
2397         [queueFileJob setObject:[fAudTrack4BitratePopUp titleOfSelectedItem] forKey:@"Audio4Bitrate"];
2398         [queueFileJob setObject:[NSNumber numberWithFloat:[fAudTrack4DrcSlider floatValue]] forKey:@"Audio4TrackDRCSlider"];
2399     }
2400
2401         /* Subtitles*/
2402     NSMutableArray *subtitlesArray = [[NSMutableArray alloc] initWithArray:[fSubtitlesDelegate getSubtitleArray] copyItems:YES];
2403     [queueFileJob setObject:[NSArray arrayWithArray: subtitlesArray] forKey:@"SubtitleList"];
2404     [subtitlesArray autorelease];
2405
2406     /* Now we go ahead and set the "job->values in the plist for passing right to fQueueEncodeLibhb */
2407
2408     [queueFileJob setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:[fSrcChapterStartPopUp indexOfSelectedItem] + 1] forKey:@"JobChapterStart"];
2409
2410     [queueFileJob setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:[fSrcChapterEndPopUp indexOfSelectedItem] + 1] forKey:@"JobChapterEnd"];
2411
2412
2413     [queueFileJob setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:[[fDstFormatPopUp selectedItem] tag]] forKey:@"JobFileFormatMux"];
2414
2415     /* Codecs */
2416         /* Video encoder */
2417         [queueFileJob setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:[[fVidEncoderPopUp selectedItem] tag]] forKey:@"JobVideoEncoderVcodec"];
2418
2419     /* Framerate */
2420     [queueFileJob setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:[fVidRatePopUp indexOfSelectedItem]] forKey:@"JobIndexVideoFramerate"];
2421     [queueFileJob setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:title->rate] forKey:@"JobVrate"];
2422     [queueFileJob setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:title->rate_base] forKey:@"JobVrateBase"];
2423
2424     /* Picture Sizing */
2425         /* Use Max Picture settings for whatever the dvd is.*/
2426         [queueFileJob setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:0] forKey:@"UsesMaxPictureSettings"];
2427         [queueFileJob setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:fTitle->job->width] forKey:@"PictureWidth"];
2428         [queueFileJob setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:fTitle->job->height] forKey:@"PictureHeight"];
2429         [queueFileJob setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:fTitle->job->keep_ratio] forKey:@"PictureKeepRatio"];
2430         [queueFileJob setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:fTitle->job->anamorphic.mode] forKey:@"PicturePAR"];
2431
2432     /* Set crop settings here */
2433         [queueFileJob setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:[fPictureController autoCrop]] forKey:@"PictureAutoCrop"];
2434     [queueFileJob setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:job->crop[0]] forKey:@"PictureTopCrop"];
2435     [queueFileJob setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:job->crop[1]] forKey:@"PictureBottomCrop"];
2436         [queueFileJob setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:job->crop[2]] forKey:@"PictureLeftCrop"];
2437         [queueFileJob setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:job->crop[3]] forKey:@"PictureRightCrop"];
2438
2439
2440     /*Audio*/
2441     if ([fAudLang1PopUp indexOfSelectedItem] > 0)
2442     {
2443         [queueFileJob setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:[[fAudTrack1CodecPopUp selectedItem] tag]] forKey:@"JobAudio1Encoder"];
2444         [queueFileJob setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:[[fAudTrack1MixPopUp selectedItem] tag]] forKey:@"JobAudio1Mixdown"];
2445         [queueFileJob setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:[[fAudTrack1RatePopUp selectedItem] tag]] forKey:@"JobAudio1Samplerate"];
2446         [queueFileJob setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:[[fAudTrack1BitratePopUp selectedItem] tag]] forKey:@"JobAudio1Bitrate"];
2447      }
2448     if ([fAudLang2PopUp indexOfSelectedItem] > 0)
2449     {
2450         [queueFileJob setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:[[fAudTrack2CodecPopUp selectedItem] tag]] forKey:@"JobAudio2Encoder"];
2451         [queueFileJob setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:[[fAudTrack2MixPopUp selectedItem] tag]] forKey:@"JobAudio2Mixdown"];
2452         [queueFileJob setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:[[fAudTrack2RatePopUp selectedItem] tag]] forKey:@"JobAudio2Samplerate"];
2453         [queueFileJob setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:[[fAudTrack2BitratePopUp selectedItem] tag]] forKey:@"JobAudio2Bitrate"];
2454     }
2455     if ([fAudLang3PopUp indexOfSelectedItem] > 0)
2456     {
2457         [queueFileJob setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:[[fAudTrack3CodecPopUp selectedItem] tag]] forKey:@"JobAudio3Encoder"];
2458         [queueFileJob setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:[[fAudTrack3MixPopUp selectedItem] tag]] forKey:@"JobAudio3Mixdown"];
2459         [queueFileJob setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:[[fAudTrack3RatePopUp selectedItem] tag]] forKey:@"JobAudio3Samplerate"];
2460         [queueFileJob setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:[[fAudTrack3BitratePopUp selectedItem] tag]] forKey:@"JobAudio3Bitrate"];
2461     }
2462     if ([fAudLang4PopUp indexOfSelectedItem] > 0)
2463     {
2464         [queueFileJob setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:[[fAudTrack4CodecPopUp selectedItem] tag]] forKey:@"JobAudio4Encoder"];
2465         [queueFileJob setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:[[fAudTrack4MixPopUp selectedItem] tag]] forKey:@"JobAudio4Mixdown"];
2466         [queueFileJob setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:[[fAudTrack4RatePopUp selectedItem] tag]] forKey:@"JobAudio4Samplerate"];
2467         [queueFileJob setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:[[fAudTrack4BitratePopUp selectedItem] tag]] forKey:@"JobAudio4Bitrate"];
2468     }
2469
2470     /* we need to auto relase the queueFileJob and return it */
2471     [queueFileJob autorelease];
2472     return queueFileJob;
2473
2474 }
2475
2476 /* this is actually called from the queue controller to modify the queue array and return it back to the queue controller */
2477 - (void)moveObjectsInQueueArray:(NSMutableArray *)array fromIndexes:(NSIndexSet *)indexSet toIndex:(NSUInteger)insertIndex
2478 {
2479     NSUInteger index = [indexSet lastIndex];
2480     NSUInteger aboveInsertIndexCount = 0;
2481
2482
2483     NSUInteger removeIndex;
2484
2485     if (index >= insertIndex)
2486     {
2487         removeIndex = index + aboveInsertIndexCount;
2488         aboveInsertIndexCount++;
2489     }
2490     else
2491     {
2492         removeIndex = index;
2493         insertIndex--;
2494     }
2495
2496     id object = [[QueueFileArray objectAtIndex:removeIndex] retain];
2497     [QueueFileArray removeObjectAtIndex:removeIndex];
2498     [QueueFileArray insertObject:object atIndex:insertIndex];
2499     [object release];
2500
2501     index = [indexSet indexLessThanIndex:index];
2502
2503    /* We save all of the Queue data here
2504     * and it also gets sent back to the queue controller*/
2505     [self saveQueueFileItem];
2506
2507 }
2508
2509
2510 #pragma mark -
2511 #pragma mark Queue Job Processing
2512
2513 - (void) incrementQueueItemDone:(int) queueItemDoneIndexNum
2514 {
2515     int i = currentQueueEncodeIndex;
2516     [[QueueFileArray objectAtIndex:i] setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:0] forKey:@"Status"];
2517
2518     /* We save all of the Queue data here */
2519     [self saveQueueFileItem];
2520
2521     /* Since we have now marked a queue item as done
2522      * we can go ahead and increment currentQueueEncodeIndex
2523      * so that if there is anything left in the queue we can
2524      * go ahead and move to the next item if we want to */
2525     currentQueueEncodeIndex++ ;
2526     int queueItems = [QueueFileArray count];
2527     /* If we still have more items in our queue, lets go to the next one */
2528     if (currentQueueEncodeIndex < queueItems)
2529     {
2530         [self performNewQueueScan:[[QueueFileArray objectAtIndex:currentQueueEncodeIndex] objectForKey:@"SourcePath"] scanTitleNum:[[[QueueFileArray objectAtIndex:currentQueueEncodeIndex] objectForKey:@"TitleNumber"]intValue]];
2531     }
2532     else
2533     {
2534         [self writeToActivityLog: "incrementQueueItemDone the %d item queue is complete", currentQueueEncodeIndex - 1];
2535     }
2536 }
2537
2538 /* Here we actually tell hb_scan to perform the source scan, using the path to source and title number*/
2539 - (void) performNewQueueScan:(NSString *) scanPath scanTitleNum: (int) scanTitleNum
2540 {
2541    /* Tell HB to output a new activity log file for this encode */
2542     [outputPanel startEncodeLog:[[QueueFileArray objectAtIndex:currentQueueEncodeIndex] objectForKey:@"DestinationPath"]];
2543
2544     /* use a bool to determine whether or not we can decrypt using vlc */
2545     BOOL cancelScanDecrypt = 0;
2546     /* set the bool so that showNewScan knows to apply the appropriate queue
2547      * settings as this is a queue rescan
2548      */
2549     NSString *path = scanPath;
2550     HBDVDDetector *detector = [HBDVDDetector detectorForPath:path];
2551
2552     if( [detector isVideoDVD] )
2553     {
2554         // The chosen path was actually on a DVD, so use the raw block
2555         // device path instead.
2556         path = [detector devicePath];
2557         [self writeToActivityLog: "trying to open a physical dvd at: %s", [scanPath UTF8String]];
2558
2559         /* lets check for vlc here to make sure we have a dylib available to use for decrypting */
2560         NSString *vlcPath = @"/Applications/VLC.app";
2561         NSFileManager * fileManager = [NSFileManager defaultManager];
2562             if ([fileManager fileExistsAtPath:vlcPath] == 0)
2563             {
2564             /*vlc not found in /Applications so we set the bool to cancel scanning to 1 */
2565             cancelScanDecrypt = 1;
2566             [self writeToActivityLog: "VLC app not found for decrypting physical dvd"];
2567             int status;
2568             status = NSRunAlertPanel(@"HandBrake could not find VLC.",@"Please download and install VLC media player in your /Applications folder if you wish to read encrypted DVDs.", @"Get VLC", @"Cancel Scan", @"Attempt Scan Anyway");
2569             [NSApp requestUserAttention:NSCriticalRequest];
2570
2571             if (status == NSAlertDefaultReturn)
2572             {
2573                 /* User chose to go download vlc (as they rightfully should) so we send them to the vlc site */
2574                 [[NSWorkspace sharedWorkspace] openURL:[NSURL URLWithString:@"http://www.videolan.org/"]];
2575             }
2576             else if (status == NSAlertAlternateReturn)
2577             {
2578             /* User chose to cancel the scan */
2579             [self writeToActivityLog: "cannot open physical dvd , scan cancelled"];
2580             }
2581             else
2582             {
2583             /* User chose to override our warning and scan the physical dvd anyway, at their own peril. on an encrypted dvd this produces massive log files and fails */
2584             cancelScanDecrypt = 0;
2585             [self writeToActivityLog: "user overrode vlc warning -trying to open physical dvd without decryption"];
2586             }
2587
2588         }
2589         else
2590         {
2591             /* VLC was found in /Applications so all is well, we can carry on using vlc's libdvdcss.dylib for decrypting if needed */
2592             [self writeToActivityLog: "VLC app found for decrypting physical dvd"];
2593         }
2594     }
2595
2596     if (cancelScanDecrypt == 0)
2597     {
2598         /* we actually pass the scan off to libhb here */
2599         /* If there is no title number passed to scan, we use "0"
2600          * which causes the default behavior of a full source scan
2601          */
2602         if (!scanTitleNum)
2603         {
2604             scanTitleNum = 0;
2605         }
2606         if (scanTitleNum > 0)
2607         {
2608             [self writeToActivityLog: "scanning specifically for title: %d", scanTitleNum];
2609         }
2610
2611          /* We use our advance pref to determine how many previews to scan */
2612         int hb_num_previews = [[[NSUserDefaults standardUserDefaults] objectForKey:@"PreviewsNumber"] intValue];
2613         hb_scan( fQueueEncodeLibhb, [path UTF8String], scanTitleNum, hb_num_previews, 0 );
2614     }
2615 }
2616
2617 /* This assumes that we have re-scanned and loaded up a new queue item to send to libhb as fQueueEncodeLibhb */
2618 - (void) processNewQueueEncode
2619 {
2620     hb_list_t  * list  = hb_get_titles( fQueueEncodeLibhb );
2621     hb_title_t * title = (hb_title_t *) hb_list_item( list,0 ); // is always zero since now its a single title scan
2622     hb_job_t * job = title->job;
2623
2624     if( !hb_list_count( list ) )
2625     {
2626         [self writeToActivityLog: "processNewQueueEncode WARNING nothing found in the title list"];
2627     }
2628
2629     NSMutableDictionary * queueToApply = [QueueFileArray objectAtIndex:currentQueueEncodeIndex];
2630     [self writeToActivityLog: "Preset: %s", [[queueToApply objectForKey:@"PresetName"] UTF8String]];
2631     [self writeToActivityLog: "processNewQueueEncode number of passes expected is: %d", ([[queueToApply objectForKey:@"VideoTwoPass"] intValue] + 1)];
2632     job->file = [[queueToApply objectForKey:@"DestinationPath"] UTF8String];
2633     [self prepareJob];
2634
2635     /*
2636      * If scanning we need to do some extra setup of the job.
2637      */
2638     if( job->indepth_scan == 1 )
2639     {
2640         char *x264opts_tmp;
2641
2642         /*
2643          * When subtitle scan is enabled do a fast pre-scan job
2644          * which will determine which subtitles to enable, if any.
2645          */
2646         job->pass = -1;
2647         x264opts_tmp = job->x264opts;
2648
2649         job->x264opts = NULL;
2650
2651         job->indepth_scan = 1;
2652
2653
2654         /*
2655          * Add the pre-scan job
2656          */
2657         hb_add( fQueueEncodeLibhb, job );
2658         job->x264opts = x264opts_tmp;
2659     }
2660
2661
2662     if( [[queueToApply objectForKey:@"VideoTwoPass"] intValue] == 1 )
2663     {
2664         job->indepth_scan = 0;
2665
2666
2667
2668         job->pass = 1;
2669
2670         hb_add( fQueueEncodeLibhb, job );
2671
2672         job->pass = 2;
2673
2674         job->x264opts = (char *)calloc(1024, 1); /* Fixme, this just leaks */
2675         strcpy(job->x264opts, [[queueToApply objectForKey:@"x264Option"] UTF8String]);
2676
2677         hb_add( fQueueEncodeLibhb, job );
2678
2679     }
2680     else
2681     {
2682         job->indepth_scan = 0;
2683         job->pass = 0;
2684
2685         hb_add( fQueueEncodeLibhb, job );
2686     }
2687
2688     NSString *destinationDirectory = [[queueToApply objectForKey:@"DestinationPath"] stringByDeletingLastPathComponent];
2689         [[NSUserDefaults standardUserDefaults] setObject:destinationDirectory forKey:@"LastDestinationDirectory"];
2690         /* Lets mark our new encode as 1 or "Encoding" */
2691     [queueToApply setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:1] forKey:@"Status"];
2692     [self saveQueueFileItem];
2693
2694     /* we need to clean up the subtitle tracks after the job(s) have been set  */
2695     int num_subtitle_tracks = hb_list_count(job->list_subtitle);
2696     int ii;
2697     for(ii = 0; ii < num_subtitle_tracks; ii++)
2698     {
2699         hb_subtitle_t * subtitle;
2700         subtitle = (hb_subtitle_t *)hb_list_item(job->list_subtitle, 0);
2701
2702
2703         hb_list_rem(job->list_subtitle, subtitle);
2704         free(subtitle);
2705     }
2706
2707     /* We should be all setup so let 'er rip */
2708     [self doRip];
2709 }
2710
2711
2712
2713 #pragma mark -
2714 #pragma mark Queue Item Editing
2715
2716 /* Rescans the chosen queue item back into the main window */
2717 - (void)rescanQueueItemToMainWindow:(NSString *) scanPath scanTitleNum: (int) scanTitleNum selectedQueueItem: (int) selectedQueueItem
2718 {
2719     fqueueEditRescanItemNum = selectedQueueItem;
2720     [self writeToActivityLog: "rescanQueueItemToMainWindow: Re-scanning queue item at index:%d",fqueueEditRescanItemNum];
2721     applyQueueToScan = YES;
2722     /* Set the browsedSourceDisplayName for showNewScan */
2723     browsedSourceDisplayName = [[QueueFileArray objectAtIndex:fqueueEditRescanItemNum] objectForKey:@"SourceName"];
2724     [self performScan:scanPath scanTitleNum:scanTitleNum];
2725 }
2726
2727
2728 /* We use this method after a queue item rescan for edit.
2729  * it largely mirrors -selectPreset in terms of structure.
2730  * Assumes that a queue item has been reloaded into the main window.
2731  */
2732 - (IBAction)applyQueueSettingsToMainWindow:(id)sender
2733 {
2734     NSMutableDictionary * queueToApply = [QueueFileArray objectAtIndex:fqueueEditRescanItemNum];
2735     hb_job_t * job = fTitle->job;
2736     if (queueToApply)
2737     {
2738         [self writeToActivityLog: "applyQueueSettingsToMainWindow: queue item found"];
2739     }
2740     /* Set title number and chapters */
2741     /* since the queue only scans a single title, its already been selected in showNewScan
2742        so do not try to reset it here. However if we do decide to do full source scans on
2743        a queue edit rescan, we would need it. So leaving in for now but commenting out. */
2744     //[fSrcTitlePopUp selectItemAtIndex: [[queueToApply objectForKey:@"TitleNumber"] intValue] - 1];
2745
2746     [fSrcChapterStartPopUp selectItemAtIndex: [[queueToApply objectForKey:@"ChapterStart"] intValue] - 1];
2747     [fSrcChapterEndPopUp selectItemAtIndex: [[queueToApply objectForKey:@"ChapterEnd"] intValue] - 1];
2748
2749     /* File Format */
2750     [fDstFormatPopUp selectItemWithTitle:[queueToApply objectForKey:@"FileFormat"]];
2751     [self formatPopUpChanged:nil];
2752
2753     /* Chapter Markers*/
2754     [fCreateChapterMarkers setState:[[queueToApply objectForKey:@"ChapterMarkers"] intValue]];
2755     /* Allow Mpeg4 64 bit formatting +4GB file sizes */
2756     [fDstMp4LargeFileCheck setState:[[queueToApply objectForKey:@"Mp4LargeFile"] intValue]];
2757     /* Mux mp4 with http optimization */
2758     [fDstMp4HttpOptFileCheck setState:[[queueToApply objectForKey:@"Mp4HttpOptimize"] intValue]];
2759
2760     /* Video encoder */
2761     /* We set the advanced opt string here if applicable*/
2762     [fVidEncoderPopUp selectItemWithTitle:[queueToApply objectForKey:@"VideoEncoder"]];
2763     [fAdvancedOptions setOptions:[queueToApply objectForKey:@"x264Option"]];
2764
2765     /* Lets run through the following functions to get variables set there */
2766     [self videoEncoderPopUpChanged:nil];
2767     /* Set the state of ipod compatible with Mp4iPodCompatible. Only for x264*/
2768     [fDstMp4iPodFileCheck setState:[[queueToApply objectForKey:@"Mp4iPodCompatible"] intValue]];
2769     [self calculateBitrate:nil];
2770
2771     /* Video quality */
2772     [fVidQualityMatrix selectCellAtRow:[[queueToApply objectForKey:@"VideoQualityType"] intValue] column:0];
2773
2774     [fVidTargetSizeField setStringValue:[queueToApply objectForKey:@"VideoTargetSize"]];
2775     [fVidBitrateField setStringValue:[queueToApply objectForKey:@"VideoAvgBitrate"]];
2776     /* Since we are now using RF Values for the slider, we detect if the preset uses an old quality float.
2777      * So, check to see if the quality value is less than 1.0 which should indicate the old ".062" type
2778      * quality preset. Caveat: in the case of x264, where the RF scale starts at 0, it would misinterpret
2779      * a preset that uses 0.0 - 0.99 for RF as an old style preset. Not sure how to get around that one yet,
2780      * though it should be a corner case since it would pretty much be a preset for lossless encoding. */
2781     if ([[queueToApply objectForKey:@"VideoQualitySlider"] floatValue] < 1.0)
2782     {
2783         /* For the quality slider we need to convert the old percent's to the new rf scales */
2784         float rf =  (([fVidQualitySlider maxValue] - [fVidQualitySlider minValue]) * [[queueToApply objectForKey:@"VideoQualitySlider"] floatValue]);
2785         [fVidQualitySlider setFloatValue:rf];
2786
2787     }
2788     else
2789     {
2790         /* Since theora's qp value goes up from left to right, we can just set the slider float value */
2791         if ([[fVidEncoderPopUp selectedItem] tag] == HB_VCODEC_THEORA)
2792         {
2793             [fVidQualitySlider setFloatValue:[[queueToApply objectForKey:@"VideoQualitySlider"] floatValue]];
2794         }
2795         else
2796         {
2797             /* since ffmpeg and x264 use an "inverted" slider (lower qp/rf values indicate a higher quality) we invert the value on the slider */
2798             [fVidQualitySlider setFloatValue:([fVidQualitySlider maxValue] + [fVidQualitySlider minValue]) - [[queueToApply objectForKey:@"VideoQualitySlider"] floatValue]];
2799         }
2800     }
2801
2802     [self videoMatrixChanged:nil];
2803
2804     /* Video framerate */
2805     /* For video preset video framerate, we want to make sure that Same as source does not conflict with the
2806      detected framerate in the fVidRatePopUp so we use index 0*/
2807     if ([[queueToApply objectForKey:@"VideoFramerate"] isEqualToString:@"Same as source"])
2808     {
2809         [fVidRatePopUp selectItemAtIndex: 0];
2810     }
2811     else
2812     {
2813         [fVidRatePopUp selectItemWithTitle:[queueToApply objectForKey:@"VideoFramerate"]];
2814     }
2815
2816     /* 2 Pass Encoding */
2817     [fVidTwoPassCheck setState:[[queueToApply objectForKey:@"VideoTwoPass"] intValue]];
2818     [self twoPassCheckboxChanged:nil];
2819     /* Turbo 1st pass for 2 Pass Encoding */
2820     [fVidTurboPassCheck setState:[[queueToApply objectForKey:@"VideoTurboTwoPass"] intValue]];
2821
2822     /*Audio*/
2823
2824
2825     /* Now lets add our new tracks to the audio list here */
2826     if ([[queueToApply objectForKey:@"Audio1Track"] intValue] > 0)
2827     {
2828         [fAudLang1PopUp selectItemAtIndex: [[queueToApply objectForKey:@"Audio1Track"] intValue]];
2829         [self audioTrackPopUpChanged: fAudLang1PopUp];
2830         [fAudTrack1CodecPopUp selectItemWithTitle:[queueToApply objectForKey:@"Audio1Encoder"]];
2831         [self audioTrackPopUpChanged: fAudTrack1CodecPopUp];
2832
2833         [fAudTrack1MixPopUp selectItemWithTitle:[queueToApply objectForKey:@"Audio1Mixdown"]];
2834
2835         [fAudTrack1RatePopUp selectItemWithTitle:[queueToApply objectForKey:@"Audio1Samplerate"]];
2836         [fAudTrack1BitratePopUp selectItemWithTitle:[queueToApply objectForKey:@"Audio1Bitrate"]];
2837
2838         [fAudTrack1DrcSlider setFloatValue:[[queueToApply objectForKey:@"Audio1TrackDRCSlider"] floatValue]];
2839         [self audioDRCSliderChanged: fAudTrack1DrcSlider];
2840     }
2841     else
2842     {
2843         [fAudLang1PopUp selectItemAtIndex: 0];
2844         [self audioTrackPopUpChanged: fAudLang1PopUp];
2845     }
2846     if ([[queueToApply objectForKey:@"Audio2Track"] intValue] > 0)
2847     {
2848         [fAudLang2PopUp selectItemAtIndex: [[queueToApply objectForKey:@"Audio2Track"] intValue]];
2849         [self audioTrackPopUpChanged: fAudLang2PopUp];
2850         [fAudTrack2CodecPopUp selectItemWithTitle:[queueToApply objectForKey:@"Audio2Encoder"]];
2851         [self audioTrackPopUpChanged: fAudTrack2CodecPopUp];
2852
2853         [fAudTrack2MixPopUp selectItemWithTitle:[queueToApply objectForKey:@"Audio2Mixdown"]];
2854
2855         [fAudTrack2RatePopUp selectItemWithTitle:[queueToApply objectForKey:@"Audio2Samplerate"]];
2856         [fAudTrack2BitratePopUp selectItemWithTitle:[queueToApply objectForKey:@"Audio2Bitrate"]];
2857
2858         [fAudTrack2DrcSlider setFloatValue:[[queueToApply objectForKey:@"Audio2TrackDRCSlider"] floatValue]];
2859         [self audioDRCSliderChanged: fAudTrack2DrcSlider];
2860     }
2861     else
2862     {
2863         [fAudLang2PopUp selectItemAtIndex: 0];
2864         [self audioTrackPopUpChanged: fAudLang2PopUp];
2865     }
2866     if ([[queueToApply objectForKey:@"Audio3Track"] intValue] > 0)
2867     {
2868         [fAudLang3PopUp selectItemAtIndex: [[queueToApply objectForKey:@"Audio3Track"] intValue]];
2869         [self audioTrackPopUpChanged: fAudLang3PopUp];
2870         [fAudTrack3CodecPopUp selectItemWithTitle:[queueToApply objectForKey:@"Audio3Encoder"]];
2871         [self audioTrackPopUpChanged: fAudTrack3CodecPopUp];
2872
2873         [fAudTrack3MixPopUp selectItemWithTitle:[queueToApply objectForKey:@"Audio3Mixdown"]];
2874
2875         [fAudTrack3RatePopUp selectItemWithTitle:[queueToApply objectForKey:@"Audio3Samplerate"]];
2876         [fAudTrack3BitratePopUp selectItemWithTitle:[queueToApply objectForKey:@"Audio3Bitrate"]];
2877
2878         [fAudTrack3DrcSlider setFloatValue:[[queueToApply objectForKey:@"Audio3TrackDRCSlider"] floatValue]];
2879         [self audioDRCSliderChanged: fAudTrack3DrcSlider];
2880     }
2881     else
2882     {
2883         [fAudLang3PopUp selectItemAtIndex: 0];
2884         [self audioTrackPopUpChanged: fAudLang3PopUp];
2885     }
2886     if ([[queueToApply objectForKey:@"Audio4Track"] intValue] > 0)
2887     {
2888         [fAudLang4PopUp selectItemAtIndex: [[queueToApply objectForKey:@"Audio4Track"] intValue]];
2889         [self audioTrackPopUpChanged: fAudLang4PopUp];
2890         [fAudTrack4CodecPopUp selectItemWithTitle:[queueToApply objectForKey:@"Audio4Encoder"]];
2891         [self audioTrackPopUpChanged: fAudTrack4CodecPopUp];
2892
2893         [fAudTrack4MixPopUp selectItemWithTitle:[queueToApply objectForKey:@"Audio4Mixdown"]];
2894
2895         [fAudTrack4RatePopUp selectItemWithTitle:[queueToApply objectForKey:@"Audio4Samplerate"]];
2896         [fAudTrack4BitratePopUp selectItemWithTitle:[queueToApply objectForKey:@"Audio4Bitrate"]];
2897
2898         [fAudTrack4DrcSlider setFloatValue:[[queueToApply objectForKey:@"Audio4TrackDRCSlider"] floatValue]];
2899         [self audioDRCSliderChanged: fAudTrack4DrcSlider];
2900     }
2901     else
2902     {
2903         [fAudLang4PopUp selectItemAtIndex: 0];
2904         [self audioTrackPopUpChanged: fAudLang4PopUp];
2905     }
2906
2907     /*Subtitles*/
2908     /* Crashy crashy right now, working on it */
2909     [fSubtitlesDelegate setNewSubtitles:[queueToApply objectForKey:@"SubtitleList"]];
2910     [fSubtitlesTable reloadData];
2911     /* Picture Settings */
2912
2913     /* If Cropping is set to custom, then recall all four crop values from
2914      when the preset was created and apply them */
2915     if ([[queueToApply objectForKey:@"PictureAutoCrop"]  intValue] == 0)
2916     {
2917         [fPictureController setAutoCrop:NO];
2918
2919         /* Here we use the custom crop values saved at the time the preset was saved */
2920         job->crop[0] = [[queueToApply objectForKey:@"PictureTopCrop"]  intValue];
2921         job->crop[1] = [[queueToApply objectForKey:@"PictureBottomCrop"]  intValue];
2922         job->crop[2] = [[queueToApply objectForKey:@"PictureLeftCrop"]  intValue];
2923         job->crop[3] = [[queueToApply objectForKey:@"PictureRightCrop"]  intValue];
2924
2925     }
2926     else /* if auto crop has been saved in preset, set to auto and use post scan auto crop */
2927     {
2928         [fPictureController setAutoCrop:YES];
2929         /* Here we use the auto crop values determined right after scan */
2930         job->crop[0] = AutoCropTop;
2931         job->crop[1] = AutoCropBottom;
2932         job->crop[2] = AutoCropLeft;
2933         job->crop[3] = AutoCropRight;
2934
2935     }
2936
2937     job->modulus = [[queueToApply objectForKey:@"PictureModulus"]  intValue];
2938
2939     /* we check to make sure the presets width/height does not exceed the sources width/height */
2940     if (fTitle->width < [[queueToApply objectForKey:@"PictureWidth"]  intValue] || fTitle->height < [[queueToApply objectForKey:@"PictureHeight"]  intValue])
2941     {
2942         /* if so, then we use the sources height and width to avoid scaling up */
2943         //job->width = fTitle->width;
2944         //job->height = fTitle->height;
2945         [self revertPictureSizeToMax:nil];
2946     }
2947     else // source width/height is >= the preset height/width
2948     {
2949         /* we can go ahead and use the presets values for height and width */
2950         job->width = [[queueToApply objectForKey:@"PictureWidth"]  intValue];
2951         job->height = [[queueToApply objectForKey:@"PictureHeight"]  intValue];
2952     }
2953     job->keep_ratio = [[queueToApply objectForKey:@"PictureKeepRatio"]  intValue];
2954     if (job->keep_ratio == 1)
2955     {
2956         hb_fix_aspect( job, HB_KEEP_WIDTH );
2957         if( job->height > fTitle->height )
2958         {
2959             job->height = fTitle->height;
2960             hb_fix_aspect( job, HB_KEEP_HEIGHT );
2961         }
2962     }
2963     job->anamorphic.mode = [[queueToApply objectForKey:@"PicturePAR"]  intValue];
2964     job->modulus = [[queueToApply objectForKey:@"PictureModulus"]  intValue];
2965
2966     /* Filters */
2967
2968     /* We only allow *either* Decomb or Deinterlace. So check for the PictureDecombDeinterlace key.
2969      * also, older presets may not have this key, in which case we also check to see if that preset had  PictureDecomb
2970      * specified, in which case we use decomb and ignore any possible Deinterlace settings as using both was less than
2971      * sane.
2972      */
2973     [fPictureController setUseDecomb:1];
2974     [fPictureController setDecomb:0];
2975     [fPictureController setDeinterlace:0];
2976     if ([[queueToApply objectForKey:@"PictureDecombDeinterlace"] intValue] == 1 || [[queueToApply objectForKey:@"PictureDecomb"] intValue] > 0)
2977     {
2978         /* we are using decomb */
2979         /* Decomb */
2980         if ([[queueToApply objectForKey:@"PictureDecomb"] intValue] > 0)
2981         {
2982             [fPictureController setDecomb:[[queueToApply objectForKey:@"PictureDecomb"] intValue]];
2983
2984             /* if we are using "Custom" in the decomb setting, also set the custom string*/
2985             if ([[queueToApply objectForKey:@"PictureDecomb"] intValue] == 1)
2986             {
2987                 [fPictureController setDecombCustomString:[queueToApply objectForKey:@"PictureDecombCustom"]];
2988             }
2989         }
2990     }
2991     else
2992     {
2993         /* We are using Deinterlace */
2994         /* Deinterlace */
2995         if ([[queueToApply objectForKey:@"PictureDeinterlace"] intValue] > 0)
2996         {
2997             [fPictureController setUseDecomb:0];
2998             [fPictureController setDeinterlace:[[queueToApply objectForKey:@"PictureDeinterlace"] intValue]];
2999             /* if we are using "Custom" in the deinterlace setting, also set the custom string*/
3000             if ([[queueToApply objectForKey:@"PictureDeinterlace"] intValue] == 1)
3001             {
3002                 [fPictureController setDeinterlaceCustomString:[queueToApply objectForKey:@"PictureDeinterlaceCustom"]];
3003             }
3004         }
3005     }
3006
3007
3008     /* Detelecine */
3009     if ([[queueToApply objectForKey:@"PictureDetelecine"] intValue] > 0)
3010     {
3011         [fPictureController setDetelecine:[[queueToApply objectForKey:@"PictureDetelecine"] intValue]];
3012         /* if we are using "Custom" in the detelecine setting, also set the custom string*/
3013         if ([[queueToApply objectForKey:@"PictureDetelecine"] intValue] == 1)
3014         {
3015             [fPictureController setDetelecineCustomString:[queueToApply objectForKey:@"PictureDetelecineCustom"]];
3016         }
3017     }
3018     else
3019     {
3020         [fPictureController setDetelecine:0];
3021     }
3022
3023     /* Denoise */
3024     if ([[queueToApply objectForKey:@"PictureDenoise"] intValue] > 0)
3025     {
3026         [fPictureController setDenoise:[[queueToApply objectForKey:@"PictureDenoise"] intValue]];
3027         /* if we are using "Custom" in the denoise setting, also set the custom string*/
3028         if ([[queueToApply objectForKey:@"PictureDenoise"] intValue] == 1)
3029         {
3030             [fPictureController setDenoiseCustomString:[queueToApply objectForKey:@"PictureDenoiseCustom"]];
3031         }
3032     }
3033     else
3034     {
3035         [fPictureController setDenoise:0];
3036     }
3037
3038     /* Deblock */
3039     if ([[queueToApply objectForKey:@"PictureDeblock"] intValue] == 1)
3040     {
3041         /* if its a one, then its the old on/off deblock, set on to 5*/
3042         [fPictureController setDeblock:5];
3043     }
3044     else
3045     {
3046         /* use the settings intValue */
3047         [fPictureController setDeblock:[[queueToApply objectForKey:@"PictureDeblock"] intValue]];
3048     }
3049
3050     if ([[queueToApply objectForKey:@"VideoGrayScale"] intValue] == 1)
3051     {
3052         [fPictureController setGrayscale:1];
3053     }
3054     else
3055     {
3056         [fPictureController setGrayscale:0];
3057     }
3058
3059     /* we call SetTitle: in fPictureController so we get an instant update in the Picture Settings window */
3060     [fPictureController SetTitle:fTitle];
3061     [self calculatePictureSizing:nil];
3062
3063     /* somehow we need to figure out a way to tie the queue item to a preset if it used one */
3064     //[queueFileJob setObject:[fPresetSelectedDisplay stringValue] forKey:@"PresetName"];
3065     //[queueFileJob setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:[fPresetsOutlineView selectedRow]] forKey:@"PresetIndexNum"];
3066     if ([queueToApply objectForKey:@"PresetIndexNum"]) // This item used a preset so insert that info
3067         {
3068                 /* Deselect the currently selected Preset if there is one*/
3069         //[fPresetsOutlineView selectRowIndexes:[NSIndexSet indexSetWithIndex:[[queueToApply objectForKey:@"PresetIndexNum"] intValue]] byExtendingSelection:NO];
3070         //[self selectPreset:nil];
3071
3072         //[fPresetsOutlineView selectRow:[[queueToApply objectForKey:@"PresetIndexNum"] intValue]];
3073                 /* Change UI to show "Custom" settings are being used */
3074                 //[fPresetSelectedDisplay setStringValue: [[queueToApply objectForKey:@"PresetName"] stringValue]];
3075
3076                 curUserPresetChosenNum = nil;
3077         }
3078     else
3079     {
3080         /* Deselect the currently selected Preset if there is one*/
3081                 [fPresetsOutlineView deselectRow:[fPresetsOutlineView selectedRow]];
3082                 /* Change UI to show "Custom" settings are being used */
3083                 [fPresetSelectedDisplay setStringValue: @"Custom"];
3084
3085                 //curUserPresetChosenNum = nil;
3086     }
3087
3088     /* We need to set this bool back to NO, in case the user wants to do a scan */
3089     //applyQueueToScan = NO;
3090
3091     /* Not that source is loaded and settings applied, delete the queue item from the queue */
3092     [self writeToActivityLog: "applyQueueSettingsToMainWindow: deleting queue item:%d",fqueueEditRescanItemNum];
3093     [self removeQueueFileItem:fqueueEditRescanItemNum];
3094 }
3095
3096
3097
3098 #pragma mark -
3099 #pragma mark Live Preview
3100 /* Note,this is much like prepareJob, but directly sets the job vars so Picture Preview
3101  * can encode to its temp preview directory and playback. This is *not* used for any actual user
3102  * encodes
3103  */
3104 - (void) prepareJobForPreview
3105 {
3106     hb_list_t  * list  = hb_get_titles( fHandle );
3107     hb_title_t * title = (hb_title_t *) hb_list_item( list,
3108             [fSrcTitlePopUp indexOfSelectedItem] );
3109     hb_job_t * job = title->job;
3110     hb_audio_config_t * audio;
3111     /* set job->angle for libdvdnav */
3112     job->angle = [fSrcAnglePopUp indexOfSelectedItem] + 1;
3113     /* Chapter selection */
3114     job->chapter_start = [fSrcChapterStartPopUp indexOfSelectedItem] + 1;
3115     job->chapter_end   = [fSrcChapterEndPopUp   indexOfSelectedItem] + 1;
3116
3117     /* Format (Muxer) and Video Encoder */
3118     job->mux = [[fDstFormatPopUp selectedItem] tag];
3119     job->vcodec = [[fVidEncoderPopUp selectedItem] tag];
3120
3121     job->chapter_markers = 0;
3122
3123         if( job->vcodec & HB_VCODEC_X264 )
3124     {
3125
3126                 /* Below Sends x264 options to the core library if x264 is selected*/
3127                 /* Lets use this as per Nyx, Thanks Nyx!*/
3128                 job->x264opts = (char *)calloc(1024, 1); /* Fixme, this just leaks */
3129                 /* For previews we ignore the turbo option for the first pass of two since we only use 1 pass */
3130                 strcpy(job->x264opts, [[fAdvancedOptions optionsString] UTF8String]);
3131
3132
3133     }
3134
3135     /* Video settings */
3136    /* Set vfr to 0 as it's only on if using same as source in the framerate popup
3137      * and detelecine is on, so we handle that in the logic below
3138      */
3139     job->vfr = 0;
3140     if( [fVidRatePopUp indexOfSelectedItem] > 0 )
3141     {
3142         /* a specific framerate has been chosen */
3143         job->vrate      = 27000000;
3144         job->vrate_base = hb_video_rates[[fVidRatePopUp indexOfSelectedItem]-1].rate;
3145         /* We are not same as source so we set job->cfr to 1
3146          * to enable constant frame rate since user has specified
3147          * a specific framerate*/
3148         job->cfr = 1;
3149     }
3150     else
3151     {
3152         /* We are same as source (variable) */
3153         job->vrate      = title->rate;
3154         job->vrate_base = title->rate_base;
3155         /* We are same as source so we set job->cfr to 0
3156          * to enable true same as source framerate */
3157         job->cfr = 0;
3158         /* If we are same as source and we have detelecine on, we need to turn on
3159          * job->vfr
3160          */
3161         if ([fPictureController detelecine] == 1)
3162         {
3163             job->vfr = 1;
3164         }
3165     }
3166
3167     switch( [fVidQualityMatrix selectedRow] )
3168     {
3169         case 0:
3170             /* Target size.
3171                Bitrate should already have been calculated and displayed
3172                in fVidBitrateField, so let's just use it */
3173         case 1:
3174             job->vquality = -1.0;
3175             job->vbitrate = [fVidBitrateField intValue];
3176             break;
3177         case 2:
3178             job->vquality = [fVidQualityRFField floatValue];
3179             job->vbitrate = 0;
3180             break;
3181     }
3182
3183     /* Subtitle settings */
3184     NSMutableArray *subtitlesArray = [[NSMutableArray alloc] initWithArray:[fSubtitlesDelegate getSubtitleArray] copyItems:YES];
3185
3186
3187 int subtitle = nil;
3188 int force;
3189 int burned;
3190 int def;
3191 bool one_burned = FALSE;
3192
3193     int i = 0;
3194     NSEnumerator *enumerator = [subtitlesArray objectEnumerator];
3195     id tempObject;
3196     while (tempObject = [enumerator nextObject])
3197     {
3198
3199         subtitle = [[tempObject objectForKey:@"subtitleSourceTrackNum"] intValue];
3200         force = [[tempObject objectForKey:@"subtitleTrackForced"] intValue];
3201         burned = [[tempObject objectForKey:@"subtitleTrackBurned"] intValue];
3202         def = [[tempObject objectForKey:@"subtitleTrackDefault"] intValue];
3203
3204         /* since the subtitleSourceTrackNum 0 is "None" in our array of the subtitle popups,
3205          * we want to ignore it for display as well as encoding.
3206          */
3207         if (subtitle > 0)
3208         {
3209             /* if i is 0, then we are in the first item of the subtitles which we need to
3210              * check for the "Foreign Audio Search" which would be subtitleSourceTrackNum of 1
3211              * bearing in mind that for all tracks subtitleSourceTrackNum of 0 is None.
3212              */
3213
3214             /* if we are on the first track and using "Foreign Audio Search" */
3215             if (i == 0 && subtitle == 1)
3216             {
3217                 /* NOTE: Currently foreign language search is borked for preview.
3218                  * Commented out but left in for initial commit. */
3219
3220
3221                 [self writeToActivityLog: "Foreign Language Search: %d", 1];
3222
3223                 job->indepth_scan = 1;
3224                 if (burned == 1 || job->mux != HB_MUX_MP4)
3225                 {
3226                     if (burned != 1 && job->mux == HB_MUX_MKV)
3227                     {
3228                         job->select_subtitle_config.dest = PASSTHRUSUB;
3229                     }
3230                     else
3231                     {
3232                         job->select_subtitle_config.dest = RENDERSUB;
3233                     }
3234
3235                     job->select_subtitle_config.force = force;
3236                     job->select_subtitle_config.default_track = def;
3237
3238                 }
3239
3240
3241             }
3242             else
3243             {
3244
3245                 /* for the actual source tracks, we must subtract the non source entries so
3246                  * that the menu index matches the source subtitle_list index for convenience */
3247                 if (i == 0)
3248                 {
3249                     /* for the first track, the source tracks start at menu index 2 ( None is 0,
3250                      * Foreign Language Search is 1) so subtract 2 */
3251                     subtitle = subtitle - 2;
3252                 }
3253                 else
3254                 {
3255                     /* for all other tracks, the source tracks start at menu index 1 (None is 0)
3256                      * so subtract 1. */
3257
3258                     subtitle = subtitle - 1;
3259                 }
3260
3261                 /* We are setting a source subtitle so access the source subtitle info */
3262                 hb_subtitle_t * subt;
3263
3264                 subt = (hb_subtitle_t *)hb_list_item(title->list_subtitle, subtitle);
3265
3266                 /* if we are getting the subtitles from an external srt file */
3267                 if ([[tempObject objectForKey:@"subtitleSourceTrackType"] isEqualToString:@"SRT"])
3268                 {
3269                     hb_subtitle_config_t sub_config;
3270
3271                     sub_config.offset = [[tempObject objectForKey:@"subtitleTrackSrtOffset"] intValue];
3272
3273                     /* we need to srncpy file path and char code */
3274                     strncpy(sub_config.src_filename, [[tempObject objectForKey:@"subtitleSourceSrtFilePath"] UTF8String], 128);
3275                     strncpy(sub_config.src_codeset, [[tempObject objectForKey:@"subtitleTrackSrtCharCode"] UTF8String], 40);
3276
3277                     sub_config.force = 0;
3278                     sub_config.dest = PASSTHRUSUB;
3279                     sub_config.default_track = def;
3280
3281                     hb_srt_add( job, &sub_config, [[tempObject objectForKey:@"subtitleTrackSrtLanguageIso3"] UTF8String]);
3282                 }
3283
3284                 if (subt != NULL)
3285                 {
3286                     hb_subtitle_config_t sub_config = subt->config;
3287
3288                     if (!burned && job->mux == HB_MUX_MKV &&
3289                         subt->format == PICTURESUB)
3290                     {
3291                         sub_config.dest = PASSTHRUSUB;
3292                     }
3293                     else if (!burned && job->mux == HB_MUX_MP4 &&
3294                              subt->format == PICTURESUB)
3295                     {
3296                         // Skip any non-burned vobsubs when output is mp4
3297                         continue;
3298                     }
3299                     else if ( burned && subt->format == PICTURESUB )
3300                     {
3301                         // Only allow one subtitle to be burned into the video
3302                         if (one_burned)
3303                             continue;
3304                         one_burned = TRUE;
3305                     }
3306                     sub_config.force = force;
3307                     sub_config.default_track = def;
3308                     hb_subtitle_add( job, &sub_config, subtitle );
3309                 }
3310
3311             }
3312         }
3313         i++;
3314     }
3315
3316
3317
3318 [subtitlesArray autorelease];
3319
3320
3321     /* Audio tracks and mixdowns */
3322     /* Lets make sure there arent any erroneous audio tracks in the job list, so lets make sure its empty*/
3323     int audiotrack_count = hb_list_count(job->list_audio);
3324     for( int i = 0; i < audiotrack_count;i++)
3325     {
3326         hb_audio_t * temp_audio = (hb_audio_t*) hb_list_item( job->list_audio, 0 );
3327         hb_list_rem(job->list_audio, temp_audio);
3328     }
3329     /* Now lets add our new tracks to the audio list here */
3330     if ([fAudLang1PopUp indexOfSelectedItem] > 0)
3331     {
3332         audio = (hb_audio_config_t *) calloc(1, sizeof(*audio));
3333         hb_audio_config_init(audio);
3334         audio->in.track = [fAudLang1PopUp indexOfSelectedItem] - 1;
3335         /* We go ahead and assign values to our audio->out.<properties> */
3336         audio->out.track = [fAudLang1PopUp indexOfSelectedItem] - 1;
3337         audio->out.codec = [[fAudTrack1CodecPopUp selectedItem] tag];
3338         audio->out.mixdown = [[fAudTrack1MixPopUp selectedItem] tag];
3339         audio->out.bitrate = [[fAudTrack1BitratePopUp selectedItem] tag];
3340         audio->out.samplerate = [[fAudTrack1RatePopUp selectedItem] tag];
3341         audio->out.dynamic_range_compression = [fAudTrack1DrcField floatValue];
3342
3343         hb_audio_add( job, audio );
3344         free(audio);
3345     }
3346     if ([fAudLang2PopUp indexOfSelectedItem] > 0)
3347     {
3348         audio = (hb_audio_config_t *) calloc(1, sizeof(*audio));
3349         hb_audio_config_init(audio);
3350         audio->in.track = [fAudLang2PopUp indexOfSelectedItem] - 1;
3351         /* We go ahead and assign values to our audio->out.<properties> */
3352         audio->out.track = [fAudLang2PopUp indexOfSelectedItem] - 1;
3353         audio->out.codec = [[fAudTrack2CodecPopUp selectedItem] tag];
3354         audio->out.mixdown = [[fAudTrack2MixPopUp selectedItem] tag];
3355         audio->out.bitrate = [[fAudTrack2BitratePopUp selectedItem] tag];
3356         audio->out.samplerate = [[fAudTrack2RatePopUp selectedItem] tag];
3357         audio->out.dynamic_range_compression = [fAudTrack2DrcField floatValue];
3358
3359         hb_audio_add( job, audio );
3360         free(audio);
3361
3362     }
3363
3364     if ([fAudLang3PopUp indexOfSelectedItem] > 0)
3365     {
3366         audio = (hb_audio_config_t *) calloc(1, sizeof(*audio));
3367         hb_audio_config_init(audio);
3368         audio->in.track = [fAudLang3PopUp indexOfSelectedItem] - 1;
3369         /* We go ahead and assign values to our audio->out.<properties> */
3370         audio->out.track = [fAudLang3PopUp indexOfSelectedItem] - 1;
3371         audio->out.codec = [[fAudTrack3CodecPopUp selectedItem] tag];
3372         audio->out.mixdown = [[fAudTrack3MixPopUp selectedItem] tag];
3373         audio->out.bitrate = [[fAudTrack3BitratePopUp selectedItem] tag];
3374         audio->out.samplerate = [[fAudTrack3RatePopUp selectedItem] tag];
3375         audio->out.dynamic_range_compression = [fAudTrack3DrcField floatValue];
3376
3377         hb_audio_add( job, audio );
3378         free(audio);
3379
3380     }
3381
3382     if ([fAudLang4PopUp indexOfSelectedItem] > 0)
3383     {
3384         audio = (hb_audio_config_t *) calloc(1, sizeof(*audio));
3385         hb_audio_config_init(audio);
3386         audio->in.track = [fAudLang4PopUp indexOfSelectedItem] - 1;
3387         /* We go ahead and assign values to our audio->out.<properties> */
3388         audio->out.track = [fAudLang4PopUp indexOfSelectedItem] - 1;
3389         audio->out.codec = [[fAudTrack4CodecPopUp selectedItem] tag];
3390         audio->out.mixdown = [[fAudTrack4MixPopUp selectedItem] tag];
3391         audio->out.bitrate = [[fAudTrack4BitratePopUp selectedItem] tag];
3392         audio->out.samplerate = [[fAudTrack4RatePopUp selectedItem] tag];
3393         audio->out.dynamic_range_compression = [fAudTrack4DrcField floatValue];
3394
3395         hb_audio_add( job, audio );
3396         free(audio);
3397
3398     }
3399
3400
3401
3402     /* Filters */
3403
3404     /* Though Grayscale is not really a filter, per se
3405      * we put it here since its in the filters panel
3406      */
3407
3408     if ([fPictureController grayscale])
3409     {
3410         job->grayscale = 1;
3411     }
3412     else
3413     {
3414         job->grayscale = 0;
3415     }
3416
3417     /* Initialize the filters list */
3418     job->filters = hb_list_init();
3419
3420     /* Now lets call the filters if applicable.
3421     * The order of the filters is critical
3422     */
3423
3424         /* Detelecine */
3425     if ([fPictureController detelecine] == 1)
3426     {
3427         /* use a custom detelecine string */
3428         hb_filter_detelecine.settings = (char *) [[fPictureController detelecineCustomString] UTF8String];
3429         hb_list_add( job->filters, &hb_filter_detelecine );
3430     }
3431     if ([fPictureController detelecine] == 2)
3432     {
3433         /* Default */
3434         hb_list_add( job->filters, &hb_filter_detelecine );
3435     }
3436
3437
3438
3439     if ([fPictureController useDecomb] == 1)
3440     {
3441         /* Decomb */
3442         /* we add the custom string if present */
3443         if ([fPictureController decomb] == 1)
3444         {
3445             /* use a custom decomb string */
3446             hb_filter_decomb.settings = (char *) [[fPictureController decombCustomString] UTF8String];
3447             hb_list_add( job->filters, &hb_filter_decomb );
3448         }
3449         if ([fPictureController decomb] == 2)
3450         {
3451             /* Run old deinterlacer fd by default */
3452             //hb_filter_decomb.settings = (char *) [[fPicSettingDecomb stringValue] UTF8String];
3453             hb_list_add( job->filters, &hb_filter_decomb );
3454         }
3455     }
3456     else
3457     {
3458
3459         /* Deinterlace */
3460         if ([fPictureController deinterlace] == 1)
3461         {
3462             /* we add the custom string if present */
3463             hb_filter_deinterlace.settings = (char *) [[fPictureController deinterlaceCustomString] UTF8String];
3464             hb_list_add( job->filters, &hb_filter_deinterlace );
3465         }
3466         else if ([fPictureController deinterlace] == 2)
3467         {
3468             /* Run old deinterlacer fd by default */
3469             hb_filter_deinterlace.settings = "-1";
3470             hb_list_add( job->filters, &hb_filter_deinterlace );
3471         }
3472         else if ([fPictureController deinterlace] == 3)
3473         {
3474             /* Yadif mode 0 (without spatial deinterlacing.) */
3475             hb_filter_deinterlace.settings = "2";
3476             hb_list_add( job->filters, &hb_filter_deinterlace );
3477         }
3478         else if ([fPictureController deinterlace] == 4)
3479         {
3480             /* Yadif (with spatial deinterlacing) */
3481             hb_filter_deinterlace.settings = "0";
3482             hb_list_add( job->filters, &hb_filter_deinterlace );
3483         }
3484
3485         }
3486
3487     /* Denoise */
3488         if ([fPictureController denoise] == 1) // custom in popup
3489         {
3490                 /* we add the custom string if present */
3491         hb_filter_denoise.settings = (char *) [[fPictureController denoiseCustomString] UTF8String];
3492         hb_list_add( job->filters, &hb_filter_denoise );
3493         }
3494     else if ([fPictureController denoise] == 2) // Weak in popup
3495         {
3496                 hb_filter_denoise.settings = "2:1:2:3";
3497         hb_list_add( job->filters, &hb_filter_denoise );
3498         }
3499         else if ([fPictureController denoise] == 3) // Medium in popup
3500         {
3501                 hb_filter_denoise.settings = "3:2:2:3";
3502         hb_list_add( job->filters, &hb_filter_denoise );
3503         }
3504         else if ([fPictureController denoise] == 4) // Strong in popup
3505         {
3506                 hb_filter_denoise.settings = "7:7:5:5";
3507         hb_list_add( job->filters, &hb_filter_denoise );
3508         }
3509
3510
3511     /* Deblock  (uses pp7 default) */
3512     /* NOTE: even though there is a valid deblock setting of 0 for the filter, for
3513      * the macgui's purposes a value of 0 actually means to not even use the filter
3514      * current hb_filter_deblock.settings valid ranges are from 5 - 15
3515      */
3516     if ([fPictureController deblock] != 0)
3517     {
3518         NSString *deblockStringValue = [NSString stringWithFormat: @"%d",[fPictureController deblock]];
3519         hb_filter_deblock.settings = (char *) [deblockStringValue UTF8String];
3520         hb_list_add( job->filters, &hb_filter_deblock );
3521     }
3522
3523 }
3524
3525
3526 #pragma mark -
3527 #pragma mark Job Handling
3528
3529
3530 - (void) prepareJob
3531 {
3532
3533     NSMutableDictionary * queueToApply = [QueueFileArray objectAtIndex:currentQueueEncodeIndex];
3534     hb_list_t  * list  = hb_get_titles( fQueueEncodeLibhb );
3535     hb_title_t * title = (hb_title_t *) hb_list_item( list,0 ); // is always zero since now its a single title scan
3536     hb_job_t * job = title->job;
3537     hb_audio_config_t * audio;
3538     /* Title Angle for dvdnav */
3539     job->angle = [[queueToApply objectForKey:@"TitleAngle"] intValue];
3540
3541     if([[queueToApply objectForKey:@"fEncodeStartStop"] intValue] == 0)
3542     {
3543         /* Chapter selection */
3544         [self writeToActivityLog: "Start / Stop set to chapters"];
3545         job->chapter_start = [[queueToApply objectForKey:@"JobChapterStart"] intValue];
3546         job->chapter_end   = [[queueToApply objectForKey:@"JobChapterEnd"] intValue];
3547     }
3548     else if ([[queueToApply objectForKey:@"fEncodeStartStop"] intValue] == 1)
3549     {
3550         /* we are pts based start / stop */
3551         [self writeToActivityLog: "Start / Stop set to seconds ..."];
3552
3553         /* Point A to Point B. Time to time in seconds.*/
3554         /* get the start seconds from the start seconds field */
3555         int start_seconds = [[queueToApply objectForKey:@"StartSeconds"] intValue];
3556         job->pts_to_start = start_seconds * 90000LL;
3557         /* Stop seconds is actually the duration of encode, so subtract the end seconds from the start seconds */
3558         int stop_seconds = [[queueToApply objectForKey:@"StopSeconds"] intValue];
3559         job->pts_to_stop = stop_seconds * 90000LL;
3560
3561     }
3562     else if ([[queueToApply objectForKey:@"fEncodeStartStop"] intValue] == 2)
3563     {
3564         /* we are frame based start / stop */
3565         [self writeToActivityLog: "Start / Stop set to frames ..."];
3566
3567         /* Point A to Point B. Frame to frame */
3568         /* get the start frame from the start frame field */
3569         int start_frame = [[queueToApply objectForKey:@"StartFrame"] intValue];
3570         job->frame_to_start = start_frame;
3571         /* get the frame to stop on from the end frame field */
3572         int stop_frame = [[queueToApply objectForKey:@"StopFrame"] intValue];
3573         job->frame_to_stop = stop_frame;
3574
3575     }
3576
3577
3578
3579
3580     /* Format (Muxer) and Video Encoder */
3581     job->mux = [[queueToApply objectForKey:@"JobFileFormatMux"] intValue];
3582     job->vcodec = [[queueToApply objectForKey:@"JobVideoEncoderVcodec"] intValue];
3583
3584
3585     /* If mpeg-4, then set mpeg-4 specific options like chapters and > 4gb file sizes */
3586     if( [[queueToApply objectForKey:@"Mp4LargeFile"] intValue] == 1)
3587     {
3588         job->largeFileSize = 1;
3589     }
3590     else
3591     {
3592         job->largeFileSize = 0;
3593     }
3594     /* We set http optimized mp4 here */
3595     if( [[queueToApply objectForKey:@"Mp4HttpOptimize"] intValue] == 1 )
3596     {
3597         job->mp4_optimize = 1;
3598     }
3599     else
3600     {
3601         job->mp4_optimize = 0;
3602     }
3603
3604
3605     /* We set the chapter marker extraction here based on the format being
3606      mpeg4 or mkv and the checkbox being checked */
3607     if ([[queueToApply objectForKey:@"ChapterMarkers"] intValue] == 1)
3608     {
3609         job->chapter_markers = 1;
3610
3611         /* now lets get our saved chapter names out the array in the queue file
3612          * and insert them back into the title chapter list. We have it here,
3613          * because unless we are inserting chapter markers there is no need to
3614          * spend the overhead of iterating through the chapter names array imo
3615          * Also, note that if for some reason we don't apply chapter names, the
3616          * chapters just come out 001, 002, etc. etc.
3617          */
3618
3619         NSMutableArray *ChapterNamesArray = [queueToApply objectForKey:@"ChapterNames"];
3620         int i = 0;
3621         NSEnumerator *enumerator = [ChapterNamesArray objectEnumerator];
3622         id tempObject;
3623         while (tempObject = [enumerator nextObject])
3624         {
3625             hb_chapter_t *chapter = (hb_chapter_t *) hb_list_item( title->list_chapter, i );
3626             if( chapter != NULL )
3627             {
3628                 strncpy( chapter->title, [tempObject UTF8String], 1023);
3629                 chapter->title[1023] = '\0';
3630             }
3631             i++;
3632         }
3633     }
3634     else
3635     {
3636         job->chapter_markers = 0;
3637     }
3638
3639     if( job->vcodec & HB_VCODEC_X264 )
3640     {
3641                 if ([[queueToApply objectForKey:@"Mp4iPodCompatible"] intValue] == 1)
3642             {
3643             job->ipod_atom = 1;
3644                 }
3645         else
3646         {
3647             job->ipod_atom = 0;
3648         }
3649
3650
3651                 /* Below Sends x264 options to the core library if x264 is selected*/
3652                 /* Lets use this as per Nyx, Thanks Nyx!*/
3653                 job->x264opts = (char *)calloc(1024, 1); /* Fixme, this just leaks */
3654                 /* Turbo first pass if two pass and Turbo First pass is selected */
3655                 if( [[queueToApply objectForKey:@"VideoTwoPass"] intValue] == 1 && [[queueToApply objectForKey:@"VideoTurboTwoPass"] intValue] == 1 )
3656                 {
3657                         /* pass the "Turbo" string to be appended to the existing x264 opts string into a variable for the first pass */
3658                         NSString *firstPassOptStringTurbo = @":ref=1:subme=2:me=dia:analyse=none:trellis=0:no-fast-pskip=0:8x8dct=0:weightb=0";
3659                         /* append the "Turbo" string variable to the existing opts string.
3660              Note: the "Turbo" string must be appended, not prepended to work properly*/
3661                         NSString *firstPassOptStringCombined = [[queueToApply objectForKey:@"x264Option"] stringByAppendingString:firstPassOptStringTurbo];
3662                         strcpy(job->x264opts, [firstPassOptStringCombined UTF8String]);
3663                 }
3664                 else
3665                 {
3666                         strcpy(job->x264opts, [[queueToApply objectForKey:@"x264Option"] UTF8String]);
3667                 }
3668
3669     }
3670
3671
3672     /* Picture Size Settings */
3673     job->width = [[queueToApply objectForKey:@"PictureWidth"]  intValue];
3674     job->height = [[queueToApply objectForKey:@"PictureHeight"]  intValue];
3675
3676     job->keep_ratio = [[queueToApply objectForKey:@"PictureKeepRatio"]  intValue];
3677     job->anamorphic.mode = [[queueToApply objectForKey:@"PicturePAR"]  intValue];
3678     job->modulus = [[queueToApply objectForKey:@"PictureModulus"] intValue];
3679     if ([[queueToApply objectForKey:@"PicturePAR"]  intValue] == 3)
3680     {
3681         /* insert our custom values here for capuj */
3682         job->width = [[queueToApply objectForKey:@"PicturePARStorageWidth"]  intValue];
3683         job->height = [[queueToApply objectForKey:@"PicturePARStorageHeight"]  intValue];
3684
3685         job->modulus = [[queueToApply objectForKey:@"PicturePARModulus"] intValue];
3686
3687         job->anamorphic.par_width = [[queueToApply objectForKey:@"PicturePARPixelWidth"]  intValue];
3688         job->anamorphic.par_height = [[queueToApply objectForKey:@"PicturePARPixelHeight"]  intValue];
3689
3690         job->anamorphic.dar_width = [[queueToApply objectForKey:@"PicturePARDisplayWidth"]  floatValue];
3691         job->anamorphic.dar_height = [[queueToApply objectForKey:@"PicturePARDisplayHeight"]  floatValue];
3692     }
3693
3694     /* Here we use the crop values saved at the time the preset was saved */
3695     job->crop[0] = [[queueToApply objectForKey:@"PictureTopCrop"]  intValue];
3696     job->crop[1] = [[queueToApply objectForKey:@"PictureBottomCrop"]  intValue];
3697     job->crop[2] = [[queueToApply objectForKey:@"PictureLeftCrop"]  intValue];
3698     job->crop[3] = [[queueToApply objectForKey:@"PictureRightCrop"]  intValue];
3699
3700     /* Video settings */
3701     /* Framerate */
3702
3703     /* Set vfr to 0 as it's only on if using same as source in the framerate popup
3704      * and detelecine is on, so we handle that in the logic below
3705      */
3706     job->vfr = 0;
3707     if( [[queueToApply objectForKey:@"JobIndexVideoFramerate"] intValue] > 0 )
3708     {
3709         /* a specific framerate has been chosen */
3710         job->vrate      = 27000000;
3711         job->vrate_base = hb_video_rates[[[queueToApply objectForKey:@"JobIndexVideoFramerate"] intValue]-1].rate;
3712         /* We are not same as source so we set job->cfr to 1
3713          * to enable constant frame rate since user has specified
3714          * a specific framerate*/
3715         job->cfr = 1;
3716     }
3717     else
3718     {
3719         /* We are same as source (variable) */
3720         job->vrate      = [[queueToApply objectForKey:@"JobVrate"] intValue];
3721         job->vrate_base = [[queueToApply objectForKey:@"JobVrateBase"] intValue];
3722         /* We are same as source so we set job->cfr to 0
3723          * to enable true same as source framerate */
3724         job->cfr = 0;
3725         /* If we are same as source and we have detelecine on, we need to turn on
3726          * job->vfr
3727          */
3728         if ([[queueToApply objectForKey:@"PictureDetelecine"] intValue] == 1)
3729         {
3730             job->vfr = 1;
3731         }
3732     }
3733
3734     if ( [[queueToApply objectForKey:@"VideoQualityType"] intValue] != 2 )
3735     {
3736         /* Target size.
3737          Bitrate should already have been calculated and displayed
3738          in fVidBitrateField, so let's just use it same as abr*/
3739         job->vquality = -1.0;
3740         job->vbitrate = [[queueToApply objectForKey:@"VideoAvgBitrate"] intValue];
3741     }
3742     if ( [[queueToApply objectForKey:@"VideoQualityType"] intValue] == 2 )
3743     {
3744         job->vquality = [[queueToApply objectForKey:@"VideoQualitySlider"] floatValue];
3745         job->vbitrate = 0;
3746
3747     }
3748
3749     job->grayscale = [[queueToApply objectForKey:@"VideoGrayScale"] intValue];
3750
3751
3752
3753 #pragma mark -
3754 #pragma mark Process Subtitles to libhb
3755
3756 /* Map the settings in the dictionaries for the SubtitleList array to match title->list_subtitle
3757  * which means that we need to account for the offset of non source language settings in from
3758  * the NSPopUpCell menu. For all of the objects in the SubtitleList array this means 0 is "None"
3759  * from the popup menu, additionally the first track has "Foreign Audio Search" at 1. So we use
3760  * an int to offset the index number for the objectForKey:@"subtitleSourceTrackNum" to map that
3761  * to the source tracks position in title->list_subtitle.
3762  */
3763
3764 int subtitle = nil;
3765 int force;
3766 int burned;
3767 int def;
3768 bool one_burned = FALSE;
3769
3770     int i = 0;
3771     NSEnumerator *enumerator = [[queueToApply objectForKey:@"SubtitleList"] objectEnumerator];
3772     id tempObject;
3773     while (tempObject = [enumerator nextObject])
3774     {
3775
3776         subtitle = [[tempObject objectForKey:@"subtitleSourceTrackNum"] intValue];
3777         force = [[tempObject objectForKey:@"subtitleTrackForced"] intValue];
3778         burned = [[tempObject objectForKey:@"subtitleTrackBurned"] intValue];
3779         def = [[tempObject objectForKey:@"subtitleTrackDefault"] intValue];
3780
3781         /* since the subtitleSourceTrackNum 0 is "None" in our array of the subtitle popups,
3782          * we want to ignore it for display as well as encoding.
3783          */
3784         if (subtitle > 0)
3785         {
3786             /* if i is 0, then we are in the first item of the subtitles which we need to
3787              * check for the "Foreign Audio Search" which would be subtitleSourceTrackNum of 1
3788              * bearing in mind that for all tracks subtitleSourceTrackNum of 0 is None.
3789              */
3790
3791             /* if we are on the first track and using "Foreign Audio Search" */
3792             if (i == 0 && subtitle == 1)
3793             {
3794                 [self writeToActivityLog: "Foreign Language Search: %d", 1];
3795
3796                 job->indepth_scan = 1;
3797                 if (burned == 1 || job->mux != HB_MUX_MP4)
3798                 {
3799                     if (burned != 1 && job->mux == HB_MUX_MKV)
3800                     {
3801                         job->select_subtitle_config.dest = PASSTHRUSUB;
3802                     }
3803                     else
3804                     {
3805                         job->select_subtitle_config.dest = RENDERSUB;
3806                     }
3807
3808                     job->select_subtitle_config.force = force;
3809                     job->select_subtitle_config.default_track = def;
3810                 }
3811
3812
3813             }
3814             else
3815             {
3816
3817                 /* for the actual source tracks, we must subtract the non source entries so
3818                  * that the menu index matches the source subtitle_list index for convenience */
3819                 if (i == 0)
3820                 {
3821                     /* for the first track, the source tracks start at menu index 2 ( None is 0,
3822                      * Foreign Language Search is 1) so subtract 2 */
3823                     subtitle = subtitle - 2;
3824                 }
3825                 else
3826                 {
3827                     /* for all other tracks, the source tracks start at menu index 1 (None is 0)
3828                      * so subtract 1. */
3829
3830                     subtitle = subtitle - 1;
3831                 }
3832
3833                 /* We are setting a source subtitle so access the source subtitle info */
3834                 hb_subtitle_t * subt;
3835
3836                 subt = (hb_subtitle_t *)hb_list_item(title->list_subtitle, subtitle);
3837
3838                 /* if we are getting the subtitles from an external srt file */
3839                 if ([[tempObject objectForKey:@"subtitleSourceTrackType"] isEqualToString:@"SRT"])
3840                 {
3841                     hb_subtitle_config_t sub_config;
3842
3843                     sub_config.offset = [[tempObject objectForKey:@"subtitleTrackSrtOffset"] intValue];
3844
3845                     /* we need to srncpy file name and codeset */
3846                     strncpy(sub_config.src_filename, [[tempObject objectForKey:@"subtitleSourceSrtFilePath"] UTF8String], 128);
3847                     strncpy(sub_config.src_codeset, [[tempObject objectForKey:@"subtitleTrackSrtCharCode"] UTF8String], 40);
3848
3849                     sub_config.force = 0;
3850                     sub_config.dest = PASSTHRUSUB;
3851                     sub_config.default_track = def;
3852
3853                     hb_srt_add( job, &sub_config, [[tempObject objectForKey:@"subtitleTrackSrtLanguageIso3"] UTF8String]);
3854                 }
3855
3856
3857                 if (subt != NULL)
3858                 {
3859                     hb_subtitle_config_t sub_config = subt->config;
3860
3861                     if (!burned && job->mux == HB_MUX_MKV &&
3862                         subt->format == PICTURESUB)
3863                     {
3864                         sub_config.dest = PASSTHRUSUB;
3865                     }
3866                     else if (!burned && job->mux == HB_MUX_MP4 &&
3867                              subt->format == PICTURESUB)
3868                     {
3869                         // Skip any non-burned vobsubs when output is mp4
3870                         continue;
3871                     }
3872                     else if ( burned && subt->format == PICTURESUB )
3873                     {
3874                         // Only allow one subtitle to be burned into the video
3875                         if (one_burned)
3876                             continue;
3877                         one_burned = TRUE;
3878                     }
3879                     sub_config.force = force;
3880                     sub_config.default_track = def;
3881                     hb_subtitle_add( job, &sub_config, subtitle );
3882                 }
3883
3884             }
3885         }
3886         i++;
3887     }
3888
3889 #pragma mark -
3890
3891
3892     /* Audio tracks and mixdowns */
3893     /* Lets make sure there arent any erroneous audio tracks in the job list, so lets make sure its empty*/
3894     int audiotrack_count = hb_list_count(job->list_audio);
3895     for( int i = 0; i < audiotrack_count;i++)
3896     {
3897         hb_audio_t * temp_audio = (hb_audio_t*) hb_list_item( job->list_audio, 0 );
3898         hb_list_rem(job->list_audio, temp_audio);
3899     }
3900     /* Now lets add our new tracks to the audio list here */
3901     if ([[queueToApply objectForKey:@"Audio1Track"] intValue] > 0)
3902     {
3903         audio = (hb_audio_config_t *) calloc(1, sizeof(*audio));
3904         hb_audio_config_init(audio);
3905         audio->in.track = [[queueToApply objectForKey:@"Audio1Track"] intValue] - 1;
3906         /* We go ahead and assign values to our audio->out.<properties> */
3907         audio->out.track = [[queueToApply objectForKey:@"Audio1Track"] intValue] - 1;
3908         audio->out.codec = [[queueToApply objectForKey:@"JobAudio1Encoder"] intValue];
3909         audio->out.mixdown = [[queueToApply objectForKey:@"JobAudio1Mixdown"] intValue];
3910         audio->out.bitrate = [[queueToApply objectForKey:@"JobAudio1Bitrate"] intValue];
3911         audio->out.samplerate = [[queueToApply objectForKey:@"JobAudio1Samplerate"] intValue];
3912         audio->out.dynamic_range_compression = [[queueToApply objectForKey:@"Audio1TrackDRCSlider"] floatValue];
3913
3914         hb_audio_add( job, audio );
3915         free(audio);
3916     }
3917     if ([[queueToApply objectForKey:@"Audio2Track"] intValue] > 0)
3918     {
3919
3920         audio = (hb_audio_config_t *) calloc(1, sizeof(*audio));
3921         hb_audio_config_init(audio);
3922         audio->in.track = [[queueToApply objectForKey:@"Audio2Track"] intValue] - 1;
3923         [self writeToActivityLog: "prepareJob audiotrack 2 is: %d", audio->in.track];
3924         /* We go ahead and assign values to our audio->out.<properties> */
3925         audio->out.track = [[queueToApply objectForKey:@"Audio2Track"] intValue] - 1;
3926         audio->out.codec = [[queueToApply objectForKey:@"JobAudio2Encoder"] intValue];
3927         audio->out.mixdown = [[queueToApply objectForKey:@"JobAudio2Mixdown"] intValue];
3928         audio->out.bitrate = [[queueToApply objectForKey:@"JobAudio2Bitrate"] intValue];
3929         audio->out.samplerate = [[queueToApply objectForKey:@"JobAudio2Samplerate"] intValue];
3930         audio->out.dynamic_range_compression = [[queueToApply objectForKey:@"Audio2TrackDRCSlider"] floatValue];
3931
3932         hb_audio_add( job, audio );
3933         free(audio);
3934     }
3935
3936     if ([[queueToApply objectForKey:@"Audio3Track"] intValue] > 0)
3937     {
3938         audio = (hb_audio_config_t *) calloc(1, sizeof(*audio));
3939         hb_audio_config_init(audio);
3940         audio->in.track = [[queueToApply objectForKey:@"Audio3Track"] intValue] - 1;
3941         /* We go ahead and assign values to our audio->out.<properties> */
3942         audio->out.track = [[queueToApply objectForKey:@"Audio3Track"] intValue] - 1;
3943         audio->out.codec = [[queueToApply objectForKey:@"JobAudio3Encoder"] intValue];
3944         audio->out.mixdown = [[queueToApply objectForKey:@"JobAudio3Mixdown"] intValue];
3945         audio->out.bitrate = [[queueToApply objectForKey:@"JobAudio3Bitrate"] intValue];
3946         audio->out.samplerate = [[queueToApply objectForKey:@"JobAudio3Samplerate"] intValue];
3947         audio->out.dynamic_range_compression = [[queueToApply objectForKey:@"Audio3TrackDRCSlider"] floatValue];
3948
3949         hb_audio_add( job, audio );
3950         free(audio);
3951     }
3952
3953     if ([[queueToApply objectForKey:@"Audio4Track"] intValue] > 0)
3954     {
3955         audio = (hb_audio_config_t *) calloc(1, sizeof(*audio));
3956         hb_audio_config_init(audio);
3957         audio->in.track = [[queueToApply objectForKey:@"Audio4Track"] intValue] - 1;
3958         /* We go ahead and assign values to our audio->out.<properties> */
3959         audio->out.track = [[queueToApply objectForKey:@"Audio4Track"] intValue] - 1;
3960         audio->out.codec = [[queueToApply objectForKey:@"JobAudio4Encoder"] intValue];
3961         audio->out.mixdown = [[queueToApply objectForKey:@"JobAudio4Mixdown"] intValue];
3962         audio->out.bitrate = [[queueToApply objectForKey:@"JobAudio4Bitrate"] intValue];
3963         audio->out.samplerate = [[queueToApply objectForKey:@"JobAudio4Samplerate"] intValue];
3964         audio->out.dynamic_range_compression = [[queueToApply objectForKey:@"Audio4TrackDRCSlider"] floatValue];
3965
3966         hb_audio_add( job, audio );
3967
3968
3969     }
3970
3971     /* Filters */
3972     job->filters = hb_list_init();
3973
3974     /* Now lets call the filters if applicable.
3975      * The order of the filters is critical
3976      */
3977     /* Detelecine */
3978     if ([[queueToApply objectForKey:@"PictureDetelecine"] intValue] == 1)
3979     {
3980         /* use a custom detelecine string */
3981         hb_filter_detelecine.settings = (char *) [[queueToApply objectForKey:@"PictureDetelecineCustom"] UTF8String];
3982         hb_list_add( job->filters, &hb_filter_detelecine );
3983     }
3984     if ([[queueToApply objectForKey:@"PictureDetelecine"] intValue] == 2)
3985     {
3986         /* Use libhb's default values */
3987         hb_list_add( job->filters, &hb_filter_detelecine );
3988     }
3989
3990     if ([[queueToApply objectForKey:@"PictureDecombDeinterlace"] intValue] == 1)
3991     {
3992         /* Decomb */
3993         /* we add the custom string if present */
3994         if ([[queueToApply objectForKey:@"PictureDecomb"] intValue] == 1)
3995         {
3996             /* use a custom decomb string */
3997             hb_filter_decomb.settings = (char *) [[queueToApply objectForKey:@"PictureDecombCustom"] UTF8String];
3998             hb_list_add( job->filters, &hb_filter_decomb );
3999         }
4000         if ([[queueToApply objectForKey:@"PictureDecomb"] intValue] == 2)
4001         {
4002             /* Use libhb default */
4003             hb_list_add( job->filters, &hb_filter_decomb );
4004         }
4005
4006     }
4007     else
4008     {
4009
4010         /* Deinterlace */
4011         if ([[queueToApply objectForKey:@"PictureDeinterlace"] intValue] == 1)
4012         {
4013             /* we add the custom string if present */
4014             hb_filter_deinterlace.settings = (char *) [[queueToApply objectForKey:@"PictureDeinterlaceCustom"] UTF8String];
4015             hb_list_add( job->filters, &hb_filter_deinterlace );
4016         }
4017         else if ([[queueToApply objectForKey:@"PictureDeinterlace"] intValue] == 2)
4018         {
4019             /* Run old deinterlacer fd by default */
4020             hb_filter_deinterlace.settings = "-1";
4021             hb_list_add( job->filters, &hb_filter_deinterlace );
4022         }
4023         else if ([[queueToApply objectForKey:@"PictureDeinterlace"] intValue] == 3)
4024         {
4025             /* Yadif mode 0 (without spatial deinterlacing.) */
4026             hb_filter_deinterlace.settings = "2";
4027             hb_list_add( job->filters, &hb_filter_deinterlace );
4028         }
4029         else if ([[queueToApply objectForKey:@"PictureDeinterlace"] intValue] == 4)
4030         {
4031             /* Yadif (with spatial deinterlacing) */
4032             hb_filter_deinterlace.settings = "0";
4033             hb_list_add( job->filters, &hb_filter_deinterlace );
4034         }
4035
4036
4037     }
4038     /* Denoise */
4039         if ([[queueToApply objectForKey:@"PictureDenoise"] intValue] == 1) // Custom in popup
4040         {
4041                 /* we add the custom string if present */
4042         hb_filter_denoise.settings = (char *) [[queueToApply objectForKey:@"PictureDenoiseCustom"] UTF8String];
4043         hb_list_add( job->filters, &hb_filter_denoise );
4044         }
4045     else if ([[queueToApply objectForKey:@"PictureDenoise"] intValue] == 2) // Weak in popup
4046         {
4047                 hb_filter_denoise.settings = "2:1:2:3";
4048         hb_list_add( job->filters, &hb_filter_denoise );
4049         }
4050         else if ([[queueToApply objectForKey:@"PictureDenoise"] intValue] == 3) // Medium in popup
4051         {
4052                 hb_filter_denoise.settings = "3:2:2:3";
4053         hb_list_add( job->filters, &hb_filter_denoise );
4054         }
4055         else if ([[queueToApply objectForKey:@"PictureDenoise"] intValue] == 4) // Strong in popup
4056         {
4057                 hb_filter_denoise.settings = "7:7:5:5";
4058         hb_list_add( job->filters, &hb_filter_denoise );
4059         }
4060
4061
4062     /* Deblock  (uses pp7 default) */
4063     /* NOTE: even though there is a valid deblock setting of 0 for the filter, for
4064      * the macgui's purposes a value of 0 actually means to not even use the filter
4065      * current hb_filter_deblock.settings valid ranges are from 5 - 15
4066      */
4067     if ([[queueToApply objectForKey:@"PictureDeblock"] intValue] != 0)
4068     {
4069         hb_filter_deblock.settings = (char *) [[queueToApply objectForKey:@"PictureDeblock"] UTF8String];
4070         hb_list_add( job->filters, &hb_filter_deblock );
4071     }
4072 [self writeToActivityLog: "prepareJob exiting"];
4073 }
4074
4075
4076
4077 /* addToQueue: puts up an alert before ultimately calling doAddToQueue
4078 */
4079 - (IBAction) addToQueue: (id) sender
4080 {
4081         /* We get the destination directory from the destination field here */
4082         NSString *destinationDirectory = [[fDstFile2Field stringValue] stringByDeletingLastPathComponent];
4083         /* We check for a valid destination here */
4084         if ([[NSFileManager defaultManager] fileExistsAtPath:destinationDirectory] == 0)
4085         {
4086                 NSRunAlertPanel(@"Warning!", @"This is not a valid destination directory!", @"OK", nil, nil);
4087         return;
4088         }
4089
4090     BOOL fileExists;
4091     fileExists = NO;
4092
4093     BOOL fileExistsInQueue;
4094     fileExistsInQueue = NO;
4095
4096     /* We check for and existing file here */
4097     if([[NSFileManager defaultManager] fileExistsAtPath: [fDstFile2Field stringValue]])
4098     {
4099         fileExists = YES;
4100     }
4101
4102     /* We now run through the queue and make sure we are not overwriting an exisiting queue item */
4103     int i = 0;
4104     NSEnumerator *enumerator = [QueueFileArray objectEnumerator];
4105         id tempObject;
4106         while (tempObject = [enumerator nextObject])
4107         {
4108                 NSDictionary *thisQueueDict = tempObject;
4109                 if ([[thisQueueDict objectForKey:@"DestinationPath"] isEqualToString: [fDstFile2Field stringValue]])
4110                 {
4111                         fileExistsInQueue = YES;
4112                 }
4113         i++;
4114         }
4115
4116
4117         if(fileExists == YES)
4118     {
4119         NSBeginCriticalAlertSheet( NSLocalizedString( @"File already exists.", @"" ),
4120                                   NSLocalizedString( @"Cancel", @"" ), NSLocalizedString( @"Overwrite", @"" ), nil, fWindow, self,
4121                                   @selector( overwriteAddToQueueAlertDone:returnCode:contextInfo: ),
4122                                   NULL, NULL, [NSString stringWithFormat:
4123                                                NSLocalizedString( @"Do you want to overwrite %@?", @"" ),
4124                                                [fDstFile2Field stringValue]] );
4125     }
4126     else if (fileExistsInQueue == YES)
4127     {
4128     NSBeginCriticalAlertSheet( NSLocalizedString( @"There is already a queue item for this destination.", @"" ),
4129                                   NSLocalizedString( @"Cancel", @"" ), NSLocalizedString( @"Overwrite", @"" ), nil, fWindow, self,
4130                                   @selector( overwriteAddToQueueAlertDone:returnCode:contextInfo: ),
4131                                   NULL, NULL, [NSString stringWithFormat:
4132                                                NSLocalizedString( @"Do you want to overwrite %@?", @"" ),
4133                                                [fDstFile2Field stringValue]] );
4134     }
4135     else
4136     {
4137         [self doAddToQueue];
4138     }
4139 }
4140
4141 /* overwriteAddToQueueAlertDone: called from the alert posted by addToQueue that asks
4142    the user if they want to overwrite an exiting movie file.
4143 */
4144 - (void) overwriteAddToQueueAlertDone: (NSWindow *) sheet
4145     returnCode: (int) returnCode contextInfo: (void *) contextInfo
4146 {
4147     if( returnCode == NSAlertAlternateReturn )
4148         [self doAddToQueue];
4149 }
4150
4151 - (void) doAddToQueue
4152 {
4153     [self addQueueFileItem ];
4154 }
4155
4156
4157
4158 /* Rip: puts up an alert before ultimately calling doRip
4159 */
4160 - (IBAction) Rip: (id) sender
4161 {
4162     [self writeToActivityLog: "Rip: Pending queue count is %d", fPendingCount];
4163     /* Rip or Cancel ? */
4164     hb_state_t s;
4165     hb_get_state2( fQueueEncodeLibhb, &s );
4166
4167     if(s.state == HB_STATE_WORKING || s.state == HB_STATE_PAUSED)
4168         {
4169         [self Cancel: sender];
4170         return;
4171     }
4172
4173     /* We check to see if we need to warn the user that the computer will go to sleep
4174                  or shut down when encoding is finished */
4175                 [self remindUserOfSleepOrShutdown];
4176
4177     // If there are pending jobs in the queue, then this is a rip the queue
4178     if (fPendingCount > 0)
4179     {
4180         /* here lets start the queue with the first pending item */
4181         [self performNewQueueScan:[[QueueFileArray objectAtIndex:currentQueueEncodeIndex] objectForKey:@"SourcePath"] scanTitleNum:[[[QueueFileArray objectAtIndex:currentQueueEncodeIndex] objectForKey:@"TitleNumber"]intValue]];
4182
4183         return;
4184     }
4185
4186     // Before adding jobs to the queue, check for a valid destination.
4187
4188     NSString *destinationDirectory = [[fDstFile2Field stringValue] stringByDeletingLastPathComponent];
4189     if ([[NSFileManager defaultManager] fileExistsAtPath:destinationDirectory] == 0)
4190     {
4191         NSRunAlertPanel(@"Warning!", @"This is not a valid destination directory!", @"OK", nil, nil);
4192         return;
4193     }
4194
4195     /* We check for duplicate name here */
4196     if( [[NSFileManager defaultManager] fileExistsAtPath:[fDstFile2Field stringValue]] )
4197     {
4198         NSBeginCriticalAlertSheet( NSLocalizedString( @"File already exists", @"" ),
4199                                   NSLocalizedString( @"Cancel", "" ), NSLocalizedString( @"Overwrite", @"" ), nil, fWindow, self,
4200                                   @selector( overWriteAlertDone:returnCode:contextInfo: ),
4201                                   NULL, NULL, [NSString stringWithFormat:
4202                                                NSLocalizedString( @"Do you want to overwrite %@?", @"" ),
4203                                                [fDstFile2Field stringValue]] );
4204
4205         // overWriteAlertDone: will be called when the alert is dismissed. It will call doRip.
4206     }
4207     else
4208     {
4209         /* if there are no pending jobs in the queue, then add this one to the queue and rip
4210          otherwise, just rip the queue */
4211         if(fPendingCount == 0)
4212         {
4213             [self doAddToQueue];
4214         }
4215
4216         /* go right to processing the new queue encode */
4217         [self performNewQueueScan:[[QueueFileArray objectAtIndex:currentQueueEncodeIndex] objectForKey:@"SourcePath"] scanTitleNum:[[[QueueFileArray objectAtIndex:currentQueueEncodeIndex] objectForKey:@"TitleNumber"]intValue]];
4218
4219     }
4220 }
4221
4222 /* overWriteAlertDone: called from the alert posted by Rip: that asks the user if they
4223    want to overwrite an exiting movie file.
4224 */
4225 - (void) overWriteAlertDone: (NSWindow *) sheet
4226     returnCode: (int) returnCode contextInfo: (void *) contextInfo
4227 {
4228     if( returnCode == NSAlertAlternateReturn )
4229     {
4230         /* if there are no jobs in the queue, then add this one to the queue and rip
4231         otherwise, just rip the queue */
4232         if( fPendingCount == 0 )
4233         {
4234             [self doAddToQueue];
4235         }
4236
4237         NSString *destinationDirectory = [[fDstFile2Field stringValue] stringByDeletingLastPathComponent];
4238         [[NSUserDefaults standardUserDefaults] setObject:destinationDirectory forKey:@"LastDestinationDirectory"];
4239         [self performNewQueueScan:[[QueueFileArray objectAtIndex:currentQueueEncodeIndex] objectForKey:@"SourcePath"] scanTitleNum:[[[QueueFileArray objectAtIndex:currentQueueEncodeIndex] objectForKey:@"TitleNumber"]intValue]];
4240
4241     }
4242 }
4243
4244 - (void) remindUserOfSleepOrShutdown
4245 {
4246        if ([[[NSUserDefaults standardUserDefaults] stringForKey:@"AlertWhenDone"] isEqualToString: @"Put Computer To Sleep"])
4247        {
4248                /*Warn that computer will sleep after encoding*/
4249                int reminduser;
4250                NSBeep();
4251                reminduser = NSRunAlertPanel(@"The computer will sleep after encoding is done.",@"You have selected to sleep the computer after encoding. To turn off sleeping, go to the HandBrake preferences.", @"OK", @"Preferences...", nil);
4252                [NSApp requestUserAttention:NSCriticalRequest];
4253                if ( reminduser == NSAlertAlternateReturn )
4254                {
4255                        [self showPreferencesWindow:nil];
4256                }
4257        }
4258        else if ([[[NSUserDefaults standardUserDefaults] stringForKey:@"AlertWhenDone"] isEqualToString: @"Shut Down Computer"])
4259        {
4260                /*Warn that computer will shut down after encoding*/
4261                int reminduser;
4262                NSBeep();
4263                reminduser = NSRunAlertPanel(@"The computer will shut down after encoding is done.",@"You have selected to shut down the computer after encoding. To turn off shut down, go to the HandBrake preferences.", @"OK", @"Preferences...", nil);
4264                [NSApp requestUserAttention:NSCriticalRequest];
4265                if ( reminduser == NSAlertAlternateReturn )
4266                {
4267                        [self showPreferencesWindow:nil];
4268                }
4269        }
4270
4271 }
4272
4273
4274 - (void) doRip
4275 {
4276     /* Let libhb do the job */
4277     hb_start( fQueueEncodeLibhb );
4278     /*set the fEncodeState State */
4279         fEncodeState = 1;
4280 }
4281
4282
4283 //------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
4284 // Displays an alert asking user if the want to cancel encoding of current job.
4285 // Cancel: returns immediately after posting the alert. Later, when the user
4286 // acknowledges the alert, doCancelCurrentJob is called.
4287 //------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
4288 - (IBAction)Cancel: (id)sender
4289 {
4290     if (!fQueueController) return;
4291
4292   hb_pause( fQueueEncodeLibhb );
4293     NSString * alertTitle = [NSString stringWithFormat:NSLocalizedString(@"You are currently encoding. What would you like to do ?", nil)];
4294
4295     // Which window to attach the sheet to?
4296     NSWindow * docWindow;
4297     if ([sender respondsToSelector: @selector(window)])
4298         docWindow = [sender window];
4299     else
4300         docWindow = fWindow;
4301
4302     NSBeginCriticalAlertSheet(
4303             alertTitle,
4304             NSLocalizedString(@"Continue Encoding", nil),
4305             NSLocalizedString(@"Cancel Current and Stop", nil),
4306             NSLocalizedString(@"Cancel Current and Continue", nil),
4307             docWindow, self,
4308             nil, @selector(didDimissCancel:returnCode:contextInfo:), nil,
4309             NSLocalizedString(@"Your encode will be cancelled if you don't continue encoding.", nil));
4310
4311     // didDimissCancelCurrentJob:returnCode:contextInfo: will be called when the dialog is dismissed
4312 }
4313
4314 - (void) didDimissCancel: (NSWindow *)sheet returnCode: (int)returnCode contextInfo: (void *)contextInfo
4315 {
4316    hb_resume( fQueueEncodeLibhb );
4317      if (returnCode == NSAlertOtherReturn)
4318     {
4319         [self doCancelCurrentJob];  // <- this also stops libhb
4320     }
4321     if (returnCode == NSAlertAlternateReturn)
4322     {
4323     [self doCancelCurrentJobAndStop];
4324     }
4325 }
4326
4327 //------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
4328 // Cancels and deletes the current job and stops libhb from processing the remaining
4329 // encodes.
4330 //------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
4331 - (void) doCancelCurrentJob
4332 {
4333     // Stop the current job. hb_stop will only cancel the current pass and then set
4334     // its state to HB_STATE_WORKDONE. It also does this asynchronously. So when we
4335     // see the state has changed to HB_STATE_WORKDONE (in updateUI), we'll delete the
4336     // remaining passes of the job and then start the queue back up if there are any
4337     // remaining jobs.
4338
4339
4340     hb_stop( fQueueEncodeLibhb );
4341
4342     // Delete all remaining jobs since libhb doesn't do this on its own.
4343             hb_job_t * job;
4344             while( ( job = hb_job(fQueueEncodeLibhb, 0) ) )
4345                 hb_rem( fQueueEncodeLibhb, job );
4346
4347     fEncodeState = 2;   // don't alert at end of processing since this was a cancel
4348
4349     // now that we've stopped the currently encoding job, lets mark it as cancelled
4350     [[QueueFileArray objectAtIndex:currentQueueEncodeIndex] setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:3] forKey:@"Status"];
4351     // and as always, save it in the queue .plist...
4352     /* We save all of the Queue data here */
4353     [self saveQueueFileItem];
4354     // so now lets move to
4355     currentQueueEncodeIndex++ ;
4356     // ... and see if there are more items left in our queue
4357     int queueItems = [QueueFileArray count];
4358     /* If we still have more items in our queue, lets go to the next one */
4359     if (currentQueueEncodeIndex < queueItems)
4360     {
4361     [self writeToActivityLog: "doCancelCurrentJob currentQueueEncodeIndex is incremented to: %d", currentQueueEncodeIndex];
4362     [self writeToActivityLog: "doCancelCurrentJob moving to the next job"];
4363
4364     [self performNewQueueScan:[[QueueFileArray objectAtIndex:currentQueueEncodeIndex] objectForKey:@"SourcePath"] scanTitleNum:[[[QueueFileArray objectAtIndex:currentQueueEncodeIndex] objectForKey:@"TitleNumber"]intValue]];
4365     }
4366     else
4367     {
4368         [self writeToActivityLog: "doCancelCurrentJob the item queue is complete"];
4369     }
4370
4371 }
4372
4373 - (void) doCancelCurrentJobAndStop
4374 {
4375     hb_stop( fQueueEncodeLibhb );
4376
4377     // Delete all remaining jobs since libhb doesn't do this on its own.
4378             hb_job_t * job;
4379             while( ( job = hb_job(fQueueEncodeLibhb, 0) ) )
4380                 hb_rem( fQueueEncodeLibhb, job );
4381
4382
4383     fEncodeState = 2;   // don't alert at end of processing since this was a cancel
4384
4385     // now that we've stopped the currently encoding job, lets mark it as cancelled
4386     [[QueueFileArray objectAtIndex:currentQueueEncodeIndex] setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:3] forKey:@"Status"];
4387     // and as always, save it in the queue .plist...
4388     /* We save all of the Queue data here */
4389     [self saveQueueFileItem];
4390     // so now lets move to
4391     currentQueueEncodeIndex++ ;
4392     [self writeToActivityLog: "cancelling current job and stopping the queue"];
4393 }
4394 - (IBAction) Pause: (id) sender
4395 {
4396     hb_state_t s;
4397     hb_get_state2( fQueueEncodeLibhb, &s );
4398
4399     if( s.state == HB_STATE_PAUSED )
4400     {
4401         hb_resume( fQueueEncodeLibhb );
4402     }
4403     else
4404     {
4405         hb_pause( fQueueEncodeLibhb );
4406     }
4407 }
4408
4409 #pragma mark -
4410 #pragma mark GUI Controls Changed Methods
4411
4412 - (IBAction) titlePopUpChanged: (id) sender
4413 {
4414     hb_list_t  * list  = hb_get_titles( fHandle );
4415     hb_title_t * title = (hb_title_t*)
4416         hb_list_item( list, [fSrcTitlePopUp indexOfSelectedItem] );
4417
4418     /* If we are a stream type and a batch scan, grok the output file name from title->name upon title change */
4419     if (title->type == HB_STREAM_TYPE && hb_list_count( list ) > 1 )
4420     {
4421         /* we set the default name according to the new title->name */
4422         [fDstFile2Field setStringValue: [NSString stringWithFormat:
4423                                          @"%@/%@.%@", [[fDstFile2Field stringValue] stringByDeletingLastPathComponent],
4424                                          [NSString stringWithUTF8String: title->name],
4425                                          [[fDstFile2Field stringValue] pathExtension]]];
4426
4427         /* Change the source to read out the parent folder also */
4428         [fSrcDVD2Field setStringValue:[NSString stringWithFormat:@"%@/%@", browsedSourceDisplayName,[NSString stringWithUTF8String: title->name]]];
4429     }
4430
4431     /* For point a to point b pts encoding, set the start and end fields to 0 and the title duration in seconds respectively */
4432     int duration = (title->hours * 3600) + (title->minutes * 60) + (title->seconds);
4433     [fSrcTimeStartEncodingField setStringValue: [NSString stringWithFormat: @"%d", 0]];
4434     [fSrcTimeEndEncodingField setStringValue: [NSString stringWithFormat: @"%d", duration]];
4435     /* For point a to point b frame encoding, set the start and end fields to 0 and the title duration * announced fps in seconds respectively */
4436     [fSrcFrameStartEncodingField setStringValue: [NSString stringWithFormat: @"%d", 1]];
4437     //[fSrcFrameEndEncodingField setStringValue: [NSString stringWithFormat: @"%d", ((title->hours * 3600) + (title->minutes * 60) + (title->seconds)) * 24]];
4438     [fSrcFrameEndEncodingField setStringValue: [NSString stringWithFormat: @"%d", duration * (title->rate / title->rate_base)]];
4439
4440     /* If Auto Naming is on. We create an output filename of dvd name - title number */
4441     if( [[NSUserDefaults standardUserDefaults] boolForKey:@"DefaultAutoNaming"] > 0 && ( hb_list_count( list ) > 1 ) )
4442         {
4443                 [fDstFile2Field setStringValue: [NSString stringWithFormat:
4444                         @"%@/%@-%d.%@", [[fDstFile2Field stringValue] stringByDeletingLastPathComponent],
4445                         [browsedSourceDisplayName stringByDeletingPathExtension],
4446             title->index,
4447                         [[fDstFile2Field stringValue] pathExtension]]];
4448         }
4449     /* Update encode start / stop variables */
4450
4451
4452
4453     /* Update chapter popups */
4454     [fSrcChapterStartPopUp removeAllItems];
4455     [fSrcChapterEndPopUp   removeAllItems];
4456     for( int i = 0; i < hb_list_count( title->list_chapter ); i++ )
4457     {
4458         [fSrcChapterStartPopUp addItemWithTitle: [NSString
4459             stringWithFormat: @"%d", i + 1]];
4460         [fSrcChapterEndPopUp addItemWithTitle: [NSString
4461             stringWithFormat: @"%d", i + 1]];
4462     }
4463
4464     [fSrcChapterStartPopUp selectItemAtIndex: 0];
4465     [fSrcChapterEndPopUp   selectItemAtIndex:
4466         hb_list_count( title->list_chapter ) - 1];
4467     [self chapterPopUpChanged:nil];
4468
4469     /* if using dvd nav, show the angle widget */
4470     if ([[[NSUserDefaults standardUserDefaults] objectForKey:@"UseDvdNav"] boolValue])
4471     {
4472         [fSrcAngleLabel setHidden:NO];
4473         [fSrcAnglePopUp setHidden:NO];
4474
4475         [fSrcAnglePopUp removeAllItems];
4476         for( int i = 0; i < title->angle_count; i++ )
4477         {
4478             [fSrcAnglePopUp addItemWithTitle: [NSString stringWithFormat: @"%d", i + 1]];
4479         }
4480         [fSrcAnglePopUp selectItemAtIndex: 0];
4481     }
4482     else
4483     {
4484         [fSrcAngleLabel setHidden:YES];
4485         [fSrcAnglePopUp setHidden:YES];
4486     }
4487
4488     /* Start Get and set the initial pic size for display */
4489         hb_job_t * job = title->job;
4490         fTitle = title;
4491
4492     /* Set Auto Crop to on upon selecting a new title  */
4493     [fPictureController setAutoCrop:YES];
4494
4495         /* We get the originial output picture width and height and put them
4496         in variables for use with some presets later on */
4497         PicOrigOutputWidth = job->width;
4498         PicOrigOutputHeight = job->height;
4499         AutoCropTop = job->crop[0];
4500         AutoCropBottom = job->crop[1];
4501         AutoCropLeft = job->crop[2];
4502         AutoCropRight = job->crop[3];
4503
4504         /* Reset the new title in fPictureController &&  fPreviewController*/
4505     [fPictureController SetTitle:title];
4506
4507
4508     /* Update Subtitle Table */
4509     [fSubtitlesDelegate resetWithTitle:title];
4510     [fSubtitlesTable reloadData];
4511
4512
4513     /* Update chapter table */
4514     [fChapterTitlesDelegate resetWithTitle:title];
4515     [fChapterTable reloadData];
4516
4517    /* Lets make sure there arent any erroneous audio tracks in the job list, so lets make sure its empty*/
4518     int audiotrack_count = hb_list_count(job->list_audio);
4519     for( int i = 0; i < audiotrack_count;i++)
4520     {
4521         hb_audio_t * temp_audio = (hb_audio_t*) hb_list_item( job->list_audio, 0 );
4522         hb_list_rem(job->list_audio, temp_audio);
4523     }
4524
4525     /* Update audio popups */
4526     [self addAllAudioTracksToPopUp: fAudLang1PopUp];
4527     [self addAllAudioTracksToPopUp: fAudLang2PopUp];
4528     [self addAllAudioTracksToPopUp: fAudLang3PopUp];
4529     [self addAllAudioTracksToPopUp: fAudLang4PopUp];
4530     /* search for the first instance of our prefs default language for track 1, and set track 2 to "none" */
4531         NSString * audioSearchPrefix = [[NSUserDefaults standardUserDefaults] stringForKey:@"DefaultLanguage"];
4532         [self selectAudioTrackInPopUp: fAudLang1PopUp searchPrefixString: audioSearchPrefix selectIndexIfNotFound: 1];
4533     [self selectAudioTrackInPopUp:fAudLang2PopUp searchPrefixString:nil selectIndexIfNotFound:0];
4534     [self selectAudioTrackInPopUp:fAudLang3PopUp searchPrefixString:nil selectIndexIfNotFound:0];
4535     [self selectAudioTrackInPopUp:fAudLang4PopUp searchPrefixString:nil selectIndexIfNotFound:0];
4536
4537         /* changing the title may have changed the audio channels on offer, */
4538         /* so call audioTrackPopUpChanged for both audio tracks to update the mixdown popups */
4539         [self audioTrackPopUpChanged: fAudLang1PopUp];
4540         [self audioTrackPopUpChanged: fAudLang2PopUp];
4541     [self audioTrackPopUpChanged: fAudLang3PopUp];
4542     [self audioTrackPopUpChanged: fAudLang4PopUp];
4543
4544     [fVidRatePopUp selectItemAtIndex: 0];
4545
4546     /* we run the picture size values through calculatePictureSizing to get all picture setting information*/
4547         [self calculatePictureSizing:nil];
4548
4549    /* lets call tableViewSelected to make sure that any preset we have selected is enforced after a title change */
4550     [self selectPreset:nil];
4551 }
4552
4553 - (IBAction) encodeStartStopPopUpChanged: (id) sender;
4554 {
4555     if( [fEncodeStartStopPopUp isEnabled] )
4556     {
4557         /* We are chapters */
4558         if( [fEncodeStartStopPopUp indexOfSelectedItem] == 0 )
4559         {
4560             [fSrcChapterStartPopUp  setHidden: NO];
4561             [fSrcChapterEndPopUp  setHidden: NO];
4562
4563             [fSrcTimeStartEncodingField  setHidden: YES];
4564             [fSrcTimeEndEncodingField  setHidden: YES];
4565
4566             [fSrcFrameStartEncodingField  setHidden: YES];
4567             [fSrcFrameEndEncodingField  setHidden: YES];
4568
4569                [self chapterPopUpChanged:nil];
4570         }
4571         /* We are time based (seconds) */
4572         else if ([fEncodeStartStopPopUp indexOfSelectedItem] == 1)
4573         {
4574             [fSrcChapterStartPopUp  setHidden: YES];
4575             [fSrcChapterEndPopUp  setHidden: YES];
4576
4577             [fSrcTimeStartEncodingField  setHidden: NO];
4578             [fSrcTimeEndEncodingField  setHidden: NO];
4579
4580             [fSrcFrameStartEncodingField  setHidden: YES];
4581             [fSrcFrameEndEncodingField  setHidden: YES];
4582
4583             [self startEndSecValueChanged:nil];
4584         }
4585         /* We are frame based */
4586         else if ([fEncodeStartStopPopUp indexOfSelectedItem] == 2)
4587         {
4588             [fSrcChapterStartPopUp  setHidden: YES];
4589             [fSrcChapterEndPopUp  setHidden: YES];
4590
4591             [fSrcTimeStartEncodingField  setHidden: YES];
4592             [fSrcTimeEndEncodingField  setHidden: YES];
4593
4594             [fSrcFrameStartEncodingField  setHidden: NO];
4595             [fSrcFrameEndEncodingField  setHidden: NO];
4596
4597             [self startEndFrameValueChanged:nil];
4598         }
4599     }
4600 }
4601
4602 - (IBAction) chapterPopUpChanged: (id) sender
4603 {
4604
4605         /* If start chapter popup is greater than end chapter popup,
4606         we set the end chapter popup to the same as start chapter popup */
4607         if ([fSrcChapterStartPopUp indexOfSelectedItem] > [fSrcChapterEndPopUp indexOfSelectedItem])
4608         {
4609                 [fSrcChapterEndPopUp selectItemAtIndex: [fSrcChapterStartPopUp indexOfSelectedItem]];
4610     }
4611
4612
4613         hb_list_t  * list  = hb_get_titles( fHandle );
4614     hb_title_t * title = (hb_title_t *)
4615         hb_list_item( list, [fSrcTitlePopUp indexOfSelectedItem] );
4616
4617     hb_chapter_t * chapter;
4618     int64_t        duration = 0;
4619     for( int i = [fSrcChapterStartPopUp indexOfSelectedItem];
4620          i <= [fSrcChapterEndPopUp indexOfSelectedItem]; i++ )
4621     {
4622         chapter = (hb_chapter_t *) hb_list_item( title->list_chapter, i );
4623         duration += chapter->duration;
4624     }
4625
4626     duration /= 90000; /* pts -> seconds */
4627     [fSrcDuration2Field setStringValue: [NSString stringWithFormat:
4628         @"%02lld:%02lld:%02lld", duration / 3600, ( duration / 60 ) % 60,
4629         duration % 60]];
4630
4631     [self calculateBitrate: sender];
4632
4633     if ( [fSrcChapterStartPopUp indexOfSelectedItem] ==  [fSrcChapterEndPopUp indexOfSelectedItem] )
4634     {
4635     /* Disable chapter markers for any source with less than two chapters as it makes no sense. */
4636     [fCreateChapterMarkers setEnabled: NO];
4637     [fCreateChapterMarkers setState: NSOffState];
4638     }
4639     else
4640     {
4641     [fCreateChapterMarkers setEnabled: YES];
4642     }
4643 }
4644
4645 - (IBAction) startEndSecValueChanged: (id) sender
4646 {
4647
4648         int duration = [fSrcTimeEndEncodingField intValue] - [fSrcTimeStartEncodingField intValue];
4649     [fSrcDuration2Field setStringValue: [NSString stringWithFormat:
4650         @"%02d:%02d:%02d", duration / 3600, ( duration / 60 ) % 60,
4651         duration % 60]];
4652
4653     //[self calculateBitrate: sender];
4654
4655 }
4656
4657 - (IBAction) startEndFrameValueChanged: (id) sender
4658 {
4659     hb_list_t  * list  = hb_get_titles( fHandle );
4660     hb_title_t * title = (hb_title_t*)
4661     hb_list_item( list, [fSrcTitlePopUp indexOfSelectedItem] );
4662
4663     int duration = ([fSrcFrameEndEncodingField intValue] - [fSrcFrameStartEncodingField intValue]) / (title->rate / title->rate_base);
4664     [fSrcDuration2Field setStringValue: [NSString stringWithFormat:
4665                                          @"%02d:%02d:%02d", duration / 3600, ( duration / 60 ) % 60,
4666                                          duration % 60]];
4667
4668     //[self calculateBitrate: sender];
4669 }
4670
4671
4672 - (IBAction) formatPopUpChanged: (id) sender
4673 {
4674     NSString * string = [fDstFile2Field stringValue];
4675     int format = [fDstFormatPopUp indexOfSelectedItem];
4676     char * ext = NULL;
4677         /* Initially set the large file (64 bit formatting) output checkbox to hidden */
4678     [fDstMp4LargeFileCheck setHidden: YES];
4679     [fDstMp4HttpOptFileCheck setHidden: YES];
4680     [fDstMp4iPodFileCheck setHidden: YES];
4681
4682     /* Update the Video Codec PopUp */
4683     /* lets get the tag of the currently selected item first so we might reset it later */
4684     int selectedVidEncoderTag;
4685     selectedVidEncoderTag = [[fVidEncoderPopUp selectedItem] tag];
4686
4687     /* Note: we now store the video encoder int values from common.c in the tags of each popup for easy retrieval later */
4688     [fVidEncoderPopUp removeAllItems];
4689     NSMenuItem *menuItem;
4690     /* These video encoders are available to all of our current muxers, so lets list them once here */
4691     menuItem = [[fVidEncoderPopUp menu] addItemWithTitle:@"MPEG-4 (FFmpeg)" action: NULL keyEquivalent: @""];
4692     [menuItem setTag: HB_VCODEC_FFMPEG];
4693
4694     switch( format )
4695     {
4696         case 0:
4697                         /*Get Default MP4 File Extension*/
4698                         if ([[NSUserDefaults standardUserDefaults] boolForKey:@"DefaultMpegName"] > 0)
4699                         {
4700                                 ext = "m4v";
4701                         }
4702                         else
4703                         {
4704                                 ext = "mp4";
4705                         }
4706             /* Add additional video encoders here */
4707             menuItem = [[fVidEncoderPopUp menu] addItemWithTitle:@"H.264 (x264)" action: NULL keyEquivalent: @""];
4708             [menuItem setTag: HB_VCODEC_X264];
4709             /* We show the mp4 option checkboxes here since we are mp4 */
4710             [fCreateChapterMarkers setEnabled: YES];
4711                         [fDstMp4LargeFileCheck setHidden: NO];
4712                         [fDstMp4HttpOptFileCheck setHidden: NO];
4713             [fDstMp4iPodFileCheck setHidden: NO];
4714             break;
4715
4716             case 1:
4717             ext = "mkv";
4718             /* Add additional video encoders here */
4719             menuItem = [[fVidEncoderPopUp menu] addItemWithTitle:@"H.264 (x264)" action: NULL keyEquivalent: @""];
4720             [menuItem setTag: HB_VCODEC_X264];
4721             menuItem = [[fVidEncoderPopUp menu] addItemWithTitle:@"VP3 (Theora)" action: NULL keyEquivalent: @""];
4722             [menuItem setTag: HB_VCODEC_THEORA];
4723             /* We enable the create chapters checkbox here */
4724                         [fCreateChapterMarkers setEnabled: YES];
4725                         break;
4726
4727
4728     }
4729     /* tell fSubtitlesDelegate we have a new video container */
4730
4731     [fSubtitlesDelegate containerChanged:[[fDstFormatPopUp selectedItem] tag]];
4732     [fSubtitlesTable reloadData];
4733     /* if we have a previously selected vid encoder tag, then try to select it */
4734     if (selectedVidEncoderTag)
4735     {
4736         [fVidEncoderPopUp selectItemWithTag: selectedVidEncoderTag];
4737     }
4738     else
4739     {
4740         [fVidEncoderPopUp selectItemAtIndex: 0];
4741     }
4742
4743     [self audioAddAudioTrackCodecs: fAudTrack1CodecPopUp];
4744     [self audioAddAudioTrackCodecs: fAudTrack2CodecPopUp];
4745     [self audioAddAudioTrackCodecs: fAudTrack3CodecPopUp];
4746     [self audioAddAudioTrackCodecs: fAudTrack4CodecPopUp];
4747
4748     if( format == 0 )
4749         [self autoSetM4vExtension: sender];
4750     else
4751         [fDstFile2Field setStringValue: [NSString stringWithFormat:@"%@.%s", [string stringByDeletingPathExtension], ext]];
4752
4753     if( SuccessfulScan )
4754     {
4755         /* Add/replace to the correct extension */
4756         [self audioTrackPopUpChanged: fAudLang1PopUp];
4757         [self audioTrackPopUpChanged: fAudLang2PopUp];
4758         [self audioTrackPopUpChanged: fAudLang3PopUp];
4759         [self audioTrackPopUpChanged: fAudLang4PopUp];
4760
4761         if( [fVidEncoderPopUp selectedItem] == nil )
4762         {
4763
4764             [fVidEncoderPopUp selectItemAtIndex:0];
4765             [self videoEncoderPopUpChanged:nil];
4766
4767             /* changing the format may mean that we can / can't offer mono or 6ch, */
4768             /* so call audioTrackPopUpChanged for both audio tracks to update the mixdown popups */
4769
4770             /* We call the method to properly enable/disable turbo 2 pass */
4771             [self twoPassCheckboxChanged: sender];
4772             /* We call method method to change UI to reflect whether a preset is used or not*/
4773         }
4774     }
4775         [self customSettingUsed: sender];
4776 }
4777
4778 - (IBAction) autoSetM4vExtension: (id) sender
4779 {
4780     if ( [fDstFormatPopUp indexOfSelectedItem] )
4781         return;
4782
4783     NSString * extension = @"mp4";
4784
4785     if( [[fAudTrack1CodecPopUp selectedItem] tag] == HB_ACODEC_AC3 || [[fAudTrack2CodecPopUp selectedItem] tag] == HB_ACODEC_AC3 ||
4786                                                         [[fAudTrack3CodecPopUp selectedItem] tag] == HB_ACODEC_AC3 ||
4787                                                         [[fAudTrack4CodecPopUp selectedItem] tag] == HB_ACODEC_AC3 ||
4788                                                         [fCreateChapterMarkers state] == NSOnState ||
4789                                                         [[NSUserDefaults standardUserDefaults] boolForKey:@"DefaultMpegName"] > 0 )
4790     {
4791         extension = @"m4v";
4792     }
4793
4794     if( [extension isEqualTo: [[fDstFile2Field stringValue] pathExtension]] )
4795         return;
4796     else
4797         [fDstFile2Field setStringValue: [NSString stringWithFormat:@"%@.%@",
4798                                     [[fDstFile2Field stringValue] stringByDeletingPathExtension], extension]];
4799 }
4800
4801 /* Method to determine if we should change the UI
4802 To reflect whether or not a Preset is being used or if
4803 the user is using "Custom" settings by determining the sender*/
4804 - (IBAction) customSettingUsed: (id) sender
4805 {
4806         if ([sender stringValue])
4807         {
4808                 /* Deselect the currently selected Preset if there is one*/
4809                 [fPresetsOutlineView deselectRow:[fPresetsOutlineView selectedRow]];
4810                 /* Change UI to show "Custom" settings are being used */
4811                 [fPresetSelectedDisplay setStringValue: @"Custom"];
4812
4813                 curUserPresetChosenNum = nil;
4814         }
4815 [self calculateBitrate:nil];
4816 }
4817
4818
4819 #pragma mark -
4820 #pragma mark - Video
4821
4822 - (IBAction) videoEncoderPopUpChanged: (id) sender
4823 {
4824     hb_job_t * job = fTitle->job;
4825     int videoEncoder = [[fVidEncoderPopUp selectedItem] tag];
4826
4827     [fAdvancedOptions setHidden:YES];
4828     /* If we are using x264 then show the x264 advanced panel*/
4829     if (videoEncoder == HB_VCODEC_X264)
4830     {
4831         [fAdvancedOptions setHidden:NO];
4832         [self autoSetM4vExtension: sender];
4833     }
4834
4835     if (videoEncoder == HB_VCODEC_FFMPEG)
4836     {
4837         /* We set the iPod atom checkbox to disabled and uncheck it as its only for x264 in the mp4
4838          container. Format is taken care of in formatPopUpChanged method by hiding and unchecking
4839          anything other than MP4.
4840          */
4841         [fDstMp4iPodFileCheck setEnabled: NO];
4842         [fDstMp4iPodFileCheck setState: NSOffState];
4843     }
4844     else
4845     {
4846         [fDstMp4iPodFileCheck setEnabled: YES];
4847     }
4848     [self setupQualitySlider];
4849         [self calculatePictureSizing: sender];
4850         [self twoPassCheckboxChanged: sender];
4851 }
4852
4853
4854 - (IBAction) twoPassCheckboxChanged: (id) sender
4855 {
4856         /* check to see if x264 is chosen */
4857         if([[fVidEncoderPopUp selectedItem] tag] == HB_VCODEC_X264)
4858     {
4859                 if( [fVidTwoPassCheck state] == NSOnState)
4860                 {
4861                         [fVidTurboPassCheck setHidden: NO];
4862                 }
4863                 else
4864                 {
4865                         [fVidTurboPassCheck setHidden: YES];
4866                         [fVidTurboPassCheck setState: NSOffState];
4867                 }
4868                 /* Make sure Two Pass is checked if Turbo is checked */
4869                 if( [fVidTurboPassCheck state] == NSOnState)
4870                 {
4871                         [fVidTwoPassCheck setState: NSOnState];
4872                 }
4873         }
4874         else
4875         {
4876                 [fVidTurboPassCheck setHidden: YES];
4877                 [fVidTurboPassCheck setState: NSOffState];
4878         }
4879
4880         /* We call method method to change UI to reflect whether a preset is used or not*/
4881         [self customSettingUsed: sender];
4882 }
4883
4884 - (IBAction ) videoFrameRateChanged: (id) sender
4885 {
4886     /* We call method method to calculatePictureSizing to error check detelecine*/
4887     [self calculatePictureSizing: sender];
4888
4889     /* We call method method to change UI to reflect whether a preset is used or not*/
4890         [self customSettingUsed: sender];
4891 }
4892 - (IBAction) videoMatrixChanged: (id) sender;
4893 {
4894     bool target, bitrate, quality;
4895
4896     target = bitrate = quality = false;
4897     if( [fVidQualityMatrix isEnabled] )
4898     {
4899         switch( [fVidQualityMatrix selectedRow] )
4900         {
4901             case 0:
4902                 target = true;
4903                 break;
4904             case 1:
4905                 bitrate = true;
4906                 break;
4907             case 2:
4908                 quality = true;
4909                 break;
4910         }
4911     }
4912     [fVidTargetSizeField  setEnabled: target];
4913     [fVidBitrateField     setEnabled: bitrate];
4914     [fVidQualitySlider    setEnabled: quality];
4915     [fVidQualityRFField   setEnabled: quality];
4916     [fVidQualityRFLabel    setEnabled: quality];
4917     [fVidTwoPassCheck     setEnabled: !quality &&
4918         [fVidQualityMatrix isEnabled]];
4919     if( quality )
4920     {
4921         [fVidTwoPassCheck setState: NSOffState];
4922                 [fVidTurboPassCheck setHidden: YES];
4923                 [fVidTurboPassCheck setState: NSOffState];
4924     }
4925
4926     [self qualitySliderChanged: sender];
4927     [self calculateBitrate: sender];
4928         [self customSettingUsed: sender];
4929 }
4930
4931 /* Use this method to setup the quality slider for cq/rf values depending on
4932  * the video encoder selected.
4933  */
4934 - (void) setupQualitySlider
4935 {
4936     /* Get the current slider maxValue to check for a change in slider scale later
4937      * so that we can choose a new similar value on the new slider scale */
4938     float previousMaxValue = [fVidQualitySlider maxValue];
4939     float previousPercentOfSliderScale = [fVidQualitySlider floatValue] / ([fVidQualitySlider maxValue] - [fVidQualitySlider minValue] + 1);
4940     NSString * qpRFLabelString = @"QP:";
4941     /* x264 0-51 */
4942     if ([[fVidEncoderPopUp selectedItem] tag] == HB_VCODEC_X264)
4943     {
4944         [fVidQualitySlider setMinValue:0.0];
4945         [fVidQualitySlider setMaxValue:51.0];
4946         /* As x264 allows for qp/rf values that are fractional, we get the value from the preferences */
4947         int fractionalGranularity = 1 / [[NSUserDefaults standardUserDefaults] floatForKey:@"x264CqSliderFractional"];
4948         [fVidQualitySlider setNumberOfTickMarks:(([fVidQualitySlider maxValue] - [fVidQualitySlider minValue]) * fractionalGranularity) + 1];
4949         qpRFLabelString = @"RF:";
4950     }
4951     /* ffmpeg  1-31 */
4952     if ([[fVidEncoderPopUp selectedItem] tag] == HB_VCODEC_FFMPEG )
4953     {
4954         [fVidQualitySlider setMinValue:1.0];
4955         [fVidQualitySlider setMaxValue:31.0];
4956         [fVidQualitySlider setNumberOfTickMarks:31];
4957     }
4958     /* Theora 0-63 */
4959     if ([[fVidEncoderPopUp selectedItem] tag] == HB_VCODEC_THEORA)
4960     {
4961         [fVidQualitySlider setMinValue:0.0];
4962         [fVidQualitySlider setMaxValue:63.0];
4963         [fVidQualitySlider setNumberOfTickMarks:64];
4964     }
4965     [fVidQualityRFLabel setStringValue:qpRFLabelString];
4966
4967     /* check to see if we have changed slider scales */
4968     if (previousMaxValue != [fVidQualitySlider maxValue])
4969     {
4970         /* if so, convert the old setting to the new scale as close as possible based on percentages */
4971         float rf =  ([fVidQualitySlider maxValue] - [fVidQualitySlider minValue] + 1) * previousPercentOfSliderScale;
4972         [fVidQualitySlider setFloatValue:rf];
4973     }
4974
4975     [self qualitySliderChanged:nil];
4976 }
4977
4978 - (IBAction) qualitySliderChanged: (id) sender
4979 {
4980     /* Our constant quality slider is in a range based
4981      * on each encoders qp/rf values. The range depends
4982      * on the encoder. Also, the range is inverse of quality
4983      * for all of the encoders *except* for theora
4984      * (ie. as the "quality" goes up, the cq or rf value
4985      * actually goes down). Since the IB sliders always set
4986      * their max value at the right end of the slider, we
4987      * will calculate the inverse, so as the slider floatValue
4988      * goes up, we will show the inverse in the rf field
4989      * so, the floatValue at the right for x264 would be 51
4990      * and our rf field needs to show 0 and vice versa.
4991      */
4992
4993     float sliderRfInverse = ([fVidQualitySlider maxValue] - [fVidQualitySlider floatValue]) + [fVidQualitySlider minValue];
4994     /* If the encoder is theora, use the float, otherwise use the inverse float*/
4995     //float sliderRfToPercent;
4996     if ([[fVidEncoderPopUp selectedItem] tag] == HB_VCODEC_THEORA)
4997     {
4998         [fVidQualityRFField setStringValue: [NSString stringWithFormat: @"%.2f", [fVidQualitySlider floatValue]]];
4999     }
5000     else
5001     {
5002         [fVidQualityRFField setStringValue: [NSString stringWithFormat: @"%.2f", sliderRfInverse]];
5003     }
5004     [self customSettingUsed: sender];
5005 }
5006
5007 - (void) controlTextDidChange: (NSNotification *) notification
5008 {
5009     [self calculateBitrate:nil];
5010 }
5011
5012 - (IBAction) calculateBitrate: (id) sender
5013 {
5014     if( !fHandle || [fVidQualityMatrix selectedRow] != 0 || !SuccessfulScan )
5015     {
5016         return;
5017     }
5018
5019     hb_list_t  * list  = hb_get_titles( fHandle );
5020     hb_title_t * title = (hb_title_t *) hb_list_item( list,
5021             [fSrcTitlePopUp indexOfSelectedItem] );
5022     hb_job_t * job = title->job;
5023     hb_audio_config_t * audio;
5024     /* For  hb_calc_bitrate in addition to the Target Size in MB out of the
5025      * Target Size Field, we also need the job info for the Muxer, the Chapters
5026      * as well as all of the audio track info.
5027      * This used to be accomplished by simply calling prepareJob here, however
5028      * since the resilient queue sets the queue array values instead of the job
5029      * values directly, we duplicate the old prepareJob code here for the variables
5030      * needed
5031      */
5032     job->chapter_start = [fSrcChapterStartPopUp indexOfSelectedItem] + 1;
5033     job->chapter_end = [fSrcChapterEndPopUp indexOfSelectedItem] + 1;
5034     job->mux = [[fDstFormatPopUp selectedItem] tag];
5035
5036     /* Audio goes here */
5037     int audiotrack_count = hb_list_count(job->list_audio);
5038     for( int i = 0; i < audiotrack_count;i++)
5039     {
5040         hb_audio_t * temp_audio = (hb_audio_t*) hb_list_item( job->list_audio, 0 );
5041         hb_list_rem(job->list_audio, temp_audio);
5042     }
5043     /* Now we need our audio info here for each track if applicable */
5044     if ([fAudLang1PopUp indexOfSelectedItem] > 0)
5045     {
5046         audio = (hb_audio_config_t *) calloc(1, sizeof(*audio));
5047         hb_audio_config_init(audio);
5048         audio->in.track = [fAudLang1PopUp indexOfSelectedItem] - 1;
5049         /* We go ahead and assign values to our audio->out.<properties> */
5050         audio->out.track = [fAudLang1PopUp indexOfSelectedItem] - 1;
5051         audio->out.codec = [[fAudTrack1CodecPopUp selectedItem] tag];
5052         audio->out.mixdown = [[fAudTrack1MixPopUp selectedItem] tag];
5053         audio->out.bitrate = [[fAudTrack1BitratePopUp selectedItem] tag];
5054         audio->out.samplerate = [[fAudTrack1RatePopUp selectedItem] tag];
5055         audio->out.dynamic_range_compression = [fAudTrack1DrcField floatValue];
5056
5057         hb_audio_add( job, audio );
5058         free(audio);
5059     }
5060     if ([fAudLang2PopUp indexOfSelectedItem] > 0)
5061     {
5062         audio = (hb_audio_config_t *) calloc(1, sizeof(*audio));
5063         hb_audio_config_init(audio);
5064         audio->in.track = [fAudLang2PopUp indexOfSelectedItem] - 1;
5065         /* We go ahead and assign values to our audio->out.<properties> */
5066         audio->out.track = [fAudLang2PopUp indexOfSelectedItem] - 1;
5067         audio->out.codec = [[fAudTrack2CodecPopUp selectedItem] tag];
5068         audio->out.mixdown = [[fAudTrack2MixPopUp selectedItem] tag];
5069         audio->out.bitrate = [[fAudTrack2BitratePopUp selectedItem] tag];
5070         audio->out.samplerate = [[fAudTrack2RatePopUp selectedItem] tag];
5071         audio->out.dynamic_range_compression = [fAudTrack2DrcField floatValue];
5072
5073         hb_audio_add( job, audio );
5074         free(audio);
5075
5076     }
5077
5078     if ([fAudLang3PopUp indexOfSelectedItem] > 0)
5079     {
5080         audio = (hb_audio_config_t *) calloc(1, sizeof(*audio));
5081         hb_audio_config_init(audio);
5082         audio->in.track = [fAudLang3PopUp indexOfSelectedItem] - 1;
5083         /* We go ahead and assign values to our audio->out.<properties> */
5084         audio->out.track = [fAudLang3PopUp indexOfSelectedItem] - 1;
5085         audio->out.codec = [[fAudTrack3CodecPopUp selectedItem] tag];
5086         audio->out.mixdown = [[fAudTrack3MixPopUp selectedItem] tag];
5087         audio->out.bitrate = [[fAudTrack3BitratePopUp selectedItem] tag];
5088         audio->out.samplerate = [[fAudTrack3RatePopUp selectedItem] tag];
5089         audio->out.dynamic_range_compression = [fAudTrack3DrcField floatValue];
5090
5091         hb_audio_add( job, audio );
5092         free(audio);
5093
5094     }
5095
5096     if ([fAudLang4PopUp indexOfSelectedItem] > 0)
5097     {
5098         audio = (hb_audio_config_t *) calloc(1, sizeof(*audio));
5099         hb_audio_config_init(audio);
5100         audio->in.track = [fAudLang4PopUp indexOfSelectedItem] - 1;
5101         /* We go ahead and assign values to our audio->out.<properties> */
5102         audio->out.track = [fAudLang4PopUp indexOfSelectedItem] - 1;
5103         audio->out.codec = [[fAudTrack4CodecPopUp selectedItem] tag];
5104         audio->out.mixdown = [[fAudTrack4MixPopUp selectedItem] tag];
5105         audio->out.bitrate = [[fAudTrack4BitratePopUp selectedItem] tag];
5106         audio->out.samplerate = [[fAudTrack4RatePopUp selectedItem] tag];
5107         audio->out.dynamic_range_compression = [fAudTrack4DrcField floatValue];
5108
5109         hb_audio_add( job, audio );
5110         free(audio);
5111
5112     }
5113
5114 [fVidBitrateField setIntValue: hb_calc_bitrate( job, [fVidTargetSizeField intValue] )];
5115 }
5116
5117 #pragma mark -
5118 #pragma mark - Picture
5119
5120 /* lets set the picture size back to the max from right after title scan
5121    Lets use an IBAction here as down the road we could always use a checkbox
5122    in the gui to easily take the user back to max. Remember, the compiler
5123    resolves IBActions down to -(void) during compile anyway */
5124 - (IBAction) revertPictureSizeToMax: (id) sender
5125 {
5126         hb_job_t * job = fTitle->job;
5127         /* Here we apply the title source and height */
5128     job->width = fTitle->width;
5129     job->height = fTitle->height;
5130
5131     [self calculatePictureSizing: sender];
5132     /* We call method to change UI to reflect whether a preset is used or not*/
5133     [self customSettingUsed: sender];
5134 }
5135
5136 /**
5137  * Registers changes made in the Picture Settings Window.
5138  */
5139
5140 - (void)pictureSettingsDidChange
5141 {
5142         [self calculatePictureSizing:nil];
5143 }
5144
5145 /* Get and Display Current Pic Settings in main window */
5146 - (IBAction) calculatePictureSizing: (id) sender
5147 {
5148         if (fTitle->job->anamorphic.mode > 0)
5149         {
5150         fTitle->job->keep_ratio = 0;
5151         }
5152
5153     if (fTitle->job->anamorphic.mode != 1) // we are not strict so show the modulus
5154         {
5155         [fPictureSizeField setStringValue: [NSString stringWithFormat:@"Picture Size: %@, Modulus: %d", [fPictureController getPictureSizeInfoString], fTitle->job->modulus]];
5156     }
5157     else
5158     {
5159         [fPictureSizeField setStringValue: [NSString stringWithFormat:@"Picture Size: %@", [fPictureController getPictureSizeInfoString]]];
5160     }
5161     NSString *picCropping;
5162     /* Set the display field for crop as per boolean */
5163         if (![fPictureController autoCrop])
5164         {
5165         picCropping =  @"Custom";
5166         }
5167         else
5168         {
5169                 picCropping =  @"Auto";
5170         }
5171     picCropping = [picCropping stringByAppendingString:[NSString stringWithFormat:@" %d/%d/%d/%d",fTitle->job->crop[0],fTitle->job->crop[1],fTitle->job->crop[2],fTitle->job->crop[3]]];
5172
5173     [fPictureCroppingField setStringValue: [NSString stringWithFormat:@"Picture Cropping: %@",picCropping]];
5174
5175     NSString *videoFilters;
5176     videoFilters = @"";
5177     /* Detelecine */
5178     if ([fPictureController detelecine] == 2)
5179     {
5180         videoFilters = [videoFilters stringByAppendingString:@" - Detelecine (Default)"];
5181     }
5182     else if ([fPictureController detelecine] == 1)
5183     {
5184         videoFilters = [videoFilters stringByAppendingString:[NSString stringWithFormat:@" - Detelecine (%@)",[fPictureController detelecineCustomString]]];
5185     }
5186
5187
5188     if ([fPictureController useDecomb] == 1)
5189     {
5190         /* Decomb */
5191         if ([fPictureController decomb] == 2)
5192         {
5193             videoFilters = [videoFilters stringByAppendingString:@" - Decomb (Default)"];
5194         }
5195         else if ([fPictureController decomb] == 1)
5196         {
5197             videoFilters = [videoFilters stringByAppendingString:[NSString stringWithFormat:@" - Decomb (%@)",[fPictureController decombCustomString]]];
5198         }
5199     }
5200     else
5201     {
5202         /* Deinterlace */
5203         if ([fPictureController deinterlace] > 0)
5204         {
5205             fTitle->job->deinterlace  = 1;
5206         }
5207         else
5208         {
5209             fTitle->job->deinterlace  = 0;
5210         }
5211
5212         if ([fPictureController deinterlace] == 2)
5213         {
5214             videoFilters = [videoFilters stringByAppendingString:@" - Deinterlace (Fast)"];
5215         }
5216         else if ([fPictureController deinterlace] == 3)
5217         {
5218             videoFilters = [videoFilters stringByAppendingString:@" - Deinterlace (Slow)"];
5219         }
5220         else if ([fPictureController deinterlace] == 4)
5221         {
5222             videoFilters = [videoFilters stringByAppendingString:@" - Deinterlace (Slower)"];
5223         }
5224         else if ([fPictureController deinterlace] == 1)
5225         {
5226             videoFilters = [videoFilters stringByAppendingString:[NSString stringWithFormat:@" - Deinterlace (%@)",[fPictureController deinterlaceCustomString]]];
5227         }
5228         }
5229
5230
5231     /* Denoise */
5232         if ([fPictureController denoise] == 2)
5233         {
5234                 videoFilters = [videoFilters stringByAppendingString:@" - Denoise (Weak)"];
5235     }
5236         else if ([fPictureController denoise] == 3)
5237         {
5238                 videoFilters = [videoFilters stringByAppendingString:@" - Denoise (Medium)"];
5239     }
5240         else if ([fPictureController denoise] == 4)
5241         {
5242                 videoFilters = [videoFilters stringByAppendingString:@" - Denoise (Strong)"];
5243         }
5244     else if ([fPictureController denoise] == 1)
5245         {
5246                 videoFilters = [videoFilters stringByAppendingString:[NSString stringWithFormat:@" - Denoise (%@)",[fPictureController denoiseCustomString]]];
5247         }
5248
5249     /* Deblock */
5250     if ([fPictureController deblock] > 0)
5251     {
5252         videoFilters = [videoFilters stringByAppendingString:[NSString stringWithFormat:@" - Deblock (%d)",[fPictureController deblock]]];
5253     }
5254
5255     /* Grayscale */
5256     if ([fPictureController grayscale])
5257     {
5258         videoFilters = [videoFilters stringByAppendingString:@" - Grayscale"];
5259     }
5260     [fVideoFiltersField setStringValue: [NSString stringWithFormat:@"Video Filters: %@", videoFilters]];
5261
5262     //[fPictureController reloadStillPreview];
5263 }
5264
5265
5266 #pragma mark -
5267 #pragma mark - Audio and Subtitles
5268 - (IBAction) audioCodecsPopUpChanged: (id) sender
5269 {
5270
5271     NSPopUpButton * audiotrackPopUp;
5272     NSPopUpButton * sampleratePopUp;
5273     NSPopUpButton * bitratePopUp;
5274     NSPopUpButton * audiocodecPopUp;
5275     if (sender == fAudTrack1CodecPopUp)
5276     {
5277         audiotrackPopUp = fAudLang1PopUp;
5278         audiocodecPopUp = fAudTrack1CodecPopUp;
5279         sampleratePopUp = fAudTrack1RatePopUp;
5280         bitratePopUp = fAudTrack1BitratePopUp;
5281     }
5282     else if (sender == fAudTrack2CodecPopUp)
5283     {
5284         audiotrackPopUp = fAudLang2PopUp;
5285         audiocodecPopUp = fAudTrack2CodecPopUp;
5286         sampleratePopUp = fAudTrack2RatePopUp;
5287         bitratePopUp = fAudTrack2BitratePopUp;
5288     }
5289     else if (sender == fAudTrack3CodecPopUp)
5290     {
5291         audiotrackPopUp = fAudLang3PopUp;
5292         audiocodecPopUp = fAudTrack3CodecPopUp;
5293         sampleratePopUp = fAudTrack3RatePopUp;
5294         bitratePopUp = fAudTrack3BitratePopUp;
5295     }
5296     else
5297     {
5298         audiotrackPopUp = fAudLang4PopUp;
5299         audiocodecPopUp = fAudTrack4CodecPopUp;
5300         sampleratePopUp = fAudTrack4RatePopUp;
5301         bitratePopUp = fAudTrack4BitratePopUp;
5302     }
5303
5304     /* changing the codecs on offer may mean that we can / can't offer mono or 6ch, */
5305         /* so call audioTrackPopUpChanged for both audio tracks to update the mixdown popups */
5306     [self audioTrackPopUpChanged: audiotrackPopUp];
5307
5308 }
5309
5310 - (IBAction) setEnabledStateOfAudioMixdownControls: (id) sender
5311 {
5312     /* We will be setting the enabled/disabled state of each tracks audio controls based on
5313      * the settings of the source audio for that track. We leave the samplerate and bitrate
5314      * to audiotrackMixdownChanged
5315      */
5316
5317     /* We will first verify that a lower track number has been selected before enabling each track
5318      * for example, make sure a track is selected for track 1 before enabling track 2, etc.
5319      */
5320
5321     /* If the source has no audio then disable audio track 1 */
5322     if (hb_list_count( fTitle->list_audio ) == 0)
5323     {
5324         [fAudLang1PopUp selectItemAtIndex:0];
5325     }
5326
5327     if ([fAudLang1PopUp indexOfSelectedItem] == 0)
5328     {
5329         [fAudLang2PopUp setEnabled: NO];
5330         [fAudLang2PopUp selectItemAtIndex: 0];
5331     }
5332     else
5333     {
5334         [fAudLang2PopUp setEnabled: YES];
5335     }
5336
5337     if ([fAudLang2PopUp indexOfSelectedItem] == 0)
5338     {
5339         [fAudLang3PopUp setEnabled: NO];
5340         [fAudLang3PopUp selectItemAtIndex: 0];
5341     }
5342     else
5343     {
5344         [fAudLang3PopUp setEnabled: YES];
5345     }
5346     if ([fAudLang3PopUp indexOfSelectedItem] == 0)
5347     {
5348         [fAudLang4PopUp setEnabled: NO];
5349         [fAudLang4PopUp selectItemAtIndex: 0];
5350     }
5351     else
5352     {
5353         [fAudLang4PopUp setEnabled: YES];
5354     }
5355     /* enable/disable the mixdown text and popupbutton for audio track 1 */
5356     [fAudTrack1CodecPopUp setEnabled: ([fAudLang1PopUp indexOfSelectedItem] == 0) ? NO : YES];
5357     [fAudTrack1MixPopUp setEnabled: ([fAudLang1PopUp indexOfSelectedItem] == 0) ? NO : YES];
5358     [fAudTrack1RatePopUp setEnabled: ([fAudLang1PopUp indexOfSelectedItem] == 0) ? NO : YES];
5359     [fAudTrack1BitratePopUp setEnabled: ([fAudLang1PopUp indexOfSelectedItem] == 0) ? NO : YES];
5360     [fAudTrack1DrcSlider setEnabled: ([fAudLang1PopUp indexOfSelectedItem] == 0) ? NO : YES];
5361     [fAudTrack1DrcField setEnabled: ([fAudLang1PopUp indexOfSelectedItem] == 0) ? NO : YES];
5362     if ([fAudLang1PopUp indexOfSelectedItem] == 0)
5363     {
5364         [fAudTrack1CodecPopUp removeAllItems];
5365         [fAudTrack1MixPopUp removeAllItems];
5366         [fAudTrack1RatePopUp removeAllItems];
5367         [fAudTrack1BitratePopUp removeAllItems];
5368         [fAudTrack1DrcSlider setFloatValue: 0.00];
5369         [self audioDRCSliderChanged: fAudTrack1DrcSlider];
5370     }
5371     else if ([[fAudTrack1MixPopUp selectedItem] tag] == HB_ACODEC_AC3 || [[fAudTrack1MixPopUp selectedItem] tag] == HB_ACODEC_DCA)
5372     {
5373         [fAudTrack1RatePopUp setEnabled: NO];
5374         [fAudTrack1BitratePopUp setEnabled: NO];
5375         [fAudTrack1DrcSlider setEnabled: NO];
5376         [fAudTrack1DrcField setEnabled: NO];
5377     }
5378
5379     /* enable/disable the mixdown text and popupbutton for audio track 2 */
5380     [fAudTrack2CodecPopUp setEnabled: ([fAudLang2PopUp indexOfSelectedItem] == 0) ? NO : YES];
5381     [fAudTrack2MixPopUp setEnabled: ([fAudLang2PopUp indexOfSelectedItem] == 0) ? NO : YES];
5382     [fAudTrack2RatePopUp setEnabled: ([fAudLang2PopUp indexOfSelectedItem] == 0) ? NO : YES];
5383     [fAudTrack2BitratePopUp setEnabled: ([fAudLang2PopUp indexOfSelectedItem] == 0) ? NO : YES];
5384     [fAudTrack2DrcSlider setEnabled: ([fAudLang2PopUp indexOfSelectedItem] == 0) ? NO : YES];
5385     [fAudTrack2DrcField setEnabled: ([fAudLang2PopUp indexOfSelectedItem] == 0) ? NO : YES];
5386     if ([fAudLang2PopUp indexOfSelectedItem] == 0)
5387     {
5388         [fAudTrack2CodecPopUp removeAllItems];
5389         [fAudTrack2MixPopUp removeAllItems];
5390         [fAudTrack2RatePopUp removeAllItems];
5391         [fAudTrack2BitratePopUp removeAllItems];
5392         [fAudTrack2DrcSlider setFloatValue: 0.00];
5393         [self audioDRCSliderChanged: fAudTrack2DrcSlider];
5394     }
5395     else if ([[fAudTrack2MixPopUp selectedItem] tag] == HB_ACODEC_AC3 || [[fAudTrack2MixPopUp selectedItem] tag] == HB_ACODEC_DCA)
5396     {
5397         [fAudTrack2RatePopUp setEnabled: NO];
5398         [fAudTrack2BitratePopUp setEnabled: NO];
5399         [fAudTrack2DrcSlider setEnabled: NO];
5400         [fAudTrack2DrcField setEnabled: NO];
5401     }
5402
5403     /* enable/disable the mixdown text and popupbutton for audio track 3 */
5404     [fAudTrack3CodecPopUp setEnabled: ([fAudLang3PopUp indexOfSelectedItem] == 0) ? NO : YES];
5405     [fAudTrack3MixPopUp setEnabled: ([fAudLang3PopUp indexOfSelectedItem] == 0) ? NO : YES];
5406     [fAudTrack3RatePopUp setEnabled: ([fAudLang3PopUp indexOfSelectedItem] == 0) ? NO : YES];
5407     [fAudTrack3BitratePopUp setEnabled: ([fAudLang3PopUp indexOfSelectedItem] == 0) ? NO : YES];
5408     [fAudTrack3DrcSlider setEnabled: ([fAudLang3PopUp indexOfSelectedItem] == 0) ? NO : YES];
5409     [fAudTrack3DrcField setEnabled: ([fAudLang3PopUp indexOfSelectedItem] == 0) ? NO : YES];
5410     if ([fAudLang3PopUp indexOfSelectedItem] == 0)
5411     {
5412         [fAudTrack3CodecPopUp removeAllItems];
5413         [fAudTrack3MixPopUp removeAllItems];
5414         [fAudTrack3RatePopUp removeAllItems];
5415         [fAudTrack3BitratePopUp removeAllItems];
5416         [fAudTrack3DrcSlider setFloatValue: 0.00];
5417         [self audioDRCSliderChanged: fAudTrack3DrcSlider];
5418     }
5419     else if ([[fAudTrack3MixPopUp selectedItem] tag] == HB_ACODEC_AC3 || [[fAudTrack3MixPopUp selectedItem] tag] == HB_ACODEC_DCA)
5420     {
5421         [fAudTrack3RatePopUp setEnabled: NO];
5422         [fAudTrack3BitratePopUp setEnabled: NO];
5423         [fAudTrack3DrcSlider setEnabled: NO];
5424         [fAudTrack3DrcField setEnabled: NO];
5425     }
5426
5427     /* enable/disable the mixdown text and popupbutton for audio track 4 */
5428     [fAudTrack4CodecPopUp setEnabled: ([fAudLang4PopUp indexOfSelectedItem] == 0) ? NO : YES];
5429     [fAudTrack4MixPopUp setEnabled: ([fAudLang4PopUp indexOfSelectedItem] == 0) ? NO : YES];
5430     [fAudTrack4RatePopUp setEnabled: ([fAudLang4PopUp indexOfSelectedItem] == 0) ? NO : YES];
5431     [fAudTrack4BitratePopUp setEnabled: ([fAudLang4PopUp indexOfSelectedItem] == 0) ? NO : YES];
5432     [fAudTrack4DrcSlider setEnabled: ([fAudLang4PopUp indexOfSelectedItem] == 0) ? NO : YES];
5433     [fAudTrack4DrcField setEnabled: ([fAudLang4PopUp indexOfSelectedItem] == 0) ? NO : YES];
5434     if ([fAudLang4PopUp indexOfSelectedItem] == 0)
5435     {
5436         [fAudTrack4CodecPopUp removeAllItems];
5437         [fAudTrack4MixPopUp removeAllItems];
5438         [fAudTrack4RatePopUp removeAllItems];
5439         [fAudTrack4BitratePopUp removeAllItems];
5440         [fAudTrack4DrcSlider setFloatValue: 0.00];
5441         [self audioDRCSliderChanged: fAudTrack4DrcSlider];
5442     }
5443     else if ([[fAudTrack4MixPopUp selectedItem] tag] == HB_ACODEC_AC3 || [[fAudTrack4MixPopUp selectedItem] tag] == HB_ACODEC_DCA)
5444     {
5445         [fAudTrack4RatePopUp setEnabled: NO];
5446         [fAudTrack4BitratePopUp setEnabled: NO];
5447         [fAudTrack4DrcSlider setEnabled: NO];
5448         [fAudTrack4DrcField setEnabled: NO];
5449     }
5450
5451 }
5452
5453 - (IBAction) addAllAudioTracksToPopUp: (id) sender
5454 {
5455
5456     hb_list_t  * list  = hb_get_titles( fHandle );
5457     hb_title_t * title = (hb_title_t*)
5458         hb_list_item( list, [fSrcTitlePopUp indexOfSelectedItem] );
5459
5460         hb_audio_config_t * audio;
5461
5462     [sender removeAllItems];
5463     [sender addItemWithTitle: NSLocalizedString( @"None", @"" )];
5464     for( int i = 0; i < hb_list_count( title->list_audio ); i++ )
5465     {
5466         audio = (hb_audio_config_t *) hb_list_audio_config_item( title->list_audio, i );
5467         [[sender menu] addItemWithTitle:
5468             [NSString stringWithUTF8String: audio->lang.description]
5469             action: NULL keyEquivalent: @""];
5470     }
5471     [sender selectItemAtIndex: 0];
5472
5473 }
5474
5475 - (IBAction) selectAudioTrackInPopUp: (id) sender searchPrefixString: (NSString *) searchPrefixString selectIndexIfNotFound: (int) selectIndexIfNotFound
5476 {
5477
5478     /* this method can be used to find a language, or a language-and-source-format combination, by passing in the appropriate string */
5479     /* e.g. to find the first French track, pass in an NSString * of "Francais" */
5480     /* e.g. to find the first English 5.1 AC3 track, pass in an NSString * of "English (AC3) (5.1 ch)" */
5481     /* if no matching track is found, then selectIndexIfNotFound is used to choose which track to select instead */
5482     if (hb_list_count( fTitle->list_audio ) != 0)
5483     {
5484         if (searchPrefixString)
5485         {
5486
5487             for( int i = 0; i < [sender numberOfItems]; i++ )
5488             {
5489                 /* Try to find the desired search string */
5490                 if ([[[sender itemAtIndex: i] title] hasPrefix:searchPrefixString])
5491                 {
5492                     [sender selectItemAtIndex: i];
5493                     return;
5494                 }
5495             }
5496             /* couldn't find the string, so select the requested "search string not found" item */
5497             /* index of 0 means select the "none" item */
5498             /* index of 1 means select the first audio track */
5499             [sender selectItemAtIndex: selectIndexIfNotFound];
5500         }
5501         else
5502         {
5503             /* if no search string is provided, then select the selectIndexIfNotFound item */
5504             [sender selectItemAtIndex: selectIndexIfNotFound];
5505         }
5506     }
5507     else
5508     {
5509         [sender selectItemAtIndex: 0];
5510     }
5511
5512 }
5513 - (IBAction) audioAddAudioTrackCodecs: (id)sender
5514 {
5515     int format = [fDstFormatPopUp indexOfSelectedItem];
5516
5517     /* setup pointers to the appropriate popups for the correct track */
5518     NSPopUpButton * audiocodecPopUp;
5519     NSPopUpButton * audiotrackPopUp;
5520     if (sender == fAudTrack1CodecPopUp)
5521     {
5522         audiotrackPopUp = fAudLang1PopUp;
5523         audiocodecPopUp = fAudTrack1CodecPopUp;
5524     }
5525     else if (sender == fAudTrack2CodecPopUp)
5526     {
5527         audiotrackPopUp = fAudLang2PopUp;
5528         audiocodecPopUp = fAudTrack2CodecPopUp;
5529     }
5530     else if (sender == fAudTrack3CodecPopUp)
5531     {
5532         audiotrackPopUp = fAudLang3PopUp;
5533         audiocodecPopUp = fAudTrack3CodecPopUp;
5534     }
5535     else
5536     {
5537         audiotrackPopUp = fAudLang4PopUp;
5538         audiocodecPopUp = fAudTrack4CodecPopUp;
5539     }
5540
5541     [audiocodecPopUp removeAllItems];
5542     /* Make sure "None" isnt selected in the source track */
5543     if ([audiotrackPopUp indexOfSelectedItem] > 0)
5544     {
5545         [audiocodecPopUp setEnabled:YES];
5546         NSMenuItem *menuItem;
5547         /* We setup our appropriate popups for codecs and put the int value in the popup tag for easy retrieval */
5548         switch( format )
5549         {
5550             case 0:
5551                 /* MP4 */
5552                 // CA_AAC
5553                 menuItem = [[audiocodecPopUp menu] addItemWithTitle:@"AAC (CoreAudio)" action: NULL keyEquivalent: @""];
5554                 [menuItem setTag: HB_ACODEC_CA_AAC];
5555                 // FAAC
5556                 menuItem = [[audiocodecPopUp menu] addItemWithTitle:@"AAC (faac)" action: NULL keyEquivalent: @""];
5557                 [menuItem setTag: HB_ACODEC_FAAC];
5558                 // MP3
5559                 menuItem = [[audiocodecPopUp menu] addItemWithTitle:@"MP3 (lame)" action: NULL keyEquivalent: @""];
5560                 [menuItem setTag: HB_ACODEC_LAME];
5561                 // AC3 Passthru
5562                 menuItem = [[audiocodecPopUp menu] addItemWithTitle:@"AC3 Passthru" action: NULL keyEquivalent: @""];
5563                 [menuItem setTag: HB_ACODEC_AC3];
5564                 break;
5565
5566             case 1:
5567                 /* MKV */
5568                 // CA_AAC
5569                 menuItem = [[audiocodecPopUp menu] addItemWithTitle:@"AAC (CoreAudio)" action: NULL keyEquivalent: @""];
5570                 [menuItem setTag: HB_ACODEC_CA_AAC];
5571                 // FAAC
5572                 menuItem = [[audiocodecPopUp menu] addItemWithTitle:@"AAC (faac)" action: NULL keyEquivalent: @""];
5573                 [menuItem setTag: HB_ACODEC_FAAC];
5574                 // AC3 Passthru
5575                 menuItem = [[audiocodecPopUp menu] addItemWithTitle:@"AC3 Passthru" action: NULL keyEquivalent: @""];
5576                 [menuItem setTag: HB_ACODEC_AC3];
5577                 // DTS Passthru
5578                 menuItem = [[audiocodecPopUp menu] addItemWithTitle:@"DTS Passthru" action: NULL keyEquivalent: @""];
5579                 [menuItem setTag: HB_ACODEC_DCA];
5580                 // MP3
5581                 menuItem = [[audiocodecPopUp menu] addItemWithTitle:@"MP3 (lame)" action: NULL keyEquivalent: @""];
5582                 [menuItem setTag: HB_ACODEC_LAME];
5583                 // Vorbis
5584                 menuItem = [[audiocodecPopUp menu] addItemWithTitle:@"Vorbis (vorbis)" action: NULL keyEquivalent: @""];
5585                 [menuItem setTag: HB_ACODEC_VORBIS];
5586                 break;
5587         }
5588         [audiocodecPopUp selectItemAtIndex:0];
5589     }
5590     else
5591     {
5592         [audiocodecPopUp setEnabled:NO];
5593     }
5594 }
5595
5596 - (IBAction) audioTrackPopUpChanged: (id) sender
5597 {
5598     /* utility function to call audioTrackPopUpChanged without passing in a mixdown-to-use */
5599     [self audioTrackPopUpChanged: sender mixdownToUse: 0];
5600 }
5601
5602 - (IBAction) audioTrackPopUpChanged: (id) sender mixdownToUse: (int) mixdownToUse
5603 {
5604
5605     /* make sure we have a selected title before continuing */
5606     if (fTitle == NULL) return;
5607     /* make sure we have a source audio track before continuing */
5608     if (hb_list_count( fTitle->list_audio ) == 0)
5609     {
5610         [sender selectItemAtIndex:0];
5611         return;
5612     }
5613     /* if the sender is the lanaguage popup and there is nothing in the codec popup, lets call
5614     * audioAddAudioTrackCodecs on the codec popup to populate it properly before moving on
5615     */
5616     if (sender == fAudLang1PopUp && [[fAudTrack1CodecPopUp menu] numberOfItems] == 0)
5617     {
5618         [self audioAddAudioTrackCodecs: fAudTrack1CodecPopUp];
5619     }
5620     if (sender == fAudLang2PopUp && [[fAudTrack2CodecPopUp menu] numberOfItems] == 0)
5621     {
5622         [self audioAddAudioTrackCodecs: fAudTrack2CodecPopUp];
5623     }
5624     if (sender == fAudLang3PopUp && [[fAudTrack3CodecPopUp menu] numberOfItems] == 0)
5625     {
5626         [self audioAddAudioTrackCodecs: fAudTrack3CodecPopUp];
5627     }
5628     if (sender == fAudLang4PopUp && [[fAudTrack4CodecPopUp menu] numberOfItems] == 0)
5629     {
5630         [self audioAddAudioTrackCodecs: fAudTrack4CodecPopUp];
5631     }
5632
5633     /* Now lets make the sender the appropriate Audio Track popup from this point on */
5634     if (sender == fAudTrack1CodecPopUp || sender == fAudTrack1MixPopUp)
5635     {
5636         sender = fAudLang1PopUp;
5637     }
5638     if (sender == fAudTrack2CodecPopUp || sender == fAudTrack2MixPopUp)
5639     {
5640         sender = fAudLang2PopUp;
5641     }
5642     if (sender == fAudTrack3CodecPopUp || sender == fAudTrack3MixPopUp)
5643     {
5644         sender = fAudLang3PopUp;
5645     }
5646     if (sender == fAudTrack4CodecPopUp || sender == fAudTrack4MixPopUp)
5647     {
5648         sender = fAudLang4PopUp;
5649     }
5650
5651     /* pointer to this track's mixdown, codec, sample rate and bitrate NSPopUpButton's */
5652     NSPopUpButton * mixdownPopUp;
5653     NSPopUpButton * audiocodecPopUp;
5654     NSPopUpButton * sampleratePopUp;
5655     NSPopUpButton * bitratePopUp;
5656     if (sender == fAudLang1PopUp)
5657     {
5658         mixdownPopUp = fAudTrack1MixPopUp;
5659         audiocodecPopUp = fAudTrack1CodecPopUp;
5660         sampleratePopUp = fAudTrack1RatePopUp;
5661         bitratePopUp = fAudTrack1BitratePopUp;
5662     }
5663     else if (sender == fAudLang2PopUp)
5664     {
5665         mixdownPopUp = fAudTrack2MixPopUp;
5666         audiocodecPopUp = fAudTrack2CodecPopUp;
5667         sampleratePopUp = fAudTrack2RatePopUp;
5668         bitratePopUp = fAudTrack2BitratePopUp;
5669     }
5670     else if (sender == fAudLang3PopUp)
5671     {
5672         mixdownPopUp = fAudTrack3MixPopUp;
5673         audiocodecPopUp = fAudTrack3CodecPopUp;
5674         sampleratePopUp = fAudTrack3RatePopUp;
5675         bitratePopUp = fAudTrack3BitratePopUp;
5676     }
5677     else
5678     {
5679         mixdownPopUp = fAudTrack4MixPopUp;
5680         audiocodecPopUp = fAudTrack4CodecPopUp;
5681         sampleratePopUp = fAudTrack4RatePopUp;
5682         bitratePopUp = fAudTrack4BitratePopUp;
5683     }
5684
5685     /* get the index of the selected audio Track*/
5686     int thisAudioIndex = [sender indexOfSelectedItem] - 1;
5687
5688     /* pointer for the hb_audio_s struct we will use later on */
5689     hb_audio_config_t * audio;
5690
5691     int acodec;
5692     /* check if the audio mixdown controls need their enabled state changing */
5693     [self setEnabledStateOfAudioMixdownControls:nil];
5694
5695     if (thisAudioIndex != -1)
5696     {
5697
5698         /* get the audio */
5699         audio = (hb_audio_config_t *) hb_list_audio_config_item( fTitle->list_audio, thisAudioIndex );// Should "fTitle" be title and be setup ?
5700
5701         /* actually manipulate the proper mixdowns here */
5702         /* delete the previous audio mixdown options */
5703         [mixdownPopUp removeAllItems];
5704
5705         acodec = [[audiocodecPopUp selectedItem] tag];
5706
5707         if (audio != NULL)
5708         {
5709
5710             /* find out if our selected output audio codec supports mono and / or 6ch */
5711             /* audioCodecsSupportMono and audioCodecsSupport6Ch are the same for now,
5712              but this may change in the future, so they are separated for flexibility */
5713             int audioCodecsSupportMono = (audio->in.codec && acodec != HB_ACODEC_LAME);
5714             int audioCodecsSupport6Ch = (audio->in.codec && acodec != HB_ACODEC_LAME);
5715
5716             /* check for AC-3 passthru */
5717             if (audio->in.codec == HB_ACODEC_AC3 && acodec == HB_ACODEC_AC3)
5718             {
5719
5720             NSMenuItem *menuItem = [[mixdownPopUp menu] addItemWithTitle:
5721                  [NSString stringWithUTF8String: "AC3 Passthru"]
5722                                                action: NULL keyEquivalent: @""];
5723              [menuItem setTag: HB_ACODEC_AC3];
5724             }
5725             else if (audio->in.codec == HB_ACODEC_DCA && acodec == HB_ACODEC_DCA)
5726             {
5727             NSMenuItem *menuItem = [[mixdownPopUp menu] addItemWithTitle:
5728                  [NSString stringWithUTF8String: "DTS Passthru"]
5729                                                action: NULL keyEquivalent: @""];
5730              [menuItem setTag: HB_ACODEC_DCA];
5731             }
5732             else
5733             {
5734
5735                 /* add the appropriate audio mixdown menuitems to the popupbutton */
5736                 /* in each case, we set the new menuitem's tag to be the amixdown value for that mixdown,
5737                  so that we can reference the mixdown later */
5738
5739                 /* keep a track of the min and max mixdowns we used, so we can select the best match later */
5740                 int minMixdownUsed = 0;
5741                 int maxMixdownUsed = 0;
5742
5743                 /* get the input channel layout without any lfe channels */
5744                 int layout = audio->in.channel_layout & HB_INPUT_CH_LAYOUT_DISCRETE_NO_LFE_MASK;
5745
5746                 /* do we want to add a mono option? */
5747                 if (audioCodecsSupportMono == 1)
5748                 {
5749                     NSMenuItem *menuItem = [[mixdownPopUp menu] addItemWithTitle:
5750                                             [NSString stringWithUTF8String: hb_audio_mixdowns[0].human_readable_name]
5751                                                                           action: NULL keyEquivalent: @""];
5752                     [menuItem setTag: hb_audio_mixdowns[0].amixdown];
5753                     if (minMixdownUsed == 0) minMixdownUsed = hb_audio_mixdowns[0].amixdown;
5754                     maxMixdownUsed = MAX(maxMixdownUsed, hb_audio_mixdowns[0].amixdown);
5755                 }
5756
5757                 /* do we want to add a stereo option? */
5758                 /* offer stereo if we have a mono source and non-mono-supporting codecs, as otherwise we won't have a mixdown at all */
5759                 /* also offer stereo if we have a stereo-or-better source */
5760                 if ((layout == HB_INPUT_CH_LAYOUT_MONO && audioCodecsSupportMono == 0) || layout >= HB_INPUT_CH_LAYOUT_STEREO)
5761                 {
5762                     NSMenuItem *menuItem = [[mixdownPopUp menu] addItemWithTitle:
5763                                             [NSString stringWithUTF8String: hb_audio_mixdowns[1].human_readable_name]
5764                                                                           action: NULL keyEquivalent: @""];
5765                     [menuItem setTag: hb_audio_mixdowns[1].amixdown];
5766                     if (minMixdownUsed == 0) minMixdownUsed = hb_audio_mixdowns[1].amixdown;
5767                     maxMixdownUsed = MAX(maxMixdownUsed, hb_audio_mixdowns[1].amixdown);
5768                 }
5769
5770                 /* do we want to add a dolby surround (DPL1) option? */
5771                 if (layout == HB_INPUT_CH_LAYOUT_3F1R || layout == HB_INPUT_CH_LAYOUT_3F2R || layout == HB_INPUT_CH_LAYOUT_DOLBY)
5772                 {
5773                     NSMenuItem *menuItem = [[mixdownPopUp menu] addItemWithTitle:
5774                                             [NSString stringWithUTF8String: hb_audio_mixdowns[2].human_readable_name]
5775                                                                           action: NULL keyEquivalent: @""];
5776                     [menuItem setTag: hb_audio_mixdowns[2].amixdown];
5777                     if (minMixdownUsed == 0) minMixdownUsed = hb_audio_mixdowns[2].amixdown;
5778                     maxMixdownUsed = MAX(maxMixdownUsed, hb_audio_mixdowns[2].amixdown);
5779                 }
5780
5781                 /* do we want to add a dolby pro logic 2 (DPL2) option? */
5782                 if (layout == HB_INPUT_CH_LAYOUT_3F2R)
5783                 {
5784                     NSMenuItem *menuItem = [[mixdownPopUp menu] addItemWithTitle:
5785                                             [NSString stringWithUTF8String: hb_audio_mixdowns[3].human_readable_name]
5786                                                                           action: NULL keyEquivalent: @""];
5787                     [menuItem setTag: hb_audio_mixdowns[3].amixdown];
5788                     if (minMixdownUsed == 0) minMixdownUsed = hb_audio_mixdowns[3].amixdown;
5789                     maxMixdownUsed = MAX(maxMixdownUsed, hb_audio_mixdowns[3].amixdown);
5790                 }
5791
5792                 /* do we want to add a 6-channel discrete option? */
5793                 if (audioCodecsSupport6Ch == 1 && layout == HB_INPUT_CH_LAYOUT_3F2R && (audio->in.channel_layout & HB_INPUT_CH_LAYOUT_HAS_LFE))
5794                 {
5795                     NSMenuItem *menuItem = [[mixdownPopUp menu] addItemWithTitle:
5796                                             [NSString stringWithUTF8String: hb_audio_mixdowns[4].human_readable_name]
5797                                                                           action: NULL keyEquivalent: @""];
5798                     [menuItem setTag: hb_audio_mixdowns[4].amixdown];
5799                     if (minMixdownUsed == 0) minMixdownUsed = hb_audio_mixdowns[4].amixdown;
5800                     maxMixdownUsed = MAX(maxMixdownUsed, hb_audio_mixdowns[4].amixdown);
5801                 }
5802
5803                 /* do we want to add an AC-3 passthrough option? */
5804                 if (audio->in.codec == HB_ACODEC_AC3 && acodec == HB_ACODEC_AC3)
5805                 {
5806                     NSMenuItem *menuItem = [[mixdownPopUp menu] addItemWithTitle:
5807                                             [NSString stringWithUTF8String: hb_audio_mixdowns[5].human_readable_name]
5808                                                                           action: NULL keyEquivalent: @""];
5809                     [menuItem setTag: HB_ACODEC_AC3];
5810                     if (minMixdownUsed == 0) minMixdownUsed = hb_audio_mixdowns[5].amixdown;
5811                     maxMixdownUsed = MAX(maxMixdownUsed, hb_audio_mixdowns[5].amixdown);
5812                 }
5813
5814                 /* do we want to add a DTS Passthru option ? HB_ACODEC_DCA*/
5815                 if (audio->in.codec == HB_ACODEC_DCA && acodec == HB_ACODEC_DCA)
5816                 {
5817                     NSMenuItem *menuItem = [[mixdownPopUp menu] addItemWithTitle:
5818                                             [NSString stringWithUTF8String: hb_audio_mixdowns[5].human_readable_name]
5819                                                                           action: NULL keyEquivalent: @""];
5820                     [menuItem setTag: HB_ACODEC_DCA];
5821                     if (minMixdownUsed == 0) minMixdownUsed = hb_audio_mixdowns[5].amixdown;
5822                     maxMixdownUsed = MAX(maxMixdownUsed, hb_audio_mixdowns[5].amixdown);
5823                 }
5824
5825                 /* auto-select the best mixdown based on our saved mixdown preference */
5826
5827                 /* for now, this is hard-coded to a "best" mixdown of HB_AMIXDOWN_DOLBYPLII */
5828                 /* ultimately this should be a prefs option */
5829                 int useMixdown;
5830
5831                 /* if we passed in a mixdown to use - in order to load a preset - then try and use it */
5832                 if (mixdownToUse > 0)
5833                 {
5834                     useMixdown = mixdownToUse;
5835                 }
5836                 else
5837                 {
5838                     useMixdown = HB_AMIXDOWN_DOLBYPLII;
5839                 }
5840
5841                 /* if useMixdown > maxMixdownUsed, then use maxMixdownUsed */
5842                 if (useMixdown > maxMixdownUsed)
5843                 {
5844                     useMixdown = maxMixdownUsed;
5845                 }
5846
5847                 /* if useMixdown < minMixdownUsed, then use minMixdownUsed */
5848                 if (useMixdown < minMixdownUsed)
5849                 {
5850                     useMixdown = minMixdownUsed;
5851                 }
5852
5853                 /* select the (possibly-amended) preferred mixdown */
5854                 [mixdownPopUp selectItemWithTag: useMixdown];
5855
5856             }
5857             /* In the case of a source track that is not AC3 and the user tries to use AC3 Passthru (which does not work)
5858              * we force the Audio Codec choice back to a workable codec. We use CoreAudio aac for all containers.
5859              */
5860             if (audio->in.codec != HB_ACODEC_AC3 && [[audiocodecPopUp selectedItem] tag] == HB_ACODEC_AC3)
5861             {
5862                 [audiocodecPopUp selectItemWithTag: HB_ACODEC_CA_AAC];
5863             }
5864
5865             /* In the case of a source track that is not DTS and the user tries to use DTS Passthru (which does not work)
5866              * we force the Audio Codec choice back to a workable codec. We use CoreAudio aac for all containers.
5867              */
5868             if (audio->in.codec != HB_ACODEC_DCA && [[audiocodecPopUp selectedItem] tag] == HB_ACODEC_DCA)
5869             {
5870                 [audiocodecPopUp selectItemWithTag: HB_ACODEC_CA_AAC];
5871             }
5872
5873             /* Setup our samplerate and bitrate popups we will need based on mixdown */
5874             [self audioTrackMixdownChanged: mixdownPopUp];
5875         }
5876
5877     }
5878     if( [fDstFormatPopUp indexOfSelectedItem] == 0 )
5879     {
5880         [self autoSetM4vExtension: sender];
5881     }
5882 }
5883
5884 - (IBAction) audioTrackMixdownChanged: (id) sender
5885 {
5886
5887     int acodec;
5888     /* setup pointers to all of the other audio track controls
5889     * we will need later
5890     */
5891     NSPopUpButton * mixdownPopUp;
5892     NSPopUpButton * sampleratePopUp;
5893     NSPopUpButton * bitratePopUp;
5894     NSPopUpButton * audiocodecPopUp;
5895     NSPopUpButton * audiotrackPopUp;
5896     NSSlider * drcSlider;
5897     NSTextField * drcField;
5898     if (sender == fAudTrack1MixPopUp)
5899     {
5900         audiotrackPopUp = fAudLang1PopUp;
5901         audiocodecPopUp = fAudTrack1CodecPopUp;
5902         mixdownPopUp = fAudTrack1MixPopUp;
5903         sampleratePopUp = fAudTrack1RatePopUp;
5904         bitratePopUp = fAudTrack1BitratePopUp;
5905         drcSlider = fAudTrack1DrcSlider;
5906         drcField = fAudTrack1DrcField;
5907     }
5908     else if (sender == fAudTrack2MixPopUp)
5909     {
5910         audiotrackPopUp = fAudLang2PopUp;
5911         audiocodecPopUp = fAudTrack2CodecPopUp;
5912         mixdownPopUp = fAudTrack2MixPopUp;
5913         sampleratePopUp = fAudTrack2RatePopUp;
5914         bitratePopUp = fAudTrack2BitratePopUp;
5915         drcSlider = fAudTrack2DrcSlider;
5916         drcField = fAudTrack2DrcField;
5917     }
5918     else if (sender == fAudTrack3MixPopUp)
5919     {
5920         audiotrackPopUp = fAudLang3PopUp;
5921         audiocodecPopUp = fAudTrack3CodecPopUp;
5922         mixdownPopUp = fAudTrack3MixPopUp;
5923         sampleratePopUp = fAudTrack3RatePopUp;
5924         bitratePopUp = fAudTrack3BitratePopUp;
5925         drcSlider = fAudTrack3DrcSlider;
5926         drcField = fAudTrack3DrcField;
5927     }
5928     else
5929     {
5930         audiotrackPopUp = fAudLang4PopUp;
5931         audiocodecPopUp = fAudTrack4CodecPopUp;
5932         mixdownPopUp = fAudTrack4MixPopUp;
5933         sampleratePopUp = fAudTrack4RatePopUp;
5934         bitratePopUp = fAudTrack4BitratePopUp;
5935         drcSlider = fAudTrack4DrcSlider;
5936         drcField = fAudTrack4DrcField;
5937     }
5938     acodec = [[audiocodecPopUp selectedItem] tag];
5939     /* storage variable for the min and max bitrate allowed for this codec */
5940     int minbitrate;
5941     int maxbitrate;
5942
5943     switch( acodec )
5944     {
5945         case HB_ACODEC_FAAC:
5946             /* check if we have a 6ch discrete conversion in either audio track */
5947             if ([[mixdownPopUp selectedItem] tag] == HB_AMIXDOWN_6CH)
5948             {
5949                 /* FAAC has a minimum of 192 kbps for 6-channel discrete */
5950                 minbitrate = 192;
5951                 /* If either mixdown popup includes 6-channel discrete, then allow up to 768 kbps */
5952                 maxbitrate = 768;
5953                 break;
5954             }
5955             else
5956             {
5957                 /* FAAC is happy using our min bitrate of 32 kbps for stereo or mono */
5958                 minbitrate = 32;
5959                 /* note: haven't dealt with mono separately here, FAAC will just use the max it can */
5960                 maxbitrate = 320;
5961                 break;
5962             }
5963
5964         case HB_ACODEC_CA_AAC:
5965             /* check if we have a 6ch discrete conversion in either audio track */
5966             if ([[mixdownPopUp selectedItem] tag] == HB_AMIXDOWN_6CH)
5967             {
5968                 minbitrate = 128;
5969                 maxbitrate = 768;
5970                 break;
5971             }
5972             else
5973             {
5974                 minbitrate = 64;
5975                 maxbitrate = 320;
5976                 break;
5977             }
5978
5979             case HB_ACODEC_LAME:
5980             /* Lame is happy using our min bitrate of 32 kbps */
5981             minbitrate = 32;
5982             /* Lame won't encode if the bitrate is higher than 320 kbps */
5983             maxbitrate = 320;
5984             break;
5985
5986             case HB_ACODEC_VORBIS:
5987             if ([[mixdownPopUp selectedItem] tag] == HB_AMIXDOWN_6CH)
5988             {
5989                 /* Vorbis causes a crash if we use a bitrate below 192 kbps with 6 channel */
5990                 minbitrate = 192;
5991                 /* If either mixdown popup includes 6-channel discrete, then allow up to 384 kbps */
5992                 maxbitrate = 384;
5993                 break;
5994             }
5995             else
5996             {
5997                 /* Vorbis causes a crash if we use a bitrate below 48 kbps */
5998                 minbitrate = 48;
5999                 /* Vorbis can cope with 384 kbps quite happily, even for stereo */
6000                 maxbitrate = 384;
6001                 break;
6002             }
6003
6004             default:
6005             /* AC3 passthru disables the bitrate dropdown anyway, so we might as well just use the min and max bitrate */
6006             minbitrate = 32;
6007             maxbitrate = 384;
6008
6009     }
6010
6011     /* make sure we have a selected title before continuing */
6012     if (fTitle == NULL || hb_list_count( fTitle->list_audio ) == 0) return;
6013     /* get the audio so we can find out what input rates are*/
6014     hb_audio_config_t * audio;
6015     audio = (hb_audio_config_t *) hb_list_audio_config_item( fTitle->list_audio, [audiotrackPopUp indexOfSelectedItem] - 1 );
6016     int inputbitrate = audio->in.bitrate / 1000;
6017     int inputsamplerate = audio->in.samplerate;
6018
6019     if ([[mixdownPopUp selectedItem] tag] != HB_ACODEC_AC3 && [[mixdownPopUp selectedItem] tag] != HB_ACODEC_DCA)
6020     {
6021         [bitratePopUp removeAllItems];
6022
6023         for( int i = 0; i < hb_audio_bitrates_count; i++ )
6024         {
6025             if (hb_audio_bitrates[i].rate >= minbitrate && hb_audio_bitrates[i].rate <= maxbitrate)
6026             {
6027                 /* add a new menuitem for this bitrate */
6028                 NSMenuItem *menuItem = [[bitratePopUp menu] addItemWithTitle:
6029                                         [NSString stringWithUTF8String: hb_audio_bitrates[i].string]
6030                                                                       action: NULL keyEquivalent: @""];
6031                 /* set its tag to be the actual bitrate as an integer, so we can retrieve it later */
6032                 [menuItem setTag: hb_audio_bitrates[i].rate];
6033             }
6034         }
6035
6036         /* select the default bitrate (but use 384 for 6-ch AAC) */
6037         if ([[mixdownPopUp selectedItem] tag] == HB_AMIXDOWN_6CH)
6038         {
6039             [bitratePopUp selectItemWithTag: 384];
6040         }
6041         else
6042         {
6043             [bitratePopUp selectItemWithTag: hb_audio_bitrates[hb_audio_bitrates_default].rate];
6044         }
6045     }
6046     /* populate and set the sample rate popup */
6047     /* Audio samplerate */
6048     [sampleratePopUp removeAllItems];
6049     /* we create a same as source selection (Auto) so that we can choose to use the input sample rate */
6050     NSMenuItem *menuItem = [[sampleratePopUp menu] addItemWithTitle: @"Auto" action: NULL keyEquivalent: @""];
6051     [menuItem setTag: inputsamplerate];
6052
6053     for( int i = 0; i < hb_audio_rates_count; i++ )
6054     {
6055         NSMenuItem *menuItem = [[sampleratePopUp menu] addItemWithTitle:
6056                                 [NSString stringWithUTF8String: hb_audio_rates[i].string]
6057                                                                  action: NULL keyEquivalent: @""];
6058         [menuItem setTag: hb_audio_rates[i].rate];
6059     }
6060     /* We use the input sample rate as the default sample rate as downsampling just makes audio worse
6061     * and there is no compelling reason to use anything else as default, though the users default
6062     * preset will likely override any setting chosen here.
6063     */
6064     [sampleratePopUp selectItemWithTag: inputsamplerate];
6065
6066
6067     /* Since AC3 Pass Thru and DTS Pass Thru uses the input bitrate and sample rate, we get the input tracks
6068     * bitrate and display it in the bitrate popup even though libhb happily ignores any bitrate input from
6069     * the gui. We do this for better user feedback in the audio tab as well as the queue for the most part
6070     */
6071     if ([[mixdownPopUp selectedItem] tag] == HB_ACODEC_AC3 || [[mixdownPopUp selectedItem] tag] == HB_ACODEC_DCA)
6072     {
6073
6074         /* lets also set the bitrate popup to the input bitrate as thats what passthru will use */
6075         [bitratePopUp removeAllItems];
6076         NSMenuItem *menuItem = [[bitratePopUp menu] addItemWithTitle:
6077                                 [NSString stringWithFormat:@"%d", inputbitrate]
6078                                                               action: NULL keyEquivalent: @""];
6079         [menuItem setTag: inputbitrate];
6080         /* For ac3 passthru we disable the sample rate and bitrate popups as well as the drc slider*/
6081         [bitratePopUp setEnabled: NO];
6082         [sampleratePopUp setEnabled: NO];
6083
6084         [drcSlider setFloatValue: 0.00];
6085         [self audioDRCSliderChanged: drcSlider];
6086         [drcSlider setEnabled: NO];
6087         [drcField setEnabled: NO];
6088     }
6089     else
6090     {
6091         [sampleratePopUp setEnabled: YES];
6092         [bitratePopUp setEnabled: YES];
6093         [drcSlider setEnabled: YES];
6094         [drcField setEnabled: YES];
6095     }
6096 [self calculateBitrate:nil];
6097 }
6098
6099 - (IBAction) audioDRCSliderChanged: (id) sender
6100 {
6101     NSSlider * drcSlider;
6102     NSTextField * drcField;
6103     if (sender == fAudTrack1DrcSlider)
6104     {
6105         drcSlider = fAudTrack1DrcSlider;
6106         drcField = fAudTrack1DrcField;
6107     }
6108     else if (sender == fAudTrack2DrcSlider)
6109     {
6110         drcSlider = fAudTrack2DrcSlider;
6111         drcField = fAudTrack2DrcField;
6112     }
6113     else if (sender == fAudTrack3DrcSlider)
6114     {
6115         drcSlider = fAudTrack3DrcSlider;
6116         drcField = fAudTrack3DrcField;
6117     }
6118     else
6119     {
6120         drcSlider = fAudTrack4DrcSlider;
6121         drcField = fAudTrack4DrcField;
6122     }
6123
6124     /* If we are between 0.0 and 1.0 on the slider, snap it to 1.0 */
6125     if ([drcSlider floatValue] > 0.0 && [drcSlider floatValue] < 1.0)
6126     {
6127         [drcSlider setFloatValue:1.0];
6128     }
6129
6130
6131     [drcField setStringValue: [NSString stringWithFormat: @"%.2f", [drcSlider floatValue]]];
6132     /* For now, do not call this until we have an intelligent way to determine audio track selections
6133     * compared to presets
6134     */
6135     //[self customSettingUsed: sender];
6136 }
6137
6138 #pragma mark -
6139
6140 - (IBAction) browseImportSrtFile: (id) sender
6141 {
6142
6143     NSOpenPanel * panel;
6144
6145     panel = [NSOpenPanel openPanel];
6146     [panel setAllowsMultipleSelection: NO];
6147     [panel setCanChooseFiles: YES];
6148     [panel setCanChooseDirectories: NO ];
6149     NSString * sourceDirectory;
6150         if ([[NSUserDefaults standardUserDefaults] stringForKey:@"LastSrtImportDirectory"])
6151         {
6152                 sourceDirectory = [[NSUserDefaults standardUserDefaults] stringForKey:@"LastSrtImportDirectory"];
6153         }
6154         else
6155         {
6156                 sourceDirectory = @"~/Desktop";
6157                 sourceDirectory = [sourceDirectory stringByExpandingTildeInPath];
6158         }
6159     /* we open up the browse srt sheet here and call for browseImportSrtFileDone after the sheet is closed */
6160     NSArray *fileTypes = [NSArray arrayWithObjects:@"plist", @"srt", nil];
6161     [panel beginSheetForDirectory: sourceDirectory file: nil types: fileTypes
6162                    modalForWindow: fWindow modalDelegate: self
6163                    didEndSelector: @selector( browseImportSrtFileDone:returnCode:contextInfo: )
6164                       contextInfo: sender];
6165 }
6166
6167 - (void) browseImportSrtFileDone: (NSSavePanel *) sheet
6168                      returnCode: (int) returnCode contextInfo: (void *) contextInfo
6169 {
6170     if( returnCode == NSOKButton )
6171     {
6172         NSString *importSrtDirectory = [[sheet filename] stringByDeletingLastPathComponent];
6173         NSString *importSrtFilePath = [sheet filename];
6174         [[NSUserDefaults standardUserDefaults] setObject:importSrtDirectory forKey:@"LastSrtImportDirectory"];
6175
6176         /* now pass the string off to fSubtitlesDelegate to add the srt file to the dropdown */
6177         [fSubtitlesDelegate createSubtitleSrtTrack:importSrtFilePath];
6178
6179         [fSubtitlesTable reloadData];
6180
6181     }
6182 }
6183
6184 #pragma mark -
6185 #pragma mark Open New Windows
6186
6187 - (IBAction) openHomepage: (id) sender
6188 {
6189     [[NSWorkspace sharedWorkspace] openURL: [NSURL
6190         URLWithString:@"http://handbrake.fr/"]];
6191 }
6192
6193 - (IBAction) openForums: (id) sender
6194 {
6195     [[NSWorkspace sharedWorkspace] openURL: [NSURL
6196         URLWithString:@"http://handbrake.fr/forum/"]];
6197 }
6198 - (IBAction) openUserGuide: (id) sender
6199 {
6200     [[NSWorkspace sharedWorkspace] openURL: [NSURL
6201         URLWithString:@"http://handbrake.fr/trac/wiki/HandBrakeGuide"]];
6202 }
6203
6204 /**
6205  * Shows debug output window.
6206  */
6207 - (IBAction)showDebugOutputPanel:(id)sender
6208 {
6209     [outputPanel showOutputPanel:sender];
6210 }
6211
6212 /**
6213  * Shows preferences window.
6214  */
6215 - (IBAction) showPreferencesWindow: (id) sender
6216 {
6217     NSWindow * window = [fPreferencesController window];
6218     if (![window isVisible])
6219         [window center];
6220
6221     [window makeKeyAndOrderFront: nil];
6222 }
6223
6224 /**
6225  * Shows queue window.
6226  */
6227 - (IBAction) showQueueWindow:(id)sender
6228 {
6229     [fQueueController showQueueWindow:sender];
6230 }
6231
6232
6233 - (IBAction) toggleDrawer:(id)sender {
6234     [fPresetDrawer toggle:self];
6235 }
6236
6237 /**
6238  * Shows Picture Settings Window.
6239  */
6240
6241 - (IBAction) showPicturePanel: (id) sender
6242 {
6243         [fPictureController showPictureWindow:sender];
6244 }
6245
6246 - (void) picturePanelFullScreen
6247 {
6248         [fPictureController setToFullScreenMode];
6249 }
6250
6251 - (void) picturePanelWindowed
6252 {
6253         [fPictureController setToWindowedMode];
6254 }
6255
6256 - (IBAction) showPreviewWindow: (id) sender
6257 {
6258         [fPictureController showPreviewWindow:sender];
6259 }
6260
6261 #pragma mark -
6262 #pragma mark Preset Outline View Methods
6263 #pragma mark - Required
6264 /* These are required by the NSOutlineView Datasource Delegate */
6265
6266
6267 /* used to specify the number of levels to show for each item */
6268 - (int)outlineView:(NSOutlineView *)fPresetsOutlineView numberOfChildrenOfItem:(id)item
6269 {
6270     /* currently use no levels to test outline view viability */
6271     if (item == nil) // for an outline view the root level of the hierarchy is always nil
6272     {
6273         return [UserPresets count];
6274     }
6275     else
6276     {
6277         /* we need to return the count of the array in ChildrenArray for this folder */
6278         NSArray *children = nil;
6279         children = [item objectForKey:@"ChildrenArray"];
6280         if ([children count] > 0)
6281         {
6282             return [children count];
6283         }
6284         else
6285         {
6286             return 0;
6287         }
6288     }
6289 }
6290
6291 /* We use this to deterimine children of an item */
6292 - (id)outlineView:(NSOutlineView *)fPresetsOutlineView child:(NSInteger)index ofItem:(id)item
6293 {
6294
6295     /* we need to return the count of the array in ChildrenArray for this folder */
6296     NSArray *children = nil;
6297     if (item == nil)
6298     {
6299         children = UserPresets;
6300     }
6301     else
6302     {
6303         if ([item objectForKey:@"ChildrenArray"])
6304         {
6305             children = [item objectForKey:@"ChildrenArray"];
6306         }
6307     }
6308     if ((children == nil) || ( [children count] <= (NSUInteger) index))
6309     {
6310         return nil;
6311     }
6312     else
6313     {
6314         return [children objectAtIndex:index];
6315     }
6316
6317
6318     // We are only one level deep, so we can't be asked about children
6319     //NSAssert (NO, @"Presets View outlineView:child:ofItem: currently can't handle nested items.");
6320     //return nil;
6321 }
6322
6323 /* We use this to determine if an item should be expandable */
6324 - (BOOL)outlineView:(NSOutlineView *)fPresetsOutlineView isItemExpandable:(id)item
6325 {
6326
6327     /* we need to return the count of the array in ChildrenArray for this folder */
6328     NSArray *children= nil;
6329     if (item == nil)
6330     {
6331         children = UserPresets;
6332     }
6333     else
6334     {
6335         if ([item objectForKey:@"ChildrenArray"])
6336         {
6337             children = [item objectForKey:@"ChildrenArray"];
6338         }
6339     }
6340
6341     /* To deterimine if an item should show a disclosure triangle
6342      * we could do it by the children count as so:
6343      * if ([children count] < 1)
6344      * However, lets leave the triangle show even if there are no
6345      * children to help indicate a folder, just like folder in the
6346      * finder can show a disclosure triangle even when empty
6347      */
6348
6349     /* We need to determine if the item is a folder */
6350    if ([[item objectForKey:@"Folder"] intValue] == 1)
6351    {
6352         return YES;
6353     }
6354     else
6355     {
6356         return NO;
6357     }
6358
6359 }
6360
6361 - (BOOL)outlineView:(NSOutlineView *)outlineView shouldExpandItem:(id)item
6362 {
6363     // Our outline view has no levels, but we can still expand every item. Doing so
6364     // just makes the row taller. See heightOfRowByItem below.
6365 //return ![(HBQueueOutlineView*)outlineView isDragging];
6366
6367 return YES;
6368 }
6369
6370
6371 /* Used to tell the outline view which information is to be displayed per item */
6372 - (id)outlineView:(NSOutlineView *)fPresetsOutlineView objectValueForTableColumn:(NSTableColumn *)tableColumn byItem:(id)item
6373 {
6374         /* We have two columns right now, icon and PresetName */
6375
6376     if ([[tableColumn identifier] isEqualToString:@"PresetName"])
6377     {
6378         return [item objectForKey:@"PresetName"];
6379     }
6380     else
6381     {
6382         //return @"";
6383         return nil;
6384     }
6385 }
6386
6387 - (id)outlineView:(NSOutlineView *)outlineView itemForPersistentObject:(id)object
6388 {
6389     return [NSKeyedUnarchiver unarchiveObjectWithData:object];
6390 }
6391 - (id)outlineView:(NSOutlineView *)outlineView persistentObjectForItem:(id)item
6392 {
6393     return [NSKeyedArchiver archivedDataWithRootObject:item];
6394 }
6395
6396 #pragma mark - Added Functionality (optional)
6397 /* Use to customize the font and display characteristics of the title cell */
6398 - (void)outlineView:(NSOutlineView *)outlineView willDisplayCell:(id)cell forTableColumn:(NSTableColumn *)tableColumn item:(id)item
6399 {
6400     if ([[tableColumn identifier] isEqualToString:@"PresetName"])
6401     {
6402         NSFont *txtFont;
6403         NSColor *fontColor;
6404         NSColor *shadowColor;
6405         txtFont = [NSFont systemFontOfSize: [NSFont smallSystemFontSize]];
6406         /*check to see if its a selected row */
6407         if ([fPresetsOutlineView selectedRow] == [fPresetsOutlineView rowForItem:item])
6408         {
6409
6410             fontColor = [NSColor blackColor];
6411             shadowColor = [NSColor colorWithDeviceRed:(127.0/255.0) green:(140.0/255.0) blue:(160.0/255.0) alpha:1.0];
6412         }
6413         else
6414         {
6415             if ([[item objectForKey:@"Type"] intValue] == 0)
6416             {
6417                 fontColor = [NSColor blueColor];
6418             }
6419             else // User created preset, use a black font
6420             {
6421                 fontColor = [NSColor blackColor];
6422             }
6423             /* check to see if its a folder */
6424             //if ([[item objectForKey:@"Folder"] intValue] == 1)
6425             //{
6426             //fontColor = [NSColor greenColor];
6427             //}
6428
6429
6430         }
6431         /* We use Bold Text for the HB Default */
6432         if ([[item objectForKey:@"Default"] intValue] == 1)// 1 is HB default
6433         {
6434             txtFont = [NSFont boldSystemFontOfSize: [NSFont smallSystemFontSize]];
6435         }
6436         /* We use Bold Text for the User Specified Default */
6437         if ([[item objectForKey:@"Default"] intValue] == 2)// 2 is User default
6438         {
6439             txtFont = [NSFont boldSystemFontOfSize: [NSFont smallSystemFontSize]];
6440         }
6441
6442
6443         [cell setTextColor:fontColor];
6444         [cell setFont:txtFont];
6445
6446     }
6447 }
6448
6449 /* We use this to edit the name field in the outline view */
6450 - (void)outlineView:(NSOutlineView *)outlineView setObjectValue:(id)object forTableColumn:(NSTableColumn *)tableColumn byItem:(id)item
6451 {
6452     if ([[tableColumn identifier] isEqualToString:@"PresetName"])
6453     {
6454         id theRecord;
6455
6456         theRecord = item;
6457         [theRecord setObject:object forKey:@"PresetName"];
6458
6459         [self sortPresets];
6460
6461         [fPresetsOutlineView reloadData];
6462         /* We save all of the preset data here */
6463         [self savePreset];
6464     }
6465 }
6466 /* We use this to provide tooltips for the items in the presets outline view */
6467 - (NSString *)outlineView:(NSOutlineView *)fPresetsOutlineView toolTipForCell:(NSCell *)cell rect:(NSRectPointer)rect tableColumn:(NSTableColumn *)tc item:(id)item mouseLocation:(NSPoint)mouseLocation
6468 {
6469     //if ([[tc identifier] isEqualToString:@"PresetName"])
6470     //{
6471         /* initialize the tooltip contents variable */
6472         NSString *loc_tip;
6473         /* if there is a description for the preset, we show it in the tooltip */
6474         if ([item objectForKey:@"PresetDescription"])
6475         {
6476             loc_tip = [item objectForKey:@"PresetDescription"];
6477             return (loc_tip);
6478         }
6479         else
6480         {
6481             loc_tip = @"No description available";
6482         }
6483         return (loc_tip);
6484     //}
6485 }
6486
6487 #pragma mark -
6488 #pragma mark Preset Outline View Methods (dragging related)
6489
6490
6491 - (BOOL)outlineView:(NSOutlineView *)outlineView writeItems:(NSArray *)items toPasteboard:(NSPasteboard *)pboard
6492 {
6493         // Dragging is only allowed for custom presets.
6494     //[[[fPresetsOutlineView itemAtRow:[fPresetsOutlineView selectedRow]] objectForKey:@"Default"] intValue] != 1
6495         if ([[[fPresetsOutlineView itemAtRow:[fPresetsOutlineView selectedRow]] objectForKey:@"Type"] intValue] == 0) // 0 is built in preset
6496     {
6497         return NO;
6498     }
6499     // Don't retain since this is just holding temporaral drag information, and it is
6500     //only used during a drag!  We could put this in the pboard actually.
6501     fDraggedNodes = items;
6502     // Provide data for our custom type, and simple NSStrings.
6503     [pboard declareTypes:[NSArray arrayWithObjects: DragDropSimplePboardType, nil] owner:self];
6504
6505     // the actual data doesn't matter since DragDropSimplePboardType drags aren't recognized by anyone but us!.
6506     [pboard setData:[NSData data] forType:DragDropSimplePboardType];
6507
6508     return YES;
6509 }
6510
6511 - (NSDragOperation)outlineView:(NSOutlineView *)outlineView validateDrop:(id <NSDraggingInfo>)info proposedItem:(id)item proposedChildIndex:(NSInteger)index
6512 {
6513
6514         // Don't allow dropping ONTO an item since they can't really contain any children.
6515
6516     BOOL isOnDropTypeProposal = index == NSOutlineViewDropOnItemIndex;
6517     if (isOnDropTypeProposal)
6518         return NSDragOperationNone;
6519
6520     // Don't allow dropping INTO an item since they can't really contain any children as of yet.
6521         if (item != nil)
6522         {
6523                 index = [fPresetsOutlineView rowForItem: item] + 1;
6524                 item = nil;
6525         }
6526
6527     // Don't allow dropping into the Built In Presets.
6528     if (index < presetCurrentBuiltInCount)
6529     {
6530         return NSDragOperationNone;
6531         index = MAX (index, presetCurrentBuiltInCount);
6532         }
6533
6534     [outlineView setDropItem:item dropChildIndex:index];
6535     return NSDragOperationGeneric;
6536 }
6537
6538
6539
6540 - (BOOL)outlineView:(NSOutlineView *)outlineView acceptDrop:(id <NSDraggingInfo>)info item:(id)item childIndex:(NSInteger)index
6541 {
6542     /* first, lets see if we are dropping into a folder */
6543     if ([[fPresetsOutlineView itemAtRow:index] objectForKey:@"Folder"] && [[[fPresetsOutlineView itemAtRow:index] objectForKey:@"Folder"] intValue] == 1) // if its a folder
6544         {
6545     NSMutableArray *childrenArray = [[NSMutableArray alloc] init];
6546     childrenArray = [[fPresetsOutlineView itemAtRow:index] objectForKey:@"ChildrenArray"];
6547     [childrenArray addObject:item];
6548     [[fPresetsOutlineView itemAtRow:index] setObject:[NSMutableArray arrayWithArray: childrenArray] forKey:@"ChildrenArray"];
6549     [childrenArray autorelease];
6550     }
6551     else // We are not, so we just move the preset into the existing array
6552     {
6553         NSMutableIndexSet *moveItems = [NSMutableIndexSet indexSet];
6554         id obj;
6555         NSEnumerator *enumerator = [fDraggedNodes objectEnumerator];
6556         while (obj = [enumerator nextObject])
6557         {
6558             [moveItems addIndex:[UserPresets indexOfObject:obj]];
6559         }
6560         // Successful drop, lets rearrange the view and save it all
6561         [self moveObjectsInPresetsArray:UserPresets fromIndexes:moveItems toIndex: index];
6562     }
6563     [fPresetsOutlineView reloadData];
6564     [self savePreset];
6565     return YES;
6566 }
6567
6568 - (void)moveObjectsInPresetsArray:(NSMutableArray *)array fromIndexes:(NSIndexSet *)indexSet toIndex:(NSUInteger)insertIndex
6569 {
6570     NSUInteger index = [indexSet lastIndex];
6571     NSUInteger aboveInsertIndexCount = 0;
6572
6573     NSUInteger removeIndex;
6574
6575     if (index >= insertIndex)
6576     {
6577         removeIndex = index + aboveInsertIndexCount;
6578         aboveInsertIndexCount++;
6579     }
6580     else
6581     {
6582         removeIndex = index;
6583         insertIndex--;
6584     }
6585
6586     id object = [[array objectAtIndex:removeIndex] retain];
6587     [array removeObjectAtIndex:removeIndex];
6588     [array insertObject:object atIndex:insertIndex];
6589     [object release];
6590
6591     index = [indexSet indexLessThanIndex:index];
6592 }
6593
6594
6595
6596 #pragma mark - Functional Preset NSOutlineView Methods
6597
6598 - (IBAction)selectPreset:(id)sender
6599 {
6600
6601     if ([fPresetsOutlineView selectedRow] >= 0 && [[[fPresetsOutlineView itemAtRow:[fPresetsOutlineView selectedRow]] objectForKey:@"Folder"] intValue] != 1)
6602     {
6603         chosenPreset = [fPresetsOutlineView itemAtRow:[fPresetsOutlineView selectedRow]];
6604         [fPresetSelectedDisplay setStringValue:[chosenPreset objectForKey:@"PresetName"]];
6605
6606         if ([[chosenPreset objectForKey:@"Default"] intValue] == 1)
6607         {
6608             [fPresetSelectedDisplay setStringValue:[NSString stringWithFormat:@"%@ (Default)", [chosenPreset objectForKey:@"PresetName"]]];
6609         }
6610         else
6611         {
6612             [fPresetSelectedDisplay setStringValue:[chosenPreset objectForKey:@"PresetName"]];
6613         }
6614
6615         /* File Format */
6616         [fDstFormatPopUp selectItemWithTitle:[chosenPreset objectForKey:@"FileFormat"]];
6617         [self formatPopUpChanged:nil];
6618
6619         /* Chapter Markers*/
6620         [fCreateChapterMarkers setState:[[chosenPreset objectForKey:@"ChapterMarkers"] intValue]];
6621         /* check to see if we have only one chapter */
6622         [self chapterPopUpChanged:nil];
6623
6624         /* Allow Mpeg4 64 bit formatting +4GB file sizes */
6625         [fDstMp4LargeFileCheck setState:[[chosenPreset objectForKey:@"Mp4LargeFile"] intValue]];
6626         /* Mux mp4 with http optimization */
6627         [fDstMp4HttpOptFileCheck setState:[[chosenPreset objectForKey:@"Mp4HttpOptimize"] intValue]];
6628
6629         /* Video encoder */
6630         [fVidEncoderPopUp selectItemWithTitle:[chosenPreset objectForKey:@"VideoEncoder"]];
6631         /* We set the advanced opt string here if applicable*/
6632         [fAdvancedOptions setOptions:[chosenPreset objectForKey:@"x264Option"]];
6633
6634         /* Lets run through the following functions to get variables set there */
6635         [self videoEncoderPopUpChanged:nil];
6636         /* Set the state of ipod compatible with Mp4iPodCompatible. Only for x264*/
6637         [fDstMp4iPodFileCheck setState:[[chosenPreset objectForKey:@"Mp4iPodCompatible"] intValue]];
6638         [self calculateBitrate:nil];
6639
6640         /* Video quality */
6641         [fVidQualityMatrix selectCellAtRow:[[chosenPreset objectForKey:@"VideoQualityType"] intValue] column:0];
6642
6643         [fVidTargetSizeField setStringValue:[chosenPreset objectForKey:@"VideoTargetSize"]];
6644         [fVidBitrateField setStringValue:[chosenPreset objectForKey:@"VideoAvgBitrate"]];
6645
6646         /* Since we are now using RF Values for the slider, we detect if the preset uses an old quality float.
6647          * So, check to see if the quality value is less than 1.0 which should indicate the old ".062" type
6648          * quality preset. Caveat: in the case of x264, where the RF scale starts at 0, it would misinterpret
6649          * a preset that uses 0.0 - 0.99 for RF as an old style preset. Not sure how to get around that one yet,
6650          * though it should be a corner case since it would pretty much be a preset for lossless encoding. */
6651         if ([[chosenPreset objectForKey:@"VideoQualitySlider"] floatValue] < 1.0)
6652         {
6653             /* For the quality slider we need to convert the old percent's to the new rf scales */
6654             float rf =  (([fVidQualitySlider maxValue] - [fVidQualitySlider minValue]) * [[chosenPreset objectForKey:@"VideoQualitySlider"] floatValue]);
6655             [fVidQualitySlider setFloatValue:rf];
6656
6657         }
6658         else
6659         {
6660             /* Since theora's qp value goes up from left to right, we can just set the slider float value */
6661             if ([[fVidEncoderPopUp selectedItem] tag] == HB_VCODEC_THEORA)
6662             {
6663                 [fVidQualitySlider setFloatValue:[[chosenPreset objectForKey:@"VideoQualitySlider"] floatValue]];
6664             }
6665             else
6666             {
6667                 /* since ffmpeg and x264 use an "inverted" slider (lower qp/rf values indicate a higher quality) we invert the value on the slider */
6668                 [fVidQualitySlider setFloatValue:([fVidQualitySlider maxValue] + [fVidQualitySlider minValue]) - [[chosenPreset objectForKey:@"VideoQualitySlider"] floatValue]];
6669             }
6670         }
6671
6672         [self videoMatrixChanged:nil];
6673
6674         /* Video framerate */
6675         /* For video preset video framerate, we want to make sure that Same as source does not conflict with the
6676          detected framerate in the fVidRatePopUp so we use index 0*/
6677         if ([[chosenPreset objectForKey:@"VideoFramerate"] isEqualToString:@"Same as source"])
6678         {
6679             [fVidRatePopUp selectItemAtIndex: 0];
6680         }
6681         else
6682         {
6683             [fVidRatePopUp selectItemWithTitle:[chosenPreset objectForKey:@"VideoFramerate"]];
6684         }
6685
6686
6687         /* 2 Pass Encoding */
6688         [fVidTwoPassCheck setState:[[chosenPreset objectForKey:@"VideoTwoPass"] intValue]];
6689         [self twoPassCheckboxChanged:nil];
6690
6691         /* Turbo 1st pass for 2 Pass Encoding */
6692         [fVidTurboPassCheck setState:[[chosenPreset objectForKey:@"VideoTurboTwoPass"] intValue]];
6693
6694         /*Audio*/
6695         /* First we check to see if we are using the current audio track layout based on AudioList array */
6696         if ([chosenPreset objectForKey:@"AudioList"])
6697         {
6698
6699             /* pointer to this track's mixdown, codec, sample rate and bitrate NSPopUpButton's */
6700             NSPopUpButton * trackLangPreviousPopUp = nil;
6701             NSPopUpButton * trackLangPopUp = nil;
6702             NSPopUpButton * mixdownPopUp = nil;
6703             NSPopUpButton * audiocodecPopUp = nil;
6704             NSPopUpButton * sampleratePopUp = nil;
6705             NSPopUpButton * bitratePopUp = nil;
6706             NSSlider      * drcSlider = nil;
6707
6708
6709             /* Populate the audio widgets based on the contents of the AudioList array */
6710             int i = 0;
6711             NSEnumerator *enumerator = [[chosenPreset objectForKey:@"AudioList"] objectEnumerator];
6712             id tempObject;
6713             while (tempObject = [enumerator nextObject])
6714             {
6715                 i++;
6716                 if( i == 1 )
6717                 {
6718                     trackLangPopUp = fAudLang1PopUp;
6719                     mixdownPopUp = fAudTrack1MixPopUp;
6720                     audiocodecPopUp = fAudTrack1CodecPopUp;
6721                     sampleratePopUp = fAudTrack1RatePopUp;
6722                     bitratePopUp = fAudTrack1BitratePopUp;
6723                     drcSlider = fAudTrack1DrcSlider;
6724                 }
6725                 if( i == 2 )
6726                 {
6727                     trackLangPreviousPopUp = fAudLang1PopUp;
6728                     trackLangPopUp = fAudLang2PopUp;
6729                     mixdownPopUp = fAudTrack2MixPopUp;
6730                     audiocodecPopUp = fAudTrack2CodecPopUp;
6731                     sampleratePopUp = fAudTrack2RatePopUp;
6732                     bitratePopUp = fAudTrack2BitratePopUp;
6733                     drcSlider = fAudTrack2DrcSlider;
6734                 }
6735                 if( i == 3 )
6736                 {
6737                     trackLangPreviousPopUp = fAudLang2PopUp;
6738                     trackLangPopUp = fAudLang3PopUp;
6739                     mixdownPopUp = fAudTrack3MixPopUp;
6740                     audiocodecPopUp = fAudTrack3CodecPopUp;
6741                     sampleratePopUp = fAudTrack3RatePopUp;
6742                     bitratePopUp = fAudTrack3BitratePopUp;
6743                     drcSlider = fAudTrack3DrcSlider;
6744                 }
6745                 if( i == 4 )
6746                 {
6747                     trackLangPreviousPopUp = fAudLang3PopUp;
6748                     trackLangPopUp = fAudLang4PopUp;
6749                     mixdownPopUp = fAudTrack4MixPopUp;
6750                     audiocodecPopUp = fAudTrack4CodecPopUp;
6751                     sampleratePopUp = fAudTrack4RatePopUp;
6752                     bitratePopUp = fAudTrack4BitratePopUp;
6753                     drcSlider = fAudTrack4DrcSlider;
6754                 }
6755
6756
6757                 if ([trackLangPopUp indexOfSelectedItem] == 0)
6758                 {
6759                     if (i ==1)
6760                     {
6761                         [trackLangPopUp selectItemAtIndex: 1];
6762                     }
6763                     else
6764                     {
6765                         /* if we are greater than track 1, select
6766                          * the same track as the previous track */
6767                         [trackLangPopUp selectItemAtIndex: [trackLangPreviousPopUp indexOfSelectedItem]];
6768                     }
6769                 }
6770                 [self audioTrackPopUpChanged: trackLangPopUp];
6771                 [audiocodecPopUp selectItemWithTitle:[tempObject objectForKey:@"AudioEncoder"]];
6772                 /* check our pref for core audio and use it in place of faac if preset is a built in  */
6773                 if ([[chosenPreset objectForKey:@"Type"] intValue] == 0 &&
6774                     [[NSUserDefaults standardUserDefaults] boolForKey: @"UseCoreAudio"] == YES &&
6775                     [[tempObject objectForKey:@"AudioEncoder"] isEqualToString: @"AAC (faac)"])
6776                 {
6777                     [audiocodecPopUp selectItemWithTitle:@"AAC (CoreAudio)"];
6778                 }
6779
6780                 [self audioTrackPopUpChanged: audiocodecPopUp];
6781                 [mixdownPopUp selectItemWithTitle:[tempObject objectForKey:@"AudioMixdown"]];
6782                 [self audioTrackMixdownChanged: mixdownPopUp];
6783                 /* check to see if the selection was available, if not, rerun audioTrackPopUpChanged using the codec to just set the default
6784                  * mixdown*/
6785                 if  ([mixdownPopUp selectedItem] == nil)
6786                 {
6787                     [self audioTrackPopUpChanged: audiocodecPopUp];
6788                     [self writeToActivityLog: "presetSelected mixdown not selected, rerun audioTrackPopUpChanged"];
6789                 }
6790                 [sampleratePopUp selectItemWithTitle:[tempObject objectForKey:@"AudioSamplerate"]];
6791                 /* We set the presets bitrate if it is *not* an AC3 track since that uses the input bitrate */
6792                 if (![[tempObject objectForKey:@"AudioEncoder"] isEqualToString:@"AC3 Passthru"])
6793                 {
6794                     [bitratePopUp selectItemWithTitle:[tempObject objectForKey:@"AudioBitrate"]];
6795                     /* check to see if the bitrate selection was available, if not, rerun audioTrackMixdownChanged using the mixdown to just set the
6796                      *default mixdown bitrate*/
6797                     if ([bitratePopUp selectedItem] == nil)
6798                     {
6799                         [self audioTrackMixdownChanged: mixdownPopUp];
6800                     }
6801                 }
6802                 [drcSlider setFloatValue:[[tempObject objectForKey:@"AudioTrackDRCSlider"] floatValue]];
6803                 [self audioDRCSliderChanged: drcSlider];
6804
6805
6806                 /* If we are any track greater than 1 check to make sure we have a matching source codec is using ac3 passthru or dts passthru,
6807                  * if not we will set the track to "None". Track 1 is allowed to mixdown to a suitable DPL2 mix if we cannot passthru */
6808
6809                 if( i > 1 )
6810                 {
6811                     /* Check to see if the preset asks for a passhthru track (AC3 or DTS) and verify there is a matching source track if not, set the track to "None". */
6812                     if (([[tempObject objectForKey:@"AudioEncoder"] isEqualToString:@"AC3 Passthru"] || [[tempObject objectForKey:@"AudioEncoder"] isEqualToString:@"DTS Passthru"])  && [trackLangPopUp indexOfSelectedItem] != 0)
6813                     {
6814                         hb_audio_config_t * audio;
6815                         /* get the audio source audio codec */
6816                         audio = (hb_audio_config_t *) hb_list_audio_config_item( fTitle->list_audio, [trackLangPopUp indexOfSelectedItem] - 1 );
6817                         if (audio != NULL && [[tempObject objectForKey:@"AudioEncoder"] isEqualToString:@"AC3 Passthru"] && audio->in.codec != HB_ACODEC_AC3 ||
6818                             [[tempObject objectForKey:@"AudioEncoder"] isEqualToString:@"DTS Passthru"] && audio->in.codec != HB_ACODEC_DCA )
6819                         {
6820                             /* We have a preset using ac3 passthru but no ac3 source audio, so set the track to "None" and bail */
6821                             if ([[tempObject objectForKey:@"AudioEncoder"] isEqualToString:@"AC3 Passthru"])
6822                             {
6823                                 [self writeToActivityLog: "Preset calls for AC3 Pass thru ..."];
6824                             }
6825                             if ([[tempObject objectForKey:@"AudioEncoder"] isEqualToString:@"DTS Passthru"])
6826                             {
6827                                 [self writeToActivityLog: "Preset calls for DTS Pass thru ..."];
6828                             }
6829                             [self writeToActivityLog: "No matching source codec, setting track  %d to None", i];
6830                             [trackLangPopUp selectItemAtIndex: 0];
6831                             [self audioTrackPopUpChanged: trackLangPopUp];
6832                         }
6833                     }
6834                 }
6835             }
6836
6837             /* We now cleanup any extra audio tracks that may have been previously set if we need to */
6838
6839             if (i < 4)
6840             {
6841                 [fAudLang4PopUp selectItemAtIndex: 0];
6842                 [self audioTrackPopUpChanged: fAudLang4PopUp];
6843
6844                 if (i < 3)
6845                 {
6846                     [fAudLang3PopUp selectItemAtIndex: 0];
6847                     [self audioTrackPopUpChanged: fAudLang3PopUp];
6848
6849                     if (i < 2)
6850                     {
6851                         [fAudLang2PopUp selectItemAtIndex: 0];
6852                         [self audioTrackPopUpChanged: fAudLang2PopUp];
6853                     }
6854                 }
6855             }
6856
6857         }
6858         else
6859         {
6860             if ([chosenPreset objectForKey:@"Audio1Track"] > 0)
6861             {
6862                 if ([fAudLang1PopUp indexOfSelectedItem] == 0)
6863                 {
6864                     [fAudLang1PopUp selectItemAtIndex: 1];
6865                 }
6866                 [self audioTrackPopUpChanged: fAudLang1PopUp];
6867                 [fAudTrack1CodecPopUp selectItemWithTitle:[chosenPreset objectForKey:@"Audio1Encoder"]];
6868                 /* check our pref for core audio and use it in place of faac if preset is built in */
6869                 if ([[chosenPreset objectForKey:@"Type"] intValue] == 0 &&
6870                     [[NSUserDefaults standardUserDefaults] boolForKey: @"UseCoreAudio"] == YES &&
6871                     [[chosenPreset objectForKey:@"Audio1Encoder"] isEqualToString: @"AAC (faac)"])
6872                 {
6873                     [fAudTrack1CodecPopUp selectItemWithTitle:@"AAC (CoreAudio)"];
6874                 }
6875
6876                 [self audioTrackPopUpChanged: fAudTrack1CodecPopUp];
6877                 [fAudTrack1MixPopUp selectItemWithTitle:[chosenPreset objectForKey:@"Audio1Mixdown"]];
6878                 /* check to see if the selections was available, if not, rerun audioTrackPopUpChanged using the codec to just set the default
6879                  * mixdown*/
6880                 if  ([fAudTrack1MixPopUp selectedItem] == nil)
6881                 {
6882                     [self audioTrackPopUpChanged: fAudTrack1CodecPopUp];
6883                 }
6884                 [fAudTrack1RatePopUp selectItemWithTitle:[chosenPreset objectForKey:@"Audio1Samplerate"]];
6885                 /* We set the presets bitrate if it is *not* an AC3 track since that uses the input bitrate */
6886                 if (![[chosenPreset objectForKey:@"Audio1Encoder"] isEqualToString:@"AC3 Passthru"])
6887                 {
6888                     [fAudTrack1BitratePopUp selectItemWithTitle:[chosenPreset objectForKey:@"Audio1Bitrate"]];
6889                 }
6890                 [fAudTrack1DrcSlider setFloatValue:[[chosenPreset objectForKey:@"Audio1TrackDRCSlider"] floatValue]];
6891                 [self audioDRCSliderChanged: fAudTrack1DrcSlider];
6892             }
6893
6894             if ([chosenPreset objectForKey:@"Audio2Track"] > 0)
6895             {
6896                 if ([fAudLang2PopUp indexOfSelectedItem] == 0)
6897                 {
6898                     [fAudLang2PopUp selectItemAtIndex: 1];
6899                 }
6900                 [self audioTrackPopUpChanged: fAudLang2PopUp];
6901                 [fAudTrack2CodecPopUp selectItemWithTitle:[chosenPreset objectForKey:@"Audio2Encoder"]];
6902                 /* check our pref for core audio and use it in place of faac if preset is built in */
6903                 if ([[chosenPreset objectForKey:@"Type"] intValue] == 0 &&
6904                     [[NSUserDefaults standardUserDefaults] boolForKey: @"UseCoreAudio"] == YES &&
6905                     [[chosenPreset objectForKey:@"Audio2Encoder"] isEqualToString: @"AAC (faac)"])
6906                 {
6907                     [fAudTrack2CodecPopUp selectItemWithTitle:@"AAC (CoreAudio)"];
6908                 }
6909                 [self audioTrackPopUpChanged: fAudTrack2CodecPopUp];
6910                 [fAudTrack2MixPopUp selectItemWithTitle:[chosenPreset objectForKey:@"Audio2Mixdown"]];
6911                 /* check to see if the selections was available, if not, rerun audioTrackPopUpChanged using the codec to just set the default
6912                  * mixdown*/
6913                 if  ([fAudTrack2MixPopUp selectedItem] == nil)
6914                 {
6915                     [self audioTrackPopUpChanged: fAudTrack2CodecPopUp];
6916                 }
6917                 [fAudTrack2RatePopUp selectItemWithTitle:[chosenPreset objectForKey:@"Audio2Samplerate"]];
6918                 /* We set the presets bitrate if it is *not* an AC3 track since that uses the input bitrate */
6919                 if (![[chosenPreset objectForKey:@"Audio2Encoder"] isEqualToString:@"AC3 Passthru"])
6920                 {
6921                     [fAudTrack2BitratePopUp selectItemWithTitle:[chosenPreset objectForKey:@"Audio2Bitrate"]];
6922                 }
6923                 [fAudTrack2DrcSlider setFloatValue:[[chosenPreset objectForKey:@"Audio2TrackDRCSlider"] floatValue]];
6924                 [self audioDRCSliderChanged: fAudTrack2DrcSlider];
6925             }
6926             if ([chosenPreset objectForKey:@"Audio3Track"] > 0)
6927             {
6928                 if ([fAudLang3PopUp indexOfSelectedItem] == 0)
6929                 {
6930                     [fAudLang3PopUp selectItemAtIndex: 1];
6931                 }
6932                 [self audioTrackPopUpChanged: fAudLang3PopUp];
6933                 [fAudTrack3CodecPopUp selectItemWithTitle:[chosenPreset objectForKey:@"Audio3Encoder"]];
6934                 /* check our pref for core audio and use it in place of faac if preset is built in */
6935                 if ([[chosenPreset objectForKey:@"Type"] intValue] == 0 &&
6936                     [[NSUserDefaults standardUserDefaults] boolForKey: @"UseCoreAudio"] == YES &&
6937                     [[chosenPreset objectForKey:@"Audio3Encoder"] isEqualToString: @"AAC (faac)"])
6938                 {
6939                     [fAudTrack3CodecPopUp selectItemWithTitle:@"AAC (CoreAudio)"];
6940                 }
6941                 [self audioTrackPopUpChanged: fAudTrack3CodecPopUp];
6942                 [fAudTrack3MixPopUp selectItemWithTitle:[chosenPreset objectForKey:@"Audio3Mixdown"]];
6943                 /* check to see if the selections was available, if not, rerun audioTrackPopUpChanged using the codec to just set the default
6944                  * mixdown*/
6945                 if  ([fAudTrack3MixPopUp selectedItem] == nil)
6946                 {
6947                     [self audioTrackPopUpChanged: fAudTrack3CodecPopUp];
6948                 }
6949                 [fAudTrack3RatePopUp selectItemWithTitle:[chosenPreset objectForKey:@"Audio3Samplerate"]];
6950                 /* We set the presets bitrate if it is *not* an AC3 track since that uses the input bitrate */
6951                 if (![[chosenPreset objectForKey:@"Audio3Encoder"] isEqualToString: @"AC3 Passthru"])
6952                 {
6953                     [fAudTrack3BitratePopUp selectItemWithTitle:[chosenPreset objectForKey:@"Audio3Bitrate"]];
6954                 }
6955                 [fAudTrack3DrcSlider setFloatValue:[[chosenPreset objectForKey:@"Audio3TrackDRCSlider"] floatValue]];
6956                 [self audioDRCSliderChanged: fAudTrack3DrcSlider];
6957             }
6958             if ([chosenPreset objectForKey:@"Audio4Track"] > 0)
6959             {
6960                 if ([fAudLang4PopUp indexOfSelectedItem] == 0)
6961                 {
6962                     [fAudLang4PopUp selectItemAtIndex: 1];
6963                 }
6964                 [self audioTrackPopUpChanged: fAudLang4PopUp];
6965                 [fAudTrack4CodecPopUp selectItemWithTitle:[chosenPreset objectForKey:@"Audio4Encoder"]];
6966                 /* check our pref for core audio and use it in place of faac if preset is built in */
6967                 if ([[chosenPreset objectForKey:@"Type"] intValue] == 0 &&
6968                     [[NSUserDefaults standardUserDefaults] boolForKey: @"UseCoreAudio"] == YES &&
6969                     [[chosenPreset objectForKey:@"Audio4Encoder"] isEqualToString: @"AAC (faac)"])
6970                 {
6971                     [fAudTrack4CodecPopUp selectItemWithTitle:@"AAC (CoreAudio)"];
6972                 }
6973                 [self audioTrackPopUpChanged: fAudTrack4CodecPopUp];
6974                 [fAudTrack4MixPopUp selectItemWithTitle:[chosenPreset objectForKey:@"Audio4Mixdown"]];
6975                 /* check to see if the selections was available, if not, rerun audioTrackPopUpChanged using the codec to just set the default
6976                  * mixdown*/
6977                 if  ([fAudTrack4MixPopUp selectedItem] == nil)
6978                 {
6979                     [self audioTrackPopUpChanged: fAudTrack4CodecPopUp];
6980                 }
6981                 [fAudTrack4RatePopUp selectItemWithTitle:[chosenPreset objectForKey:@"Audio4Samplerate"]];
6982                 /* We set the presets bitrate if it is *not* an AC3 track since that uses the input bitrate */
6983                 if (![[chosenPreset objectForKey:@"Audio4Encoder"] isEqualToString:@"AC3 Passthru"])
6984                 {
6985                     [fAudTrack4BitratePopUp selectItemWithTitle:[chosenPreset objectForKey:@"Audio4Bitrate"]];
6986                 }
6987                 [fAudTrack4DrcSlider setFloatValue:[[chosenPreset objectForKey:@"Audio4TrackDRCSlider"] floatValue]];
6988                 [self audioDRCSliderChanged: fAudTrack4DrcSlider];
6989             }
6990
6991             /* We now cleanup any extra audio tracks that may have been previously set if we need to */
6992
6993             if (![chosenPreset objectForKey:@"Audio2Track"] || [chosenPreset objectForKey:@"Audio2Track"] == 0)
6994             {
6995                 [fAudLang2PopUp selectItemAtIndex: 0];
6996                 [self audioTrackPopUpChanged: fAudLang2PopUp];
6997             }
6998             if (![chosenPreset objectForKey:@"Audio3Track"] || [chosenPreset objectForKey:@"Audio3Track"] > 0)
6999             {
7000                 [fAudLang3PopUp selectItemAtIndex: 0];
7001                 [self audioTrackPopUpChanged: fAudLang3PopUp];
7002             }
7003             if (![chosenPreset objectForKey:@"Audio4Track"] || [chosenPreset objectForKey:@"Audio4Track"] > 0)
7004             {
7005                 [fAudLang4PopUp selectItemAtIndex: 0];
7006                 [self audioTrackPopUpChanged: fAudLang4PopUp];
7007             }
7008         }
7009
7010         /*Subtitles*/
7011         [fSubPopUp selectItemWithTitle:[chosenPreset objectForKey:@"Subtitles"]];
7012         /* Forced Subtitles */
7013         [fSubForcedCheck setState:[[chosenPreset objectForKey:@"SubtitlesForced"] intValue]];
7014
7015         /* Picture Settings */
7016         /* Note: objectForKey:@"UsesPictureSettings" refers to picture size, which encompasses:
7017          * height, width, keep ar, anamorphic and crop settings.
7018          * picture filters are handled separately below.
7019          */
7020         /* Check to see if the objectForKey:@"UsesPictureSettings is greater than 0, as 0 means use picture sizing "None"
7021          * ( 2 is use max for source and 1 is use exact size when the preset was created ) and the
7022          * preset completely ignores any picture sizing values in the preset.
7023          */
7024         if ([[chosenPreset objectForKey:@"UsesPictureSettings"]  intValue] > 0)
7025         {
7026             hb_job_t * job = fTitle->job;
7027
7028             /* If Cropping is set to custom, then recall all four crop values from
7029              when the preset was created and apply them */
7030             if ([[chosenPreset objectForKey:@"PictureAutoCrop"]  intValue] == 0)
7031             {
7032                 [fPictureController setAutoCrop:NO];
7033
7034                 /* Here we use the custom crop values saved at the time the preset was saved */
7035                 job->crop[0] = [[chosenPreset objectForKey:@"PictureTopCrop"]  intValue];
7036                 job->crop[1] = [[chosenPreset objectForKey:@"PictureBottomCrop"]  intValue];
7037                 job->crop[2] = [[chosenPreset objectForKey:@"PictureLeftCrop"]  intValue];
7038                 job->crop[3] = [[chosenPreset objectForKey:@"PictureRightCrop"]  intValue];
7039
7040             }
7041             else /* if auto crop has been saved in preset, set to auto and use post scan auto crop */
7042             {
7043                 [fPictureController setAutoCrop:YES];
7044                 /* Here we use the auto crop values determined right after scan */
7045                 job->crop[0] = AutoCropTop;
7046                 job->crop[1] = AutoCropBottom;
7047                 job->crop[2] = AutoCropLeft;
7048                 job->crop[3] = AutoCropRight;
7049
7050             }
7051
7052             /* Set modulus */
7053             if ([chosenPreset objectForKey:@"PictureModulus"])
7054             {
7055                 job->modulus = [[chosenPreset objectForKey:@"PictureModulus"]  intValue];
7056             }
7057             else
7058             {
7059                 job->modulus = 16;
7060             }
7061
7062             /* Check to see if the objectForKey:@"UsesPictureSettings is 2 which is "Use Max for the source */
7063             if ([[chosenPreset objectForKey:@"UsesPictureSettings"]  intValue] == 2 || [[chosenPreset objectForKey:@"UsesMaxPictureSettings"]  intValue] == 1)
7064             {
7065                 /* Use Max Picture settings for whatever the dvd is.*/
7066                 [self revertPictureSizeToMax:nil];
7067                 job->keep_ratio = [[chosenPreset objectForKey:@"PictureKeepRatio"]  intValue];
7068                 if (job->keep_ratio == 1)
7069                 {
7070                     hb_fix_aspect( job, HB_KEEP_WIDTH );
7071                     if( job->height > fTitle->height )
7072                     {
7073                         job->height = fTitle->height;
7074                         hb_fix_aspect( job, HB_KEEP_HEIGHT );
7075                     }
7076                 }
7077                 job->anamorphic.mode = [[chosenPreset objectForKey:@"PicturePAR"]  intValue];
7078             }
7079             else // /* If not 0 or 2 we assume objectForKey:@"UsesPictureSettings is 1 which is "Use picture sizing from when the preset was set" */
7080             {
7081                 /* we check to make sure the presets width/height does not exceed the sources width/height */
7082                 if (fTitle->width < [[chosenPreset objectForKey:@"PictureWidth"]  intValue] || fTitle->height < [[chosenPreset objectForKey:@"PictureHeight"]  intValue])
7083                 {
7084                     /* if so, then we use the sources height and width to avoid scaling up */
7085                     //job->width = fTitle->width;
7086                     //job->height = fTitle->height;
7087                     [self revertPictureSizeToMax:nil];
7088                 }
7089                 else // source width/height is >= the preset height/width
7090                 {
7091                     /* we can go ahead and use the presets values for height and width */
7092                     job->width = [[chosenPreset objectForKey:@"PictureWidth"]  intValue];
7093                     job->height = [[chosenPreset objectForKey:@"PictureHeight"]  intValue];
7094                 }
7095                 job->keep_ratio = [[chosenPreset objectForKey:@"PictureKeepRatio"]  intValue];
7096                 if (job->keep_ratio == 1)
7097                 {
7098                     hb_fix_aspect( job, HB_KEEP_WIDTH );
7099                     if( job->height > fTitle->height )
7100                     {
7101                         job->height = fTitle->height;
7102                         hb_fix_aspect( job, HB_KEEP_HEIGHT );
7103                     }
7104                 }
7105                 job->anamorphic.mode = [[chosenPreset objectForKey:@"PicturePAR"]  intValue];
7106
7107             }
7108
7109
7110         }
7111         /* If the preset has an objectForKey:@"UsesPictureFilters", and handle the filters here */
7112         if ([chosenPreset objectForKey:@"UsesPictureFilters"] && [[chosenPreset objectForKey:@"UsesPictureFilters"]  intValue] > 0)
7113         {
7114             /* Filters */
7115
7116             /* We only allow *either* Decomb or Deinterlace. So check for the PictureDecombDeinterlace key.
7117              * also, older presets may not have this key, in which case we also check to see if that preset had  PictureDecomb
7118              * specified, in which case we use decomb and ignore any possible Deinterlace settings as using both was less than
7119              * sane.
7120              */
7121             [fPictureController setUseDecomb:1];
7122             [fPictureController setDecomb:0];
7123             [fPictureController setDeinterlace:0];
7124             if ([[chosenPreset objectForKey:@"PictureDecombDeinterlace"] intValue] == 1 || [[chosenPreset objectForKey:@"PictureDecomb"] intValue] > 0)
7125             {
7126                 /* we are using decomb */
7127                 /* Decomb */
7128                 if ([[chosenPreset objectForKey:@"PictureDecomb"] intValue] > 0)
7129                 {
7130                     [fPictureController setDecomb:[[chosenPreset objectForKey:@"PictureDecomb"] intValue]];
7131
7132                     /* if we are using "Custom" in the decomb setting, also set the custom string*/
7133                     if ([[chosenPreset objectForKey:@"PictureDecomb"] intValue] == 1)
7134                     {
7135                         [fPictureController setDecombCustomString:[chosenPreset objectForKey:@"PictureDecombCustom"]];
7136                     }
7137                 }
7138              }
7139             else
7140             {
7141                 /* We are using Deinterlace */
7142                 /* Deinterlace */
7143                 if ([[chosenPreset objectForKey:@"PictureDeinterlace"] intValue] > 0)
7144                 {
7145                     [fPictureController setUseDecomb:0];
7146                     [fPictureController setDeinterlace:[[chosenPreset objectForKey:@"PictureDeinterlace"] intValue]];
7147                     /* if we are using "Custom" in the deinterlace setting, also set the custom string*/
7148                     if ([[chosenPreset objectForKey:@"PictureDeinterlace"] intValue] == 1)
7149                     {
7150                         [fPictureController setDeinterlaceCustomString:[chosenPreset objectForKey:@"PictureDeinterlaceCustom"]];
7151                     }
7152                 }
7153             }
7154
7155
7156             /* Detelecine */
7157             if ([[chosenPreset objectForKey:@"PictureDetelecine"] intValue] > 0)
7158             {
7159                 [fPictureController setDetelecine:[[chosenPreset objectForKey:@"PictureDetelecine"] intValue]];
7160                 /* if we are using "Custom" in the detelecine setting, also set the custom string*/
7161                 if ([[chosenPreset objectForKey:@"PictureDetelecine"] intValue] == 1)
7162                 {
7163                     [fPictureController setDetelecineCustomString:[chosenPreset objectForKey:@"PictureDetelecineCustom"]];
7164                 }
7165             }
7166             else
7167             {
7168                 [fPictureController setDetelecine:0];
7169             }
7170
7171             /* Denoise */
7172             if ([[chosenPreset objectForKey:@"PictureDenoise"] intValue] > 0)
7173             {
7174                 [fPictureController setDenoise:[[chosenPreset objectForKey:@"PictureDenoise"] intValue]];
7175                 /* if we are using "Custom" in the denoise setting, also set the custom string*/
7176                 if ([[chosenPreset objectForKey:@"PictureDenoise"] intValue] == 1)
7177                 {
7178                     [fPictureController setDenoiseCustomString:[chosenPreset objectForKey:@"PictureDenoiseCustom"]];
7179                 }
7180             }
7181             else
7182             {
7183                 [fPictureController setDenoise:0];
7184             }
7185
7186             /* Deblock */
7187             if ([[chosenPreset objectForKey:@"PictureDeblock"] intValue] == 1)
7188             {
7189                 /* if its a one, then its the old on/off deblock, set on to 5*/
7190                 [fPictureController setDeblock:5];
7191             }
7192             else
7193             {
7194                 /* use the settings intValue */
7195                 [fPictureController setDeblock:[[chosenPreset objectForKey:@"PictureDeblock"] intValue]];
7196             }
7197
7198             if ([[chosenPreset objectForKey:@"VideoGrayScale"] intValue] == 1)
7199             {
7200                 [fPictureController setGrayscale:1];
7201             }
7202             else
7203             {
7204                 [fPictureController setGrayscale:0];
7205             }
7206         }
7207         /* we call SetTitle: in fPictureController so we get an instant update in the Picture Settings window */
7208         [fPictureController SetTitle:fTitle];
7209         [fPictureController SetTitle:fTitle];
7210         [self calculatePictureSizing:nil];
7211     }
7212 }
7213
7214
7215 #pragma mark -
7216 #pragma mark Manage Presets
7217
7218 - (void) loadPresets {
7219         /* We declare the default NSFileManager into fileManager */
7220         NSFileManager * fileManager = [NSFileManager defaultManager];
7221         /*We define the location of the user presets file */
7222     UserPresetsFile = @"~/Library/Application Support/HandBrake/UserPresets.plist";
7223         UserPresetsFile = [[UserPresetsFile stringByExpandingTildeInPath]retain];
7224     /* We check for the presets.plist */
7225         if ([fileManager fileExistsAtPath:UserPresetsFile] == 0)
7226         {
7227                 [fileManager createFileAtPath:UserPresetsFile contents:nil attributes:nil];
7228         }
7229
7230         UserPresets = [[NSMutableArray alloc] initWithContentsOfFile:UserPresetsFile];
7231         if (nil == UserPresets)
7232         {
7233                 UserPresets = [[NSMutableArray alloc] init];
7234                 [self addFactoryPresets:nil];
7235         }
7236         [fPresetsOutlineView reloadData];
7237
7238     [self checkBuiltInsForUpdates];
7239 }
7240
7241 - (void) checkBuiltInsForUpdates {
7242
7243         BOOL updateBuiltInPresets = NO;
7244     int i = 0;
7245     NSEnumerator *enumerator = [UserPresets objectEnumerator];
7246     id tempObject;
7247     while (tempObject = [enumerator nextObject])
7248     {
7249         /* iterate through the built in presets to see if any have an old build number */
7250         NSMutableDictionary *thisPresetDict = tempObject;
7251         /*Key Type == 0 is built in, and key PresetBuildNumber is the build number it was created with */
7252         if ([[thisPresetDict objectForKey:@"Type"] intValue] == 0)
7253         {
7254                         if (![thisPresetDict objectForKey:@"PresetBuildNumber"] || [[thisPresetDict objectForKey:@"PresetBuildNumber"] intValue] < [[[[NSBundle mainBundle] infoDictionary] objectForKey:@"CFBundleVersion"] intValue])
7255             {
7256                 updateBuiltInPresets = YES;
7257             }
7258                 }
7259         i++;
7260     }
7261     /* if we have built in presets to update, then do so AlertBuiltInPresetUpdate*/
7262     if ( updateBuiltInPresets == YES)
7263     {
7264         if( [[NSUserDefaults standardUserDefaults] boolForKey:@"AlertBuiltInPresetUpdate"] == YES)
7265         {
7266             /* Show an alert window that built in presets will be updated */
7267             /*On Screen Notification*/
7268             int status;
7269             NSBeep();
7270             status = NSRunAlertPanel(@"HandBrake has determined your built in presets are out of date...",@"HandBrake will now update your built-in presets.", @"OK", nil, nil);
7271             [NSApp requestUserAttention:NSCriticalRequest];
7272         }
7273         /* when alert is dismissed, go ahead and update the built in presets */
7274         [self addFactoryPresets:nil];
7275     }
7276
7277 }
7278
7279
7280 - (IBAction) showAddPresetPanel: (id) sender
7281 {
7282     /* Deselect the currently selected Preset if there is one*/
7283     [fPresetsOutlineView deselectRow:[fPresetsOutlineView selectedRow]];
7284
7285     /* Populate the preset picture settings popup here */
7286     [fPresetNewPicSettingsPopUp removeAllItems];
7287     [fPresetNewPicSettingsPopUp addItemWithTitle:@"None"];
7288     [fPresetNewPicSettingsPopUp addItemWithTitle:@"Current"];
7289     [fPresetNewPicSettingsPopUp addItemWithTitle:@"Source Maximum (post source scan)"];
7290     [fPresetNewPicSettingsPopUp selectItemAtIndex: 0];
7291     /* Uncheck the preset use filters checkbox */
7292     [fPresetNewPicFiltersCheck setState:NSOffState];
7293     // fPresetNewFolderCheck
7294     [fPresetNewFolderCheck setState:NSOffState];
7295     /* Erase info from the input fields*/
7296         [fPresetNewName setStringValue: @""];
7297         [fPresetNewDesc setStringValue: @""];
7298         /* Show the panel */
7299         [NSApp beginSheet:fAddPresetPanel modalForWindow:fWindow modalDelegate:nil didEndSelector:NULL contextInfo:NULL];
7300 }
7301
7302 - (IBAction) closeAddPresetPanel: (id) sender
7303 {
7304     [NSApp endSheet: fAddPresetPanel];
7305     [fAddPresetPanel orderOut: self];
7306 }
7307
7308 - (IBAction)addUserPreset:(id)sender
7309 {
7310     if (![[fPresetNewName stringValue] length])
7311             NSRunAlertPanel(@"Warning!", @"You need to insert a name for the preset.", @"OK", nil , nil);
7312     else
7313     {
7314         /* Here we create a custom user preset */
7315         [UserPresets addObject:[self createPreset]];
7316         [self addPreset];
7317
7318         [self closeAddPresetPanel:nil];
7319     }
7320 }
7321 - (void)addPreset
7322 {
7323
7324
7325         /* We Reload the New Table data for presets */
7326     [fPresetsOutlineView reloadData];
7327    /* We save all of the preset data here */
7328     [self savePreset];
7329 }
7330
7331 - (void)sortPresets
7332 {
7333
7334
7335         /* We Sort the Presets By Factory or Custom */
7336         NSSortDescriptor * presetTypeDescriptor=[[[NSSortDescriptor alloc] initWithKey:@"Type"
7337                                                     ascending:YES] autorelease];
7338         /* We Sort the Presets Alphabetically by name  We do not use this now as we have drag and drop*/
7339         /*
7340     NSSortDescriptor * presetNameDescriptor=[[[NSSortDescriptor alloc] initWithKey:@"PresetName"
7341                                                     ascending:YES selector:@selector(caseInsensitiveCompare:)] autorelease];
7342         //NSArray *sortDescriptors=[NSArray arrayWithObjects:presetTypeDescriptor,presetNameDescriptor,nil];
7343
7344     */
7345     /* Since we can drag and drop our custom presets, lets just sort by type and not name */
7346     NSArray *sortDescriptors=[NSArray arrayWithObjects:presetTypeDescriptor,nil];
7347         NSArray *sortedArray=[UserPresets sortedArrayUsingDescriptors:sortDescriptors];
7348         [UserPresets setArray:sortedArray];
7349
7350
7351 }
7352
7353 - (IBAction)insertPreset:(id)sender
7354 {
7355     int index = [fPresetsOutlineView selectedRow];
7356     [UserPresets insertObject:[self createPreset] atIndex:index];
7357     [fPresetsOutlineView reloadData];
7358     [self savePreset];
7359 }
7360
7361 - (NSDictionary *)createPreset
7362 {
7363     NSMutableDictionary *preset = [[NSMutableDictionary alloc] init];
7364     /* Preset build number */
7365     [preset setObject:[NSString stringWithFormat: @"%d", [[[[NSBundle mainBundle] infoDictionary] objectForKey:@"CFBundleVersion"] intValue]] forKey:@"PresetBuildNumber"];
7366     [preset setObject:[fPresetNewName stringValue] forKey:@"PresetName"];
7367         /* Get the New Preset Name from the field in the AddPresetPanel */
7368     [preset setObject:[fPresetNewName stringValue] forKey:@"PresetName"];
7369     /* Set whether or not this is to be a folder fPresetNewFolderCheck*/
7370     [preset setObject:[NSNumber numberWithBool:[fPresetNewFolderCheck state]] forKey:@"Folder"];
7371         /*Set whether or not this is a user preset or factory 0 is factory, 1 is user*/
7372         [preset setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:1] forKey:@"Type"];
7373         /*Set whether or not this is default, at creation set to 0*/
7374         [preset setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:0] forKey:@"Default"];
7375     if ([fPresetNewFolderCheck state] == YES)
7376     {
7377         /* initialize and set an empty array for children here since we are a new folder */
7378         NSMutableArray *childrenArray = [[NSMutableArray alloc] init];
7379         [preset setObject:[NSMutableArray arrayWithArray: childrenArray] forKey:@"ChildrenArray"];
7380         [childrenArray autorelease];
7381     }
7382     else // we are not creating a preset folder, so we go ahead with the rest of the preset info
7383     {
7384         /*Get the whether or not to apply pic Size and Cropping (includes Anamorphic)*/
7385         [preset setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:[fPresetNewPicSettingsPopUp indexOfSelectedItem]] forKey:@"UsesPictureSettings"];
7386         /* Get whether or not to use the current Picture Filter settings for the preset */
7387         [preset setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:[fPresetNewPicFiltersCheck state]] forKey:@"UsesPictureFilters"];
7388
7389         /* Get New Preset Description from the field in the AddPresetPanel*/
7390         [preset setObject:[fPresetNewDesc stringValue] forKey:@"PresetDescription"];
7391         /* File Format */
7392         [preset setObject:[fDstFormatPopUp titleOfSelectedItem] forKey:@"FileFormat"];
7393         /* Chapter Markers fCreateChapterMarkers*/
7394         [preset setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:[fCreateChapterMarkers state]] forKey:@"ChapterMarkers"];
7395         /* Allow Mpeg4 64 bit formatting +4GB file sizes */
7396         [preset setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:[fDstMp4LargeFileCheck state]] forKey:@"Mp4LargeFile"];
7397         /* Mux mp4 with http optimization */
7398         [preset setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:[fDstMp4HttpOptFileCheck state]] forKey:@"Mp4HttpOptimize"];
7399         /* Add iPod uuid atom */
7400         [preset setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:[fDstMp4iPodFileCheck state]] forKey:@"Mp4iPodCompatible"];
7401
7402         /* Codecs */
7403         /* Video encoder */
7404         [preset setObject:[fVidEncoderPopUp titleOfSelectedItem] forKey:@"VideoEncoder"];
7405         /* x264 Option String */
7406         [preset setObject:[fAdvancedOptions optionsString] forKey:@"x264Option"];
7407
7408         [preset setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:[fVidQualityMatrix selectedRow]] forKey:@"VideoQualityType"];
7409         [preset setObject:[fVidTargetSizeField stringValue] forKey:@"VideoTargetSize"];
7410         [preset setObject:[fVidBitrateField stringValue] forKey:@"VideoAvgBitrate"];
7411         [preset setObject:[NSNumber numberWithFloat:[fVidQualityRFField floatValue]] forKey:@"VideoQualitySlider"];
7412
7413         /* Video framerate */
7414         if ([fVidRatePopUp indexOfSelectedItem] == 0) // Same as source is selected
7415         {
7416             [preset setObject:@"Same as source" forKey:@"VideoFramerate"];
7417         }
7418         else // we can record the actual titleOfSelectedItem
7419         {
7420             [preset setObject:[fVidRatePopUp titleOfSelectedItem] forKey:@"VideoFramerate"];
7421         }
7422
7423         /* 2 Pass Encoding */
7424         [preset setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:[fVidTwoPassCheck state]] forKey:@"VideoTwoPass"];
7425         /* Turbo 2 pass Encoding fVidTurboPassCheck*/
7426         [preset setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:[fVidTurboPassCheck state]] forKey:@"VideoTurboTwoPass"];
7427         /*Picture Settings*/
7428         hb_job_t * job = fTitle->job;
7429         /* Picture Sizing */
7430         /* Use Max Picture settings for whatever the dvd is.*/
7431         [preset setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:0] forKey:@"UsesMaxPictureSettings"];
7432         [preset setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:fTitle->job->width] forKey:@"PictureWidth"];
7433         [preset setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:fTitle->job->height] forKey:@"PictureHeight"];
7434         [preset setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:fTitle->job->keep_ratio] forKey:@"PictureKeepRatio"];
7435         [preset setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:fTitle->job->anamorphic.mode] forKey:@"PicturePAR"];
7436         [preset setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:fTitle->job->modulus] forKey:@"PictureModulus"];
7437
7438         /* Set crop settings here */
7439         [preset setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:[fPictureController autoCrop]] forKey:@"PictureAutoCrop"];
7440         [preset setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:job->crop[0]] forKey:@"PictureTopCrop"];
7441         [preset setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:job->crop[1]] forKey:@"PictureBottomCrop"];
7442         [preset setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:job->crop[2]] forKey:@"PictureLeftCrop"];
7443         [preset setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:job->crop[3]] forKey:@"PictureRightCrop"];
7444
7445         /* Picture Filters */
7446         [preset setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:[fPictureController useDecomb]] forKey:@"PictureDecombDeinterlace"];
7447         [preset setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:[fPictureController deinterlace]] forKey:@"PictureDeinterlace"];
7448         [preset setObject:[fPictureController deinterlaceCustomString] forKey:@"PictureDeinterlaceCustom"];
7449         [preset setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:[fPictureController detelecine]] forKey:@"PictureDetelecine"];
7450         [preset setObject:[fPictureController detelecineCustomString] forKey:@"PictureDetelecineCustom"];
7451         [preset setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:[fPictureController denoise]] forKey:@"PictureDenoise"];
7452         [preset setObject:[fPictureController denoiseCustomString] forKey:@"PictureDenoiseCustom"];
7453         [preset setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:[fPictureController deblock]] forKey:@"PictureDeblock"];
7454         [preset setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:[fPictureController decomb]] forKey:@"PictureDecomb"];
7455         [preset setObject:[fPictureController decombCustomString] forKey:@"PictureDecombCustom"];
7456         [preset setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:[fPictureController grayscale]] forKey:@"VideoGrayScale"];
7457
7458         /*Audio*/
7459         NSMutableArray *audioListArray = [[NSMutableArray alloc] init];
7460         /* we actually call the methods for the nests here */
7461         if ([fAudLang1PopUp indexOfSelectedItem] > 0)
7462         {
7463             NSMutableDictionary *audioTrack1Array = [[NSMutableDictionary alloc] init];
7464             [audioTrack1Array setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:[fAudLang1PopUp indexOfSelectedItem]] forKey:@"AudioTrack"];
7465             [audioTrack1Array setObject:[fAudLang1PopUp titleOfSelectedItem] forKey:@"AudioTrackDescription"];
7466             [audioTrack1Array setObject:[fAudTrack1CodecPopUp titleOfSelectedItem] forKey:@"AudioEncoder"];
7467             [audioTrack1Array setObject:[fAudTrack1MixPopUp titleOfSelectedItem] forKey:@"AudioMixdown"];
7468             [audioTrack1Array setObject:[fAudTrack1RatePopUp titleOfSelectedItem] forKey:@"AudioSamplerate"];
7469             [audioTrack1Array setObject:[fAudTrack1BitratePopUp titleOfSelectedItem] forKey:@"AudioBitrate"];
7470             [audioTrack1Array setObject:[NSNumber numberWithFloat:[fAudTrack1DrcSlider floatValue]] forKey:@"AudioTrackDRCSlider"];
7471             [audioTrack1Array autorelease];
7472             [audioListArray addObject:audioTrack1Array];
7473         }
7474
7475         if ([fAudLang2PopUp indexOfSelectedItem] > 0)
7476         {
7477             NSMutableDictionary *audioTrack2Array = [[NSMutableDictionary alloc] init];
7478             [audioTrack2Array setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:[fAudLang2PopUp indexOfSelectedItem]] forKey:@"AudioTrack"];
7479             [audioTrack2Array setObject:[fAudLang2PopUp titleOfSelectedItem] forKey:@"AudioTrackDescription"];
7480             [audioTrack2Array setObject:[fAudTrack2CodecPopUp titleOfSelectedItem] forKey:@"AudioEncoder"];
7481             [audioTrack2Array setObject:[fAudTrack2MixPopUp titleOfSelectedItem] forKey:@"AudioMixdown"];
7482             [audioTrack2Array setObject:[fAudTrack2RatePopUp titleOfSelectedItem] forKey:@"AudioSamplerate"];
7483             [audioTrack2Array setObject:[fAudTrack2BitratePopUp titleOfSelectedItem] forKey:@"AudioBitrate"];
7484             [audioTrack2Array setObject:[NSNumber numberWithFloat:[fAudTrack2DrcSlider floatValue]] forKey:@"AudioTrackDRCSlider"];
7485             [audioTrack2Array autorelease];
7486             [audioListArray addObject:audioTrack2Array];
7487         }
7488
7489         if ([fAudLang3PopUp indexOfSelectedItem] > 0)
7490         {
7491             NSMutableDictionary *audioTrack3Array = [[NSMutableDictionary alloc] init];
7492             [audioTrack3Array setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:[fAudLang3PopUp indexOfSelectedItem]] forKey:@"AudioTrack"];
7493             [audioTrack3Array setObject:[fAudLang3PopUp titleOfSelectedItem] forKey:@"AudioTrackDescription"];
7494             [audioTrack3Array setObject:[fAudTrack3CodecPopUp titleOfSelectedItem] forKey:@"AudioEncoder"];
7495             [audioTrack3Array setObject:[fAudTrack3MixPopUp titleOfSelectedItem] forKey:@"AudioMixdown"];
7496             [audioTrack3Array setObject:[fAudTrack3RatePopUp titleOfSelectedItem] forKey:@"AudioSamplerate"];
7497             [audioTrack3Array setObject:[fAudTrack3BitratePopUp titleOfSelectedItem] forKey:@"AudioBitrate"];
7498             [audioTrack3Array setObject:[NSNumber numberWithFloat:[fAudTrack3DrcSlider floatValue]] forKey:@"AudioTrackDRCSlider"];
7499             [audioTrack3Array autorelease];
7500             [audioListArray addObject:audioTrack3Array];
7501         }
7502
7503         if ([fAudLang4PopUp indexOfSelectedItem] > 0)
7504         {
7505             NSMutableDictionary *audioTrack4Array = [[NSMutableDictionary alloc] init];
7506             [audioTrack4Array setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:[fAudLang4PopUp indexOfSelectedItem]] forKey:@"AudioTrack"];
7507             [audioTrack4Array setObject:[fAudLang4PopUp titleOfSelectedItem] forKey:@"AudioTrackDescription"];
7508             [audioTrack4Array setObject:[fAudTrack4CodecPopUp titleOfSelectedItem] forKey:@"AudioEncoder"];
7509             [audioTrack4Array setObject:[fAudTrack4MixPopUp titleOfSelectedItem] forKey:@"AudioMixdown"];
7510             [audioTrack4Array setObject:[fAudTrack4RatePopUp titleOfSelectedItem] forKey:@"AudioSamplerate"];
7511             [audioTrack4Array setObject:[fAudTrack4BitratePopUp titleOfSelectedItem] forKey:@"AudioBitrate"];
7512             [audioTrack4Array setObject:[NSNumber numberWithFloat:[fAudTrack4DrcSlider floatValue]] forKey:@"AudioTrackDRCSlider"];
7513             [audioTrack4Array autorelease];
7514             [audioListArray addObject:audioTrack4Array];
7515         }
7516
7517
7518         [preset setObject:[NSMutableArray arrayWithArray: audioListArray] forKey:@"AudioList"];
7519
7520
7521         /* Temporarily remove subtitles from creating a new preset as it has to be converted over to use the new
7522          * subititle array code. */
7523         /* Subtitles*/
7524         //[preset setObject:[fSubPopUp titleOfSelectedItem] forKey:@"Subtitles"];
7525         /* Forced Subtitles */
7526         //[preset setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:[fSubForcedCheck state]] forKey:@"SubtitlesForced"];
7527     }
7528     [preset autorelease];
7529     return preset;
7530
7531 }
7532
7533 - (void)savePreset
7534 {
7535     [UserPresets writeToFile:UserPresetsFile atomically:YES];
7536         /* We get the default preset in case it changed */
7537         [self getDefaultPresets:nil];
7538
7539 }
7540
7541 - (IBAction)deletePreset:(id)sender
7542 {
7543
7544
7545     if ( [fPresetsOutlineView numberOfSelectedRows] == 0 )
7546     {
7547         return;
7548     }
7549     /* Alert user before deleting preset */
7550         int status;
7551     status = NSRunAlertPanel(@"Warning!", @"Are you sure that you want to delete the selected preset?", @"OK", @"Cancel", nil);
7552
7553     if ( status == NSAlertDefaultReturn )
7554     {
7555         int presetToModLevel = [fPresetsOutlineView levelForItem: [fPresetsOutlineView itemAtRow:[fPresetsOutlineView selectedRow]]];
7556         NSDictionary *presetToMod = [fPresetsOutlineView itemAtRow:[fPresetsOutlineView selectedRow]];
7557         NSDictionary *presetToModParent = [fPresetsOutlineView parentForItem: presetToMod];
7558
7559         NSEnumerator *enumerator;
7560         NSMutableArray *presetsArrayToMod;
7561         NSMutableArray *tempArray;
7562         id tempObject;
7563         /* If we are a root level preset, we are modding the UserPresets array */
7564         if (presetToModLevel == 0)
7565         {
7566             presetsArrayToMod = UserPresets;
7567         }
7568         else // We have a parent preset, so we modify the chidren array object for key
7569         {
7570             presetsArrayToMod = [presetToModParent objectForKey:@"ChildrenArray"];
7571         }
7572
7573         enumerator = [presetsArrayToMod objectEnumerator];
7574         tempArray = [NSMutableArray array];
7575
7576         while (tempObject = [enumerator nextObject])
7577         {
7578             NSDictionary *thisPresetDict = tempObject;
7579             if (thisPresetDict == presetToMod)
7580             {
7581                 [tempArray addObject:tempObject];
7582             }
7583         }
7584
7585         [presetsArrayToMod removeObjectsInArray:tempArray];
7586         [fPresetsOutlineView reloadData];
7587         [self savePreset];
7588     }
7589 }
7590
7591
7592 #pragma mark -
7593 #pragma mark Import Export Preset(s)
7594
7595 - (IBAction) browseExportPresetFile: (id) sender
7596 {
7597     /* Open a panel to let the user choose where and how to save the export file */
7598     NSSavePanel * panel = [NSSavePanel savePanel];
7599         /* We get the current file name and path from the destination field here */
7600     NSString *defaultExportDirectory = [NSString stringWithFormat: @"%@/Desktop/", NSHomeDirectory()];
7601
7602         [panel beginSheetForDirectory: defaultExportDirectory file: @"HB_Export.plist"
7603                                    modalForWindow: fWindow modalDelegate: self
7604                                    didEndSelector: @selector( browseExportPresetFileDone:returnCode:contextInfo: )
7605                                           contextInfo: NULL];
7606 }
7607
7608 - (void) browseExportPresetFileDone: (NSSavePanel *) sheet
7609                    returnCode: (int) returnCode contextInfo: (void *) contextInfo
7610 {
7611     if( returnCode == NSOKButton )
7612     {
7613         NSString *presetExportDirectory = [[sheet filename] stringByDeletingLastPathComponent];
7614         NSString *exportPresetsFile = [sheet filename];
7615         [[NSUserDefaults standardUserDefaults] setObject:presetExportDirectory forKey:@"LastPresetExportDirectory"];
7616         /* We check for the presets.plist */
7617         if ([[NSFileManager defaultManager] fileExistsAtPath:exportPresetsFile] == 0)
7618         {
7619             [[NSFileManager defaultManager] createFileAtPath:exportPresetsFile contents:nil attributes:nil];
7620         }
7621         NSMutableArray * presetsToExport = [[NSMutableArray alloc] initWithContentsOfFile:exportPresetsFile];
7622         if (nil == presetsToExport)
7623         {
7624             presetsToExport = [[NSMutableArray alloc] init];
7625
7626             /* now get and add selected presets to export */
7627
7628         }
7629         if ([fPresetsOutlineView selectedRow] >= 0 && [[[fPresetsOutlineView itemAtRow:[fPresetsOutlineView selectedRow]] objectForKey:@"Folder"] intValue] != 1)
7630         {
7631             [presetsToExport addObject:[fPresetsOutlineView itemAtRow:[fPresetsOutlineView selectedRow]]];
7632             [presetsToExport writeToFile:exportPresetsFile atomically:YES];
7633
7634         }
7635
7636     }
7637 }
7638
7639
7640 - (IBAction) browseImportPresetFile: (id) sender
7641 {
7642
7643     NSOpenPanel * panel;
7644
7645     panel = [NSOpenPanel openPanel];
7646     [panel setAllowsMultipleSelection: NO];
7647     [panel setCanChooseFiles: YES];
7648     [panel setCanChooseDirectories: NO ];
7649     NSString * sourceDirectory;
7650         if ([[NSUserDefaults standardUserDefaults] stringForKey:@"LastPresetImportDirectory"])
7651         {
7652                 sourceDirectory = [[NSUserDefaults standardUserDefaults] stringForKey:@"LastPresetImportDirectory"];
7653         }
7654         else
7655         {
7656                 sourceDirectory = @"~/Desktop";
7657                 sourceDirectory = [sourceDirectory stringByExpandingTildeInPath];
7658         }
7659     /* we open up the browse sources sheet here and call for browseSourcesDone after the sheet is closed
7660         * to evaluate whether we want to specify a title, we pass the sender in the contextInfo variable
7661         */
7662     /* set this for allowed file types, not sure if we should allow xml or not */
7663     NSArray *fileTypes = [NSArray arrayWithObjects:@"plist", @"xml", nil];
7664     [panel beginSheetForDirectory: sourceDirectory file: nil types: fileTypes
7665                    modalForWindow: fWindow modalDelegate: self
7666                    didEndSelector: @selector( browseImportPresetDone:returnCode:contextInfo: )
7667                       contextInfo: sender];
7668 }
7669
7670 - (void) browseImportPresetDone: (NSSavePanel *) sheet
7671                      returnCode: (int) returnCode contextInfo: (void *) contextInfo
7672 {
7673     if( returnCode == NSOKButton )
7674     {
7675         NSString *importPresetsDirectory = [[sheet filename] stringByDeletingLastPathComponent];
7676         NSString *importPresetsFile = [sheet filename];
7677         [[NSUserDefaults standardUserDefaults] setObject:importPresetsDirectory forKey:@"LastPresetImportDirectory"];
7678         /* NOTE: here we need to do some sanity checking to verify we do not hose up our presets file   */
7679         NSMutableArray * presetsToImport = [[NSMutableArray alloc] initWithContentsOfFile:importPresetsFile];
7680         /* iterate though the new array of presets to import and add them to our presets array */
7681         int i = 0;
7682         NSEnumerator *enumerator = [presetsToImport objectEnumerator];
7683         id tempObject;
7684         while (tempObject = [enumerator nextObject])
7685         {
7686             /* make any changes to the incoming preset we see fit */
7687             /* make sure the incoming preset is not tagged as default */
7688             [tempObject setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:0] forKey:@"Default"];
7689             /* prepend "(imported) to the name of the incoming preset for clarification since it can be changed */
7690             NSString * prependedName = [@"(import) " stringByAppendingString:[tempObject objectForKey:@"PresetName"]] ;
7691             [tempObject setObject:prependedName forKey:@"PresetName"];
7692
7693             /* actually add the new preset to our presets array */
7694             [UserPresets addObject:tempObject];
7695             i++;
7696         }
7697         [presetsToImport autorelease];
7698         [self sortPresets];
7699         [self addPreset];
7700
7701     }
7702 }
7703
7704 #pragma mark -
7705 #pragma mark Manage Default Preset
7706
7707 - (IBAction)getDefaultPresets:(id)sender
7708 {
7709         presetHbDefault = nil;
7710     presetUserDefault = nil;
7711     presetUserDefaultParent = nil;
7712     presetUserDefaultParentParent = nil;
7713     NSMutableDictionary *presetHbDefaultParent = nil;
7714     NSMutableDictionary *presetHbDefaultParentParent = nil;
7715
7716     int i = 0;
7717     BOOL userDefaultFound = NO;
7718     presetCurrentBuiltInCount = 0;
7719     /* First we iterate through the root UserPresets array to check for defaults */
7720     NSEnumerator *enumerator = [UserPresets objectEnumerator];
7721         id tempObject;
7722         while (tempObject = [enumerator nextObject])
7723         {
7724                 NSMutableDictionary *thisPresetDict = tempObject;
7725                 if ([[thisPresetDict objectForKey:@"Default"] intValue] == 1) // 1 is HB default
7726                 {
7727                         presetHbDefault = thisPresetDict;
7728                 }
7729                 if ([[thisPresetDict objectForKey:@"Default"] intValue] == 2) // 2 is User specified default
7730                 {
7731                         presetUserDefault = thisPresetDict;
7732             userDefaultFound = YES;
7733         }
7734         if ([[thisPresetDict objectForKey:@"Type"] intValue] == 0) // Type 0 is a built in preset
7735         {
7736                         presetCurrentBuiltInCount++; // <--increment the current number of built in presets
7737                 }
7738                 i++;
7739
7740         /* if we run into a folder, go to level 1 and iterate through the children arrays for the default */
7741         if ([thisPresetDict objectForKey:@"ChildrenArray"])
7742         {
7743             NSMutableDictionary *thisPresetDictParent = thisPresetDict;
7744             NSEnumerator *enumerator = [[thisPresetDict objectForKey:@"ChildrenArray"] objectEnumerator];
7745             id tempObject;
7746             while (tempObject = [enumerator nextObject])
7747             {
7748                 NSMutableDictionary *thisPresetDict = tempObject;
7749                 if ([[thisPresetDict objectForKey:@"Default"] intValue] == 1) // 1 is HB default
7750                 {
7751                     presetHbDefault = thisPresetDict;
7752                     presetHbDefaultParent = thisPresetDictParent;
7753                 }
7754                 if ([[thisPresetDict objectForKey:@"Default"] intValue] == 2) // 2 is User specified default
7755                 {
7756                     presetUserDefault = thisPresetDict;
7757                     presetUserDefaultParent = thisPresetDictParent;
7758                     userDefaultFound = YES;
7759                 }
7760
7761                 /* if we run into a folder, go to level 2 and iterate through the children arrays for the default */
7762                 if ([thisPresetDict objectForKey:@"ChildrenArray"])
7763                 {
7764                     NSMutableDictionary *thisPresetDictParentParent = thisPresetDict;
7765                     NSEnumerator *enumerator = [[thisPresetDict objectForKey:@"ChildrenArray"] objectEnumerator];
7766                     id tempObject;
7767                     while (tempObject = [enumerator nextObject])
7768                     {
7769                         NSMutableDictionary *thisPresetDict = tempObject;
7770                         if ([[thisPresetDict objectForKey:@"Default"] intValue] == 1) // 1 is HB default
7771                         {
7772                             presetHbDefault = thisPresetDict;
7773                             presetHbDefaultParent = thisPresetDictParent;
7774                             presetHbDefaultParentParent = thisPresetDictParentParent;
7775                         }
7776                         if ([[thisPresetDict objectForKey:@"Default"] intValue] == 2) // 2 is User specified default
7777                         {
7778                             presetUserDefault = thisPresetDict;
7779                             presetUserDefaultParent = thisPresetDictParent;
7780                             presetUserDefaultParentParent = thisPresetDictParentParent;
7781                             userDefaultFound = YES;
7782                         }
7783
7784                     }
7785                 }
7786             }
7787         }
7788
7789         }
7790     /* check to see if a user specified preset was found, if not then assign the parents for
7791      * the presetHbDefault so that we can open the parents for the nested presets
7792      */
7793     if (userDefaultFound == NO)
7794     {
7795         presetUserDefaultParent = presetHbDefaultParent;
7796         presetUserDefaultParentParent = presetHbDefaultParentParent;
7797     }
7798 }
7799
7800 - (IBAction)setDefaultPreset:(id)sender
7801 {
7802 /* We need to determine if the item is a folder */
7803    if ([[[fPresetsOutlineView itemAtRow:[fPresetsOutlineView selectedRow]] objectForKey:@"Folder"] intValue] == 1)
7804    {
7805    return;
7806    }
7807
7808     int i = 0;
7809     NSEnumerator *enumerator = [UserPresets objectEnumerator];
7810         id tempObject;
7811         /* First make sure the old user specified default preset is removed */
7812     while (tempObject = [enumerator nextObject])
7813         {
7814                 NSMutableDictionary *thisPresetDict = tempObject;
7815                 if ([[tempObject objectForKey:@"Default"] intValue] != 1) // if not the default HB Preset, set to 0
7816                 {
7817                         [[UserPresets objectAtIndex:i] setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:0] forKey:@"Default"];
7818                 }
7819
7820                 /* if we run into a folder, go to level 1 and iterate through the children arrays for the default */
7821         if ([thisPresetDict objectForKey:@"ChildrenArray"])
7822         {
7823             NSEnumerator *enumerator = [[thisPresetDict objectForKey:@"ChildrenArray"] objectEnumerator];
7824             id tempObject;
7825             int ii = 0;
7826             while (tempObject = [enumerator nextObject])
7827             {
7828                 NSMutableDictionary *thisPresetDict1 = tempObject;
7829                 if ([[tempObject objectForKey:@"Default"] intValue] != 1) // if not the default HB Preset, set to 0
7830                 {
7831                     [[[thisPresetDict objectForKey:@"ChildrenArray"] objectAtIndex:ii] setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:0] forKey:@"Default"];
7832                 }
7833                 /* if we run into a folder, go to level 2 and iterate through the children arrays for the default */
7834                 if ([thisPresetDict1 objectForKey:@"ChildrenArray"])
7835                 {
7836                     NSEnumerator *enumerator = [[thisPresetDict1 objectForKey:@"ChildrenArray"] objectEnumerator];
7837                     id tempObject;
7838                     int iii = 0;
7839                     while (tempObject = [enumerator nextObject])
7840                     {
7841                         if ([[tempObject objectForKey:@"Default"] intValue] != 1) // if not the default HB Preset, set to 0
7842                         {
7843                             [[[thisPresetDict1 objectForKey:@"ChildrenArray"] objectAtIndex:iii] setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:0] forKey:@"Default"];
7844                         }
7845                         iii++;
7846                     }
7847                 }
7848                 ii++;
7849             }
7850
7851         }
7852         i++;
7853         }
7854
7855
7856     int presetToModLevel = [fPresetsOutlineView levelForItem: [fPresetsOutlineView itemAtRow:[fPresetsOutlineView selectedRow]]];
7857     NSDictionary *presetToMod = [fPresetsOutlineView itemAtRow:[fPresetsOutlineView selectedRow]];
7858     NSDictionary *presetToModParent = [fPresetsOutlineView parentForItem: presetToMod];
7859
7860
7861     NSMutableArray *presetsArrayToMod;
7862     NSMutableArray *tempArray;
7863
7864     /* If we are a root level preset, we are modding the UserPresets array */
7865     if (presetToModLevel == 0)
7866     {
7867         presetsArrayToMod = UserPresets;
7868     }
7869     else // We have a parent preset, so we modify the chidren array object for key
7870     {
7871         presetsArrayToMod = [presetToModParent objectForKey:@"ChildrenArray"];
7872     }
7873
7874     enumerator = [presetsArrayToMod objectEnumerator];
7875     tempArray = [NSMutableArray array];
7876     int iiii = 0;
7877     while (tempObject = [enumerator nextObject])
7878     {
7879         NSDictionary *thisPresetDict = tempObject;
7880         if (thisPresetDict == presetToMod)
7881         {
7882             if ([[tempObject objectForKey:@"Default"] intValue] != 1) // if not the default HB Preset, set to 2
7883             {
7884                 [[presetsArrayToMod objectAtIndex:iiii] setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:2] forKey:@"Default"];
7885             }
7886         }
7887      iiii++;
7888      }
7889
7890
7891     /* We save all of the preset data here */
7892     [self savePreset];
7893     /* We Reload the New Table data for presets */
7894     [fPresetsOutlineView reloadData];
7895 }
7896
7897 - (IBAction)selectDefaultPreset:(id)sender
7898 {
7899         NSMutableDictionary *presetToMod;
7900     /* if there is a user specified default, we use it */
7901         if (presetUserDefault)
7902         {
7903         presetToMod = presetUserDefault;
7904     }
7905         else if (presetHbDefault) //else we use the built in default presetHbDefault
7906         {
7907         presetToMod = presetHbDefault;
7908         }
7909     else
7910     {
7911     return;
7912     }
7913
7914     if (presetUserDefaultParent != nil)
7915     {
7916         [fPresetsOutlineView expandItem:presetUserDefaultParent];
7917
7918     }
7919     if (presetUserDefaultParentParent != nil)
7920     {
7921         [fPresetsOutlineView expandItem:presetUserDefaultParentParent];
7922
7923     }
7924
7925     [fPresetsOutlineView selectRowIndexes:[NSIndexSet indexSetWithIndex:[fPresetsOutlineView rowForItem: presetToMod]] byExtendingSelection:NO];
7926         [self selectPreset:nil];
7927 }
7928
7929
7930 #pragma mark -
7931 #pragma mark Manage Built In Presets
7932
7933
7934 - (IBAction)deleteFactoryPresets:(id)sender
7935 {
7936     //int status;
7937     NSEnumerator *enumerator = [UserPresets objectEnumerator];
7938         id tempObject;
7939
7940         //NSNumber *index;
7941     NSMutableArray *tempArray;
7942
7943
7944         tempArray = [NSMutableArray array];
7945         /* we look here to see if the preset is we move on to the next one */
7946         while ( tempObject = [enumerator nextObject] )
7947                 {
7948                         /* if the preset is "Factory" then we put it in the array of
7949                         presets to delete */
7950                         if ([[tempObject objectForKey:@"Type"] intValue] == 0)
7951                         {
7952                                 [tempArray addObject:tempObject];
7953                         }
7954         }
7955
7956         [UserPresets removeObjectsInArray:tempArray];
7957         [fPresetsOutlineView reloadData];
7958         [self savePreset];
7959
7960 }
7961
7962    /* We use this method to recreate new, updated factory presets */
7963 - (IBAction)addFactoryPresets:(id)sender
7964 {
7965
7966     /* First, we delete any existing built in presets */
7967     [self deleteFactoryPresets: sender];
7968     /* Then we generate new built in presets programmatically with fPresetsBuiltin
7969      * which is all setup in HBPresets.h and  HBPresets.m*/
7970     [fPresetsBuiltin generateBuiltinPresets:UserPresets];
7971     /* update build number for built in presets */
7972     /* iterate though the new array of presets to import and add them to our presets array */
7973     int i = 0;
7974     NSEnumerator *enumerator = [UserPresets objectEnumerator];
7975     id tempObject;
7976     while (tempObject = [enumerator nextObject])
7977     {
7978         /* Record the apps current build number in the PresetBuildNumber key */
7979         if ([[tempObject objectForKey:@"Type"] intValue] == 0) // Type 0 is a built in preset
7980         {
7981             /* Preset build number */
7982             [[UserPresets objectAtIndex:i] setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:[[[[NSBundle mainBundle] infoDictionary] objectForKey:@"CFBundleVersion"] intValue]] forKey:@"PresetBuildNumber"];
7983         }
7984         i++;
7985     }
7986     /* report the built in preset updating to the activity log */
7987     [self writeToActivityLog: "built in presets updated to build number: %d", [[[[NSBundle mainBundle] infoDictionary] objectForKey:@"CFBundleVersion"] intValue]];
7988
7989     [self sortPresets];
7990     [self addPreset];
7991
7992 }
7993
7994
7995 @end
7996
7997 /*******************************
7998  * Subclass of the HBPresetsOutlineView *
7999  *******************************/
8000
8001 @implementation HBPresetsOutlineView
8002 - (NSImage *)dragImageForRowsWithIndexes:(NSIndexSet *)dragRows tableColumns:(NSArray *)tableColumns event:(NSEvent*)dragEvent offset:(NSPointPointer)dragImageOffset
8003 {
8004     fIsDragging = YES;
8005
8006     // By default, NSTableView only drags an image of the first column. Change this to
8007     // drag an image of the queue's icon and PresetName columns.
8008     NSArray * cols = [NSArray arrayWithObjects: [self tableColumnWithIdentifier:@"PresetName"], nil];
8009     return [super dragImageForRowsWithIndexes:dragRows tableColumns:cols event:dragEvent offset:dragImageOffset];
8010 }
8011
8012
8013
8014 - (void) mouseDown:(NSEvent *)theEvent
8015 {
8016     [super mouseDown:theEvent];
8017         fIsDragging = NO;
8018 }
8019
8020
8021
8022 - (BOOL) isDragging;
8023 {
8024     return fIsDragging;
8025 }
8026 @end
8027
8028
8029